A transport safety investigation is being conducted into a fatality on board the lead locomotive of train no. 4MB9, near Cullerin, New South Wales (NSW), on 25 August 2022.
On the afternoon of 25 August 2022, two SCT locomotives were hauling a containerised freight train north of Yass, NSW, en route to Bromelton, Queensland. For reasons not yet determined, while the train was still moving the driver left the driving cabin. After an extended period the driver's assistant stopped the train and left the driving cabin to ascertain the driver's whereabouts.
Shortly afterwards, the driver's assistant found the driver unresponsive on the locomotive footplate, having sustained fatal injuries.
This investigation is being led by the NSW Office of Transport Safety Investigations (OTSI). OTSI conducts rail investigations in NSW on behalf of the ATSB under the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 (Cth).
An interim report, which details factual information established during the course of the investigation, was released on 18 October 2023 (see below).
A final report will be released at the conclusion of the investigation. However, should a critical safety issue be identified during the course of the investigation, OTSI and the ATSB will immediately notify relevant parties, so that appropriate and timely safety action can be taken.
Last updated:
Interim report
Report release date: 18/10/2023
This interim report details factual information established in the investigation’s early evidence collection phase, and has been prepared to provide timely information to the industry and public. Interim reports contain no analysis or findings, which will be detailed in the investigation’s final report. The information contained in this interim report is released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.
This investigation is being conducted under the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 (Commonwealth) by the Office of Transport Safety Investigations (New South Wales) on behalf of the Australian Transport Safety Bureau in accordance with the Collaboration Agreement.
The occurrence
Victoria
On the morning of 25 August 2022, train no. 4MB9 from Altona, Vic. to Bromelton, Qld was prepared for traffic at SCT Logistics’ yard in Altona. The train consisted of locomotives SCT 013 and SCT 005, hauling 1,676 t consisting of 27 freight wagons. The first rostered crew for 4MB9 commenced duty at 0300 hours[1] and consisted of an SCT Logistics employed mentor driver and, an SCT Logistics driver who was learning the route from Altona to Wagga Wagga (521.160 km),[2] NSW.
Marshalled directly behind locomotive SCT 005 was a container wagon on which a single fuel tanker was placed. The fuel tanker was provided for the purpose of in-line fuelling[3] the locomotives enroute to the train’s destination of Bromelton, Qld. The mentor driver performed the task of connecting the fuel lines, multiple unit cable and main reservoir air supply between the locomotives and the fuel tanker. Once connected, the mentor driver tested the ‘fast pump’ and ‘gravity feed’ fuelling modes were operating between the fuel tanker and locomotives.[4]
After preparations were complete, 4MB9 departed Altona Yard about half an hour behind schedule at 0418. The delayed departure was due to track maintenance activities taking place on the Melbourne Metropolitan Network.
Four hours after departing Altona, 4MB9 arrived at Barnawartha, Vic. where a shunt was required to both detach and attach wagons before the train continued north (Figure 1).
Figure 1: Northeast line to Victoria / New South Wales border
Distances measured from Southern Cross station in Melbourne, Vic. Source: ARTC, annotated by OTSI
While shunting at Barnawartha, the mentor driver elected to commence gravity feeding fuel from the in-line fuelling tanker to SCT 005. While the fuel usage by the locomotive had been minimal since departure from Altona, the mentor driver advised OTSI that they did this to assist the second rostered crew, who would be taking over the train at Wagga Wagga, NSW (521.160 km).
At 0859, 4MB9 departed Barnawartha, crossing the border into NSW shortly afterward.
New South Wales
At 0934, SCT Logistics’ LiveRun train coordinator contacted the driver’s assistant (second crew) who was to take over 4MB9 at Wagga Wagga. This crew, consisting of a driver and driver’s assistant, were employed by Momentum Rail to operate the SCT Logistics train. They were to take the train from Wagga Wagga to Leightonfield (Sydney), where they would change with a third crew, also employed by Momentum Rail. The train coordinator requested that the driver’s assistant (second crew) check that the in-line fuelling system was operating on 4MB9 and to report back. This gave SCT Logistics the opportunity to arrange manual fuelling of the locomotives by a road tanker on arrival at Leightonfield if required, in the event the in-line fuelling system was not working.
In interview, the mentor driver (first crew) told OTSI that as 4MB9 approached Wagga Wagga, they contacted the outbound driver’s assistant (second crew) by phone to advise that SCT 005 was in the process of being gravity fed fuel by the in-line fuelling system.
As a result, on arrival of 4MB9 at Wagga Wagga at 1052, the driver’s assistant (second crew) checked the fuelling status of SCT 005 and found the locomotive’s tank was full, with excess diesel fuel overflowing onto the track. The driver’s assistant switched off the valve between the fuel tanker and the locomotives, and isolated SCT 005 from the in-line fuelling system to stop the re-fuelling process. Prior to departure from Wagga Wagga, the driver’s assistant contacted the train coordinator to advise that gravity feed mode was working, with SCT 013 to be fuelled at a later stage. The train coordinator asked that the driver’s assistant verify that ‘fast pump’ mode was also operational when able to do so.
At 1101, on completion of the SCT Logistics / Momentum Rail crew changeover, 4MB9 departed Wagga Wagga for Leightonfield (23.700 km).
At 1256, the driver of 4MB9 stopped the train briefly at Harden (385.637 km) (Figure 2) to allow the driver’s assistant to setup the in-line fuelling system to fuel the front locomotive (SCT 013). In interview, the driver’s assistant told OTSI that at this time they opened the valve on the fuel tanker and depressed the in-line fuelling manual override button on SCT 013, to commence the gravity feed process.
Figure 2: NSW Main South Line – Goulburn to Wagga Wagga
Distances measured from Central station in Sydney, NSW. Source: UGL Regional Linx, altered and annotated by OTSI
Although SCT 013 was fitted with a fuel sensor which relayed the volume of fuel in the locomotive fuel tank to the FIRE screen[5] on the driver’s console, the driver’s assistant advised this was inaccurate and not relied upon. As a result, at 1402 the driver stopped 4MB9 briefly at Yass Junction (318.011 km) (Figure 2) to allow the progress of the gravity fed fuelling to be checked. At this time, both the driver and driver’s assistant left the locomotive cabin to individually check the physical fuel gauges on each side of SCT 013’s fuel tank.[6]
After departure from Yass Junction, it is likely that the driver continued to monitor the fuel volume on SCT 013 via the electronic reading on the FIRE screen.
Accident sequence
As the train approached Gunning (278.566 km) (Figure 2), the driver swapped positions in the locomotive cabin with the driver’s assistant, allowing them to drive the train. As the driver’s assistant was soon to commence formal training[7] to progress to a driver’s role, this opportunity allowed them additional practical experience in operating a train.
At 1448, after departing Fish River (271.021 km), a lengthy uphill gradient commenced to the Cullerin Road overpass (258.845 km) (Figure 3). The driver instructed the driver’s assistant to select full traction power (8 notches) and to maintain that setting for the ascent of the grade.
Figure 3: Vicinity of the accident
The section of ascending track from Fish River to Cullerin Road overpass and final stopped location of 4MB9. The route of the railway line is depicted by a black line in the image. Source: Google Earth, annotated by OTSI
As 4MB9 ascended the grade, the in-cab conversation between the driver and driver’s assistant turned to the progress of the in-line fuelling of SCT 013. Although the gravity feed had now been operating for about two hours, the 10,000 L capacity fuel tank on SCT 013 was only reading a fuel volume of about 5,600 L.
In interview, the driver’s assistant told OTSI that the driver of 4MB9 (who was now seated in the driver’s assistant seat) advised that they would temporarily leave the locomotive cabin to check the in-line fuelling circuit breakers in the vestibule. At 1459:36, while travelling at 61 km/h, 4MB9 passed under the Cullerin Road overpass and it was at this location that the driver’s assistant recalled the driver leaving the cabin and entering the vestibule.
From the Cullerin Road overpass to Old Sydney Road level crossing (256.489 km), the gradient changed from uphill to a dip, requiring the driver’s assistant to temporarily reduce the traction power setting.
At 1501:22, 4MB9 now travelling at 74 km/h, passed over the Old Sydney Road level crossing, from which point the gradient changed to a predominantly downhill grade for the next 4 km. The driver’s assistant reduced the locomotive’s traction power to idle at this time. As the driver’s assistant required instruction on operating the train through this area, they left the cabin to find the driver who had not yet returned. When the driver’s assistant could not locate the driver in the vestibule, they opened the external door to check the right-hand side exterior of the locomotive and then the left-hand side exterior. It was while checking the left-hand side exterior that the driver’s assistant located the driver incapacitated, lying across the top handrail and up against the locomotive traction motor blower shroud (Figure 4). The driver’s assistant moved the driver from the handrail and laid them down onto the footplate, at which point they identified the driver had received a fatal head injury.
Figure 4: Location of driver (example locomotive)
Note: the image is of an example locomotive, not the actual locomotive involved in the accident. Source: NSW Police, annotated by OTSI
The driver’s assistant immediately returned to the locomotive cabin and shortly afterward applied full dynamic braking.[8] At 1503:09, with 4MB9 now travelling at 88 km/h, the driver’s assistant applied a ‘full service’[9] brake application.
At about 1504, the driver’s assistant made an emergency brake application and placed an emergency radio call to the network control centre. They advised the network control officer that 4MB9 had been involved in an accident and that the driver had been fatally injured. The driver’s assistant further advised the network control centre that the driver had been on the outside of the locomotive checking a ‘fuel switch’.
At 1504:28, 4MB9 came to a stop at 253.096 km. Emergency services arrived on scene at 1527.
Post-accident track inspections
Several hi-rail vehicle track inspections were undertaken during the week following the accident to check for lineside obstructions. These were:
25 August 2022 (day of the accident): the preceding 15 km over which 4MB9 had travelled.
26 August 2022: the preceding 35 km over which 4MB9 had travelled.
1 September 2022: the preceding 100 km over which 4MB9 had travelled.
During these inspections, no object was identified as the cause of the driver’s fatal injury.
Context
Network
The section of track from Gunning to Cullerin was managed by the Australian Rail Track Corporation. Network control services were provided by its control centre at Junee, NSW.
Train crew information
The driver commenced with the Public Transport Commission (railways) in 1973, later qualifying as a train driver. After working for several rolling stock operators, the driver joined Momentum Rail in December 2017. The driver was assessed as medically fit four months prior to the accident.
The driver’s assistant worked as a truck driver for 7 years before joining the rail industry. They qualified as a driver’s assistant in December 2020. After working as a labour hire employee for another rolling stock operator, the driver’s assistant joined Momentum Rail in September 2021. The driver’s assistant was assessed as medically fit in November 2020.
In-line fuelling
General
In-line fuelling (ILF) was a method of fuelling locomotives enroute without stopping the train. Its purpose was to reduce dwell times, reduce staff interaction with fuelling equipment and realise cost-savings through the bulk-buying of fuel from a single source.
SCT Logistics operated ILF on the east-west corridor between Adelaide (Penfield), SA and Perth (Forrestfield), WA and, on the north-south corridor between Melbourne (Altona), Vic. and Bromelton, Qld. ILF required the placement of a fuel tanker on a flat container wagon immediately behind the locomotives (Figure 5).
Figure 5: ILF fuel tanker placement
Source: SCT Logistics, annotated by OTSI
Connections between the locomotives and fuel tanker to facilitate ILF were:
fuel pipe from the tanker to the locomotives to supply diesel fuel
main reservoir air pressure[10] from the locomotives to the tanker, to run the tanker’s fuel pump and test for fuel line leakages
multiple unit cable from the locomotives to the tanker for the supply of electrical power.
There were three modes of operation for ILF, which were:
Automatic mode: setup prior to depot departure, this mode required no further intervention from the train crew. Probes within the locomotive fuel tank would identify if the fuel level was low, at which point the ILF system would automatically commence refuelling the locomotives. Diesel fuel was delivered from the ILF fuel tanker to the locomotive using 2-minute alternating periods between gravity fed fuel (50–60 L/min) and air operated pump, pressurised fuel delivery (180 L/min). Once the probes within the locomotive fuel tank determined the fuel tanks were full, fuel delivery from the ILF fuel tanker was automatically stopped.
Fast pump mode: used when automatic mode was not working as a quick means to fuel the locomotive/s manually. In this mode, the train crew were required to depress an override button on the locomotive (to open the locomotive’s actuator valve), operate a valve override switch on the ILF fuel tanker and lastly, turn and hold a spring-loaded switch on the ILF fuel tanker. These actions allowed the delivery of air operated pump, pressurised diesel fuel (180 L/min). In this mode the locomotive in-tank fuel level probes were not functional. As such, the volume of fuel in the locomotive fuel tank was required to be monitored as fuel would overflow if the tank was overfilled.
Gravity feed mode: in the event both automatic and fast pump modes were unavailable, fuel could be gravity fed to the locomotives. In this mode, the train crew were required to depress an override button on the locomotive (to open the locomotive’s actuator valve) and operate a valve override switch on the ILF fuel tanker. These actions delivered gravity fed fuel (50–60 L/min). In this mode the locomotive in-tank fuel level probes were not functional. As such, the volume of fuel in the locomotive fuel tank was required to be monitored as fuel would overflow if the tank was overfilled.
Inspection observations
At the time of the accident, the driver’s assistant advised the network control centre that the driver had been outside on the locomotive’s footplate checking a ‘fuel switch’. It was observed that the location where the driver’s assistant found the driver in an incapacitated state was directly above:
two ILF cut off valves, which isolated either the locomotive’s fuel tank from the ILF fuel line or, isolated the ILF fuel line from the front locomotive headstock[11]
the locomotive’s actuator valve (Figure 6).
Figure 6: Location of the driver in relation to ILF equipment (example locomotive)
Note: the image is of an example locomotive, not the actual locomotive involved in the accident. In this example image, the locomotive’s ILF cut off valves (dotted box) and actuator (inset image) are depicted in the ‘closed’ position however, these were verified to be ‘open’, consistent with gravity feed mode, on the day of the accident. Source: NSW Police, annotated by OTSI
After the accident, OTSI investigators attended SCT Logistics’ depot at Altona, Vic. to inspect an exemplar SCT class locomotive and the ILF system. During this inspection, it was found that when standing on the locomotive’s external footplate it was not possible to observe the position of the locomotive’s ILF cut off valves. However, it was found that by leaning hard up against the top handrail and leaning out past the locomotive’s profile, it was possible to observe the indicator located on the top of the locomotive’s actuator.
Safety action
SCT Logistics has taken the following proactive safety action since the accident:
issued an updated instruction regarding in-line fuelling operational modes and procedures, including restrictions for their use
issued an updated procedure prohibiting the exit of the locomotive cabin onto the external footplate or, being located outside the profile of the locomotive while it is in motion
the placement of warning stickers on doors leading from the locomotive vestibule onto the external footplate.
Further investigation
To date, the ATSB has:
gathered and undertaken analysis of locomotive event recordings and, network control and LiveRun voice recordings
inspected the rail corridor and gathered recorded vision of the corridor immediately prior to the accident
gathered information regarding the in-line fuelling system including its operation, operational modes and procedures
gathered information regarding accessing the external locomotive footplate during transit, including procedures and training materials
conducted several interviews with operational staff
gathered and undertaken analysis of reported lineside obstructions and remedial actions
reviewed evidence collected at the accident site and during post-accident track inspections.
The investigation is continuing and will include:
further review of permanent lineside obstructions and proximity to the train’s kinematic envelope
further review of vegetation management which encroaches the rail corridor
further review and examination of the reliability of the in-line fuelling system and, rolling stock operator monitoring of modes of operation
enterprise training for the in-line fuelling system
consideration of SCT Logistics and Momentum Rail contractual requirements, oversight and shared risk management.
Should a critical safety issue be identified during the course of the investigation, the ATSB will immediately notify relevant parties so appropriate and timely safety action can be taken.
A final report will be released at the conclusion of the investigation.
Rail safety investigations in New South Wales
Most transport safety investigations into rail accidents and incidents in New South Wales (NSW) are conducted in accordance with the Collaboration Agreement for Rail Safety Investigations and Other Matters between the Commonwealth Government of Australia and the State Government of NSW. Under the Collaboration Agreement, rail safety investigations are conducted and resourced in NSW by the Office of Transport Safety Investigations (OTSI), on behalf of the ATSB, under the provisions of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.
The Office of Transport Safety Investigations (OTSI) is an independent statutory body which contributes to improvements in the safety of bus, ferry and rail passenger and rail freight services in NSW by investigating safety incidents and accidents, identifying system-wide safety issues and sharing lessons with transport operators, regulators and other key stakeholders. Visit www.otsi.nsw.gov.au for more information.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1] All time references in this report are in local time (Eastern Standard Time).
[2] All track distances are measured from Central station in Sydney, NSW, unless otherwise stated.
[4] The three operating modes were ‘automatic’, ‘fast pump’ and ‘gravity feed.’ See In-line fuelling for further information.
[5] FIRE screen: a digital display screen on the driver’s console which provided information to the driver, e.g. speed, air pressures, tractive effort and fuel volume.
[6] To ensure an accurate fuel reading, both physical gauges are checked and the two volume readings averaged to provide an accurate fuel reading. This allows for any locomotive sidewards tilt impacting the fuel volume readings due to track geometry.
[7] This training was scheduled to be an ‘engine and air’ school, i.e. knowledge of locomotives, equipment and the airbrake system.
[8] Dynamic braking is an electrical brake which creates a retarding force by changing the electrical fields in the locomotive’s traction motors from a traction to generator configuration.
[9] Full service is the maximum braking capacity that can be achieved with the train’s airbrake system. Selected by the driver, it applies maximum braking capacity to all trailing wagons on the train.
[10] Main reservoir air was produced by the locomotives’ air compressors. It was used for several of the train’s functions, including the braking system, horn and sanding equipment.
[11] The headstock is at both the front and rear of the locomotive, below footplate level. It is the interface point for air, fuel and electrical connections between the locomotive and other coupled rolling stock.
Occurrence summary
Investigation number
RO-2022-011
Occurrence date
25/08/2022
Location
Near Cullerin
State
New South Wales
Report release date
18/10/2023
Report status
Interim
Anticipated completion
Q1 2027
Investigation level
Systemic
Investigation type
Occurrence Investigation
Investigation phase
Examination and analysis
Investigation status
Active
Mode of transport
Rail
Rail occurrence category
Lineside object strike
Occurrence class
Accident
Highest injury level
Fatal
Train details
Train operator
SCT Logistics
Train number
4MB9
Track operator
Australian Rail Track Corporation (ARTC)
Type of operation
Freight
Consist
2 x SCT class locomotives, 26 x freight wagons (box, container, van)
On 12 August 2022, a Beech Aircraft Corp 95-B55, registered VH‑ALR and operated by Hartwig Air, was being repositioned to Parafield Airport, South Australia after completing a series of non‑scheduled air transport passenger flights in the north of the state.
Weather conditions at Parafield when the aircraft arrived required the pilot to conduct an instrument approach procedure. During that approach, about 20 km north-north-east of Parafield and while flying in cloud, the pilot descended the aircraft below a segment minimum safe altitude, activating an automated minimum safe altitude warning to air traffic control.
An air traffic controller established communication with the pilot and advised them of their descent below the segment minimum safe altitude and issued a safety alert. The pilot immediately climbed the aircraft above the segment minimum safe altitude, then continued the approach and landed without further incident.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB found that the pilot was experiencing increased workload during the approach in cloud and turbulent conditions and did not detect their inadvertent descent below the segment minimum safe altitude, until they received the warning from the air traffic controller.
The activation of the air traffic control minimum safe altitude warning instigated communication checks with the pilot, which resulted in them being alerted to the aircraft’s descent below the segment minimum safe altitude and an immediate climb was commenced.
While conducting the approach, the pilot reported that they had been referring to a hand-held paper copy of the instrument approach procedure chart, as the aircraft’s control yoke did not have a chart holder, nor did the pilot have a document holder or kneeboard available, which increased the difficulty monitoring the check altitudes and segment minimum safe altitudes.
The aircraft was about 850 ft above the recommended profile with 7 NM to run when the pilot decided to continue the approach. Continuing the approach from that position required a higher‑than-normal descent rate and had potential to increase the pilot’s workload.
What has been done as a result
Following this incident, the operator arranged for an experienced instrument flight examiner to conduct additional training with the pilot in a synthetic training device.
Safety message
Conducting an instrument approach in instrument meteorological conditions is a high workload procedure, requiring close monitoring by the flight crew of the aircraft’s vertical and lateral navigation to assure it remains clear of terrain.
An important part of conducting the instrument approach required the continuous monitoring of the aircraft’s altitude relevant to the various segment minimum safe altitudes and having the instrument approach procedure chart available in a suitable location that minimises additional workload.
Pilots also need to remain vigilant about the relationship between the procedure commencement altitude and the constant descent final approach path, including that the correct waypoint has been identified for managing the descent profile and ensuring the distance-based check altitudes are correctly interpreted.
The investigation
Decisions regarding the scope of an investigation are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation and the associated resources required. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.
The occurrence
On 12 August 2022, a Beech Aircraft Corp 95-B55, registered VH-ALR and operated by Hartwig Air, was being repositioned to Parafield Airport, South Australia after completing a series of non‑scheduled air transport passenger flights in the north of the state. Those flights had been conducted over two days and were operated under the instrument flight rules (IFR).[1]
The flights conducted on the day of the incident commenced in Innamincka and after refuelling the aircraft at Leigh Creek, the pilot had disembarked their passengers at Port Augusta. Weather conditions for those flights were influenced by a slow-moving low-pressure system to the south of Adelaide, resulting in a south-westerly onshore flow with low cloud, showers, reduced visibility and areas of moderate and severe turbulence. The pilot conducted area navigation (RNAV) global satellite system (GNSS) instrument approaches at Leigh Creek and Port Augusta.
The aircraft departed Port Augusta just after midday (local time) and was climbed to 5,000 ft above mean sea level for the flight to Parafield. As the aircraft approached Adelaide, the weather conditions in the Parafield control zone were unsuitable for a visual arrival and the approach controller instructed the pilot to track the aircraft to waypoint PPFNA,[2] one of the initial approach fixes (IAF) for the Parafield RNAV GNSS RWY 21R[3] instrument approach procedure.[4] The instrument approach procedure chart overlaid with the aircraft’s ground track is depicted at Figure 1.
This image depicts the Parafield RNAV GNSS RWY 21R instrument approach procedure chart, overlaid with the aircraft’s ground track.
Source: Airservices Australia (ASA), modified by ATSB
The aircraft was 7 NM west of the IAF, when the approach controller cleared the pilot to descend from 5,000 ft to 4,000 ft, which was the instrument approach procedure’s minimum commencement altitude. The aircraft was approaching the IAF at an altitude of 4,000 ft when the controller issued the pilot clearance to commence the approach and to contact Parafield tower at the intermediate fix (IF), PPFNI.[5], [6]
Weather conditions for the approach were reported as turbulent, affecting the aircraft’s speed and attitude control, with the aircraft passing in and out of cloud. The pilot recalled that due to the conditions and to assist with speed control during the initial stages of the descent and approach, they had extended the landing gear and selected approach flap prior to the IAF.
After passing the IAF, the pilot turned the aircraft to track to the IF and commenced descent from 4,000 ft. The segment minimum safe altitude between the IAF and IF was 3,000 ft. During the first part of that segment, the pilot descended the aircraft at an appropriate rate. The aircraft was about 2 NM from the IF when it reached and then descended below the segment minimum safe altitude.
As the aircraft approached and then passed the IF, the descent rate increased slightly, with the pilot turning the aircraft to intercept the final approach track (Figure 1) at an altitude of about 2,000 ft. After the IF, the segment minimum safe altitude reduced to 2,200 ft.
Soon after the aircraft had passed the IF, the approach controller received an automated minimum safe altitude warning (MSAW) from the air traffic control (ATC) software-based monitoring system and attempted to establish radio contact with the pilot. The approach controller then used their ‘hotline’ intercom to contact the Parafield tower controller to check if the pilot had transferred to their frequency. The tower controller established communication with the pilot, advised them that they had descended below the minimum RNAV GNSS segment altitude and requested they confirm their flight conditions. The pilot reported that they were still in cloud. The tower controller then issued a safety alert and suggested an immediate climb. The pilot was already responding to the controller’s previous transmission and had entered a climb to establish the aircraft above the segment minimum safe altitude (Figure 2). In subsequent communication with the tower controller, the pilot elected to continue the approach.
The aircraft’s lateral track was within the required lateral tracking tolerances passing the final approach fix (FAF) PPFNF and about 300 ft above the recommended approach profile. The aircraft was about 4 NM from the runway at an altitude of 1,900 ft when the pilot reported to the tower controller that they were ‘visual’ and the final part of the approach was flown at an airspeed of about 100–110 kt.
The aircraft descent profile during the approach and the lateral tracking accuracy with reference to the global positioning system (GPS) course deviation indicator’s full-scale deflection is depicted in Figure 2.
Figure 2: Descent profile and lateral tracking accuracy during instrument approach
The top graph depicts the descent profile of VH-ALR relative to the segment minimum safe altitudes during the instrument approach procedure. The grey dotted line is altitude derived from ADS-B data broadcast by the aircraft (25 ft increments), the purple line is the aircraft’s Mode C transponder altitude (100 ft increments). The lower image displays the lateral tracking accuracy of the aircraft during the instrument approach, together with the position of the full-scale deflection indicated on the course deviation indicator and the display of the GNS 430W.
Source: ATSB illustration of relevant data from the instrument approach procedure, Airservices Australia and FlightRadar24.
Context
Pilot information
The pilot held a Commercial Pilot Licence (Aeroplane) with an instrument rating and multi-engine endorsement.[7] The pilot was required to use vision correction when exercising their licence privileges. At the time of the incident, they had accrued a total aeronautical experience of approximately 1,200 hours, including 90 hours on multi-engine aircraft, 50 hours of which were on Baron series[8] aircraft. Most of the pilot’s Baron flying had been conducted under the instrument flight rules (IFR). Included in their aeronautical experience was about 60 hours of instrument flight time.
The pilot had completed an instrument proficiency check within the previous 12-month period and had recently completed a practice RNAV approach in VH-ALR at Ceduna. Prior to departing on the series of flights associated with the charter, the pilot had also conducted practice instrument landing system and RNAV approaches for Adelaide Airport, using a Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA)-approved synthetic training device.
The pilot recalled that they were well rested prior to commencing duty on the morning of the incident. Upon arriving at Parafield Airport, they had been on duty for more than 5 hours and had flown about 4 hours, including sectors in turbulent conditions and with relatively high workload. For the instrument approach into Parafield, the pilot reported feeling ‘moderately’ tired.[9]
Aircraft information
The aircraft was equipped with a conventional set of analogue flight instruments. It was also fitted with a 2-axis autopilot, capable of providing control guidance in the pitch and roll axes. During their post-incident interview, the pilot recalled the autopilot functionality was useful during cruise, but they wouldn’t normally use it when conducting instrument approaches.
VH-ALR was equipped with two, 3-pointer pressure-sensitive altimeters, including one directly in front of the pilot. The altimeters responded to pressure variations in the atmosphere and indicated the aircraft’s altitude above the selected pressure datum, by the pilot reading the relationship between the three indicating pointers.[10] These types of 3‑pointer altimeters are common in general aviation aircraft. Research has shown that such altimeters can be associated with misreading errors, including misreading the altitude by 1,000 ft.[11]
The aircraft was equipped with an assigned altitude indicator, which was designed to be used as a reminder of the altitude assigned by air traffic control (ATC). Altitudes could be manually set by means of individual thumb wheels, but no aural or visual alerts were provided when reaching or leaving the set altitude. The aircraft did not have an altitude alerting system, nor was it required for the type of aircraft and operation.[12]
For conducting RNAV (GNSS) instrument approaches, the aircraft had two global positioning system (GPS) receivers, a Garmin GNS 430W and a Garmin GTN 750. The display panels for the GPS receivers were located to the right of the engine control quadrant. The GTN 750 comprised a moving map display with touch screen functionality and the GNS 430W included the unit’s operating controls and a smaller display panel. The GNS 430W was installed directly below the GTN 750. The selected instrument approach procedure would crossfill between the two units. Neither the GNS 430W or the GTN 750 units could provide vertical profile guidance during the approach.
Meteorological information
The pilot obtained the relevant metrological forecasts prior to departing Innamincka on the morning of the incident. The weather conditions encountered during the flights were consistent with the forecast.
Affecting the aircraft between Port Augusta and Parafield at the selected cruise altitude was broken[13] cumulus and stratocumulus cloud and south westerly winds of about 25 kt. Scattered showers of rain with reduced surface visibility (4,000 m)[14] were forecast with towering cumulus cloud and isolated[15] light to moderate thunderstorms with rain and reduced surface visibility (2,000 m) with cumulonimbus cloud. Moderate turbulence[16] was forecast in cumulus/stratocumulus cloud and severe turbulence[17] and icing in towering cumulus/cumulonimbus cloud and thunderstorms. The freezing level was forecast to be 5,500 ft.
The Parafield Airport forecast (TAF) current at the time VH-ALR departed Port Augusta indicated that an instrument approach would likely be required arriving Parafield, with light showers of rain and broken cloud, 1,600 ft above the aerodrome elevation. The Parafield aerodrome weather reports (METARs) were automatically generated every 30 minutes for routine reports, or as special reports (SPECI) at other times when one or more meteorological elements either deteriorated or improved around specified criteria. A SPECI report was issued 1300 (closest to the time of the aircraft’s arrival), indicating broken cloud 1,700 ft above the aerodrome and overcast cloud at 2,300 ft, but with surface visibility greater than 10 km. Those conditions indicated that a pilot conducting the RNAV GNSS RWY 21R approach and flying the recommended 3‑degree approach profile, could expect to become visual with the runway at about the final approach fix (FAF).
Instrument approach
A RNAV GNSS was a two-dimensional (2D) instrument approach procedure flown using an onboard GPS receiver that complies with relevant airworthiness certification standards, to generate lateral/tracking guidance and the distance to run to next waypoint, allowing for safe navigation of an aircraft operating in instrument meteorological conditions to land at an aerodrome. If the pilot establishes the required visual reference with the runway during the approach, they continue the approach and land. If the required visual reference is not established, the pilot conducts the procedure for a missed approach.
The RNAV GNSS instrument approach procedure chart includes the approach course (comprising a series of waypoints) and information relevant to the vertical navigation of the aircraft. The descent profile was designed to provide a constant descent final approach (CDFA) path from the procedure altitude[18] to an altitude from which a straight-in landing or a circling procedure can be completed. Significantly, the position at which the CDFA intersected the procedure altitude varied between approaches, but occurred during the intermediate or final approach segments. The CDFA angle was shown on the chart’s profile diagram, together with a CDFA altitude/distance scale and advisory crossing altitudes. After commencement of the CDFA, the profile diagram and altitude/distance scale also included the crossing altitude for each of the waypoints.
Each segment of the RNAV GNSS instrument approach procedure specified one or more segment minimum safe altitudes, which were identified by shading on the chart’s profile diagram. When conducting a CDFA, pilots were expected to follow the descent profile, but monitor the descent to ensure the aircraft remains at or above the applicable segment minimum safe altitude.[19]
The instrument approach procedures were pre-programmed in the GPS database from which the pilot selected and activated the required approach. The aircraft’s position relative to the approach course was indicated on the display panels of the GPS receivers and also on the instrument panel’s course deviation indicator displays. The display panel of the GNS 430W receiver provided various operational information for the pilot’s management of the approach, including the current approach segment, the distance to run to the next waypoint and the aircraft’s groundspeed.
The GPS receivers were equipped with receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM).[20] The pilot recalled they had checked for predicted RAIM outages before arming the approach and there were none indicated. There were no RAIM messages displayed during the conduct of the instrument approach, indicating that the GPS calculated positions were within the required tolerance to conduct the approach.
Operational information
The ATC recordings indicated the pilot had correctly completed the read-back of the QNH[21] provided by the approach controller and the transponder indicated altitude from VH-ALR was consistent with the aircraft operating at the assigned altitude.
The pilot used the aircraft’s flight instruments and flight controls to steer the required approach course, make the required turns to intercept the next approach segment and manage the vertical profile of the descent.
The pilot indicated during interview that they had access to a portable electronic device with electronic flight bag (EFB) capability.[22] At the time of the incident, the operator did not hold a CASA approval to use EFBs, so the pilot also carried printed paper copies of the instrument approach procedure.[23] The aircraft’s control yoke did not have a chart holder, nor did the pilot have a document holder or kneeboard available. Consequently, the pilot reported that the paper chart was held in their hand when referring to it during the approach, including when checking altitudes, tracks and distances.
The pilot had anticipated that weather conditions at Parafield could necessitate an instrument approach and that they had reviewed the Parafield RNAV GNSS approach procedure at breakfast on the morning of the incident and again, prior to departing Port Augusta. The pilot recalled that they had identified the number of segment minimum safe altitude steps during their preflight reviews and briefing of the Parafield RNAV GNSS instrument approach procedure, particularly noting the close proximity of the final approach profile to several of those steps and planned to fly a constant profile descent during the approach. Prior to commencing the approach, they had identified that 3,000 ft was the segment minimum safe altitude prior to the intermediate fix (IF) and did not intend to descend the aircraft below that altitude. When conducting any descent, their normal procedure was to self-announce when there was 1,000 ft to run, but on this occasion the procedure was of limited use given that the descent commenced 1,000 ft above the intermediate level-out altitude.
Approaching the IF the pilot recalled concentrating on managing the aircraft’s speed in the turbulent conditions and monitoring the distance to commence the turn to intercept the final approach track.
The pilot recalled that they had not yet reached the FAF when the tower controller advised them that they had descended below the minimum altitude, and immediately commenced a climb to above the segment minimum safe altitude. In those weather conditions, the pilot wanted to complete the approach and land as soon as practicable and when the controller asked their intentions, the pilot had elected to continue the approach.
The ATSB used the available data to estimate the aircraft’s airspeed during the final approach, which was within the required handling speeds for that approach segment.[24]
When reviewing the circumstances of the occurrence, the pilot felt those tasks had been prioritised to the detriment of their monitoring the aircraft’s altitude. The pilot did not believe that the descent below the segment minimum safe altitude was because they had misread the three‑pointer altimeter.
Since the occurrence, the pilot had considered that conducting the missed approach procedure was also an option, that could have helped manage any increased workload associated with continuing the approach and they had sufficient fuel to cover that contingency.
The pilot reviewed the Parafield RNAV GNSS RWY 21R instrument approach procedure after the occurrence and had compared that approach with the other procedures flown that day, they noted the variation between how the altitude/distance scales were presented and the waypoints that the altitudes and distances referred to.
The ATSB reviewed the instrument approach procedures flown by the pilot on the day of the incident and noted:
arriving at Leigh Creek, the procedure profile depicted a level segment from the IAF to the IF, and the CDFA path commenced about 4.5 NM prior to the FAF
arriving at Port Augusta, the procedure profile depicted the aircraft crossing the IAF at a constant altitude, but the CDFA path commenced about 1.9 NM prior to the IF
arriving at Parafield from the IAF waypoints PPFNA or PPFND, the procedure profile depicted an intermediate descent commencing at the IAF, but with a segment minimum safe altitude of 3,000 ft until after passing the IF (PPFNI) with the CDFA path commending 4.1 NM prior to the FAF.
For all approaches flown that day, the altitude/distance scale on the profile diagram provided information for the CDFA path, including the waypoint crossing altitudes. In the case of the Parafield approach, the waypoint PPFNI was also denoted as an IAF at an altitude of 3,000 ft.[25]
Safety analysis
On 12 August 2022, a Beech Aircraft Corp 95-B55, registered VH-ALR was being operated on an instrument approach procedure into Parafield Airport, South Australia. During that approach and while flying in cloud and turbulent conditions, the pilot descended the aircraft below a segment minimum safe altitude, activating an automated minimum safe altitude warning to air traffic control. Air traffic control contacted the pilot and advised the pilot of their descent below the segment minimum safe altitude and issued a safety alert. The pilot immediately climbed the aircraft above the segment minimum safe altitude, then continued the approach and landed without further incident.
The ATSB was satisfied that the pilot was adequately rested prior to commencing their duty period. Although the pilot reported that their fatigue levels had increased during the flight, that was to be expected given the weather conditions during the flights conducted that day.
The ATSB concluded there were no issues with the set up or functionality of the aircraft’s altimeters, meaning correct altitude information was available to the pilot. As such, the following analysis will consider factors associated with the descent below minimum safe altitude, use of a paper copy of the instrument approach procedure chart, the pilot’s response to the minimum safe altitude alert warning and the resulting steeper than normal approach to land.
The weather conditions in the vicinity of Parafield required the pilot to conduct an instrument approach. The aircraft was maintaining 4,000 ft above mean sea level as it approached the initial approach fix PPFNA and had been configured to commence the instrument approach procedure. The initial descent from 4,000 ft was conducted at a rate that achieved an approximate 3-degree descent profile.
The pilot had stated that they had left 4,000 ft at commencement of the approach with the intention of levelling out at 3,000 ft. The pilot’s recollection was that descent below the segment minimum safe altitude was not the result of misreading the altimeter or instrument approach procedure, but more due to being distracted by workload in the turbulent weather conditions. That included monitoring the distance to run to the intermediate fix, to initiate the turn to intercept the track for the final approach. Conducting an instrument approach in instrument meteorological conditions added to a high workload procedure, requiring close monitoring of the aircraft’s vertical and lateral navigation by the pilot.
The instrument approach procedure included five segment minimum safe altitudes and the constant descent final approach (CDFA) path that passed close to those limits, which necessitated close monitoring during the descent. During the instrument approach, the pilot would have used one hand on the control column to fly the aircraft, and the other hand to operate the engine and other ancillary controls. The pilot’s use of a paper copy of the instrument approach procedure chart without a chart holder or kneeboard available, made the task of referring to the chart information less convenient and potentially increased the likelihood of misinterpreting check altitudes for the descent or segment minimum safe altitudes that applied.
Following the incident, the pilot reviewed the Parafield instrument approach procedure, together with the other procedures they had flown that day and correctly identified that each procedure’s CDFA path commenced at different positions in relation the initial approach and intermediate fixes. However, they probably had not correlated the relationship between the procedure altitude for commencement of the CDFA path and the significance of that position with the commencement of altitude/distance scale on the instrument approach procedure’s profile diagram. This increased the potential for the pilot to misinterpret the altitude/distance scale and associate the published altitude with the distance to run to an incorrect or out of sequence waypoint.
Although the pilot was experiencing a high workload as the aircraft approached the intermediate fix, they had accurately intercepted the inbound track and had immediately initiated a climb of the aircraft when the tower controller advised their descent below the minimum procedure altitude. Although the aircraft had descended below the segment minimum safe altitude, the lateral tracking of the aircraft was accurate and remained within the lateral tracking requirements for the RNAV GNSS procedure.
The pilot climbed the aircraft above the 2,200 ft segment minimum safe altitude for that stage of the approach and continued the climb. That resulted in the aircraft being about 850 ft above the recommended profile with 7 NM to run to the missed approach point when the tower controller asked the pilot their intentions, and the pilot indicated they would continue the approach. Continuing the approach from that position did require a higher-than-normal descent rate and had potential to increase the pilot’s workload. However, the pilot managed the descent of the aircraft to progressively intercept the approach profile, the aircraft’s speed was maintained within the required parameters for the approach and the lateral tracking was within the required tolerances. The aircraft was about 400 ft above the recommended CDFA path at the final approach fix, with 5 NM to run to the missed approach point and soon after, the pilot reported to the tower controller that they were visual.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the flight below minimum altitude involving Beech Aircraft Corp 95-B55, registration VH-ALR near Parafield Airport, South Australia on 12 August 2022.
Contributing factors
Approaching the intermediate fix while conducting a RNAV GNSS approach in instrument meteorological conditions and turbulence, the pilot’s workload increased and they did not identify the inadvertent descent below the segment minimum safe altitude.
Other factors that increased risk
The pilot reported that they were using a hand-held paper copy of the instrument approach procedure chart, which increased the difficulty monitoring the check altitudes and segment minimum safe altitudes for the various stages of the approach.
After climbing the aircraft above the segment minimum safe altitude, the pilot elected to continue the approach which necessitated a steeper than normal descent.
Other findings
The activation of the minimum safe altitude warning on the approach controller's console instigated communication checks with the pilot, which resulted in them being alerted to the aircraft’s descent below the segment minimum safe altitude and an immediate climb was commenced.
Safety actions
Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. All of the directly involved parties are invited to provide submissions to this draft report. As part of that process, each organisation is asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they have carried out to reduce the risk associated with this type of occurrences in the future. The ATSB has so far been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Safety action by Hartwig Air
Following this incident, the operator arranged for an experienced instrument flight instructor/examiner to conduct additional training with the pilot in a synthetic training device.
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
the pilot of VH-ALR
Airservices Australia
Bureau of Meterology.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
the pilot of VH-ALR
Hartwig Air
Civil Aviation Safety Authority
Airservices Australia
Bureau of Meterology.
There were no submissions received.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1]Instrument flight rules (IFR): a set of regulations that permit the pilot to operate an aircraft in instrument meteorological conditions (IMC), which have much lower weather minimums than visual flight rules (VFR). Procedures and training are significantly more complex as a pilot must demonstrate competency in IMC conditions while controlling the aircraft solely by reference to instruments, rather than by outside visual reference. Typically, this means flying in cloud or limited visibility. IFR-capable aircraft have greater equipment and maintenance requirements.
[2]Waypoint: A defined position of latitude and longitude coordinates, primarily used for navigation. These waypoints were incorporated to the GPS receiver’s navigation database and could not be edited by the user. Regular updates were made to the navigation database and ensured the current/correct approach procedure was available.
[3]Runway number: the number represents the magnetic direction of the runway centreline, and is expressed in 10 degree increments of azimuth. The runway identification may include L, R or C as required for left, right or centre.
[4]An RNAV GNSS approach is a type of instrument approach procedure that uses a GPS receiver that complies with the relevant airworthiness certification standards, to provide lateral tracking information for the pilot to conduct the approach.
[5]The relatively late approach clearance was due to visual flight rules (VFR) aircraft operating in the Parafield circuit area. An approach clearance could only be issued once all the VFR aircraft operating in the Parafield control zone were on the ground.
[6]Waypoint PPFNI was the intermediate fix for the procedure when being conducted from offset sectors (PPFNA and PPFND). For a straight-in approach, PPFNI was designated as the IAF at an altitude of not below 3,000 ft.
[7]This included 2D and 3D instrument approach operations in instrument meteorological conditions, which included RNAV GNSS procedures. The pilot’s instrument rating and multi-engine endorsement was issued in 2017. Since that time, they had completed 2 instrument proficiency checks.
[8]The Baron series of aircraft includes the Beech Aircraft Corp 95-B55.
[9]During interview, the pilot was asked to make a subjective assessment of their fatigue level at the time of the occurrence, using the Samn-Perelli seven-point fatigue scale. The pilot estimated that they had started their duty period fully alert, wide awake (scale point ‘1’), but at the time of the occurrence their fatigue levels had increased, and they were moderately tired (scale point ‘5’).
[10]Hundreds of feet were indicated by a long and narrow pointer needle, thousands of feet by a short and wide pointer needle and tens of thousands of feet by a long/thin needle with a triangle symbol at the pointer’s tip.
[11]A summary of research and guidance regarding the design of altimeters is included in Appendix A of the ATSB Aviation Occurrence Report AO-2020-017, Controlled flight into terrain involving Cessna 404, VH-OZO 6 km south-east of Lockhart River Airport, Queensland, on 11 March 2020. This report is available to download from the ATSB website (AO-2020-017).
[12]An altitude alerting system provides an aural alert (tone) and/or a visual alert when an aircraft on climb/descent approaches the designated altitude and when deviating from that altitude during cruise. Aircraft conducting IFR operations in controlled airspace were required to have either an assigned altitude indicator or an altitude alerting system. For piston-engine aircraft, an altitude alerting system was only required for IFR operations at altitudes 15,000 ft above the standard atmospheric pressure datum 1013.25 hPa.
[13]Broken describes cloud coverage between 5 to 7 eighths (oktas) of the sky (except for cumulonimbus and towering cumulus cloud).
[14]Scattered describes well separated features that affect or are forecast to affect, an area with a maximum spatial coverage from 50% to 75%.
[15]Isolated describes individual features that affect or are forecast to affect, an area with a maximum spatial coverage of up to 50%.
[16]Moderate turbulence describes appreciable changes in attitude and/or altitude in rapid bumps or jolts, but with the pilot being able to control the aircraft.
[17]Severe turbulence describes large abrupt changes in attitude and/or altitude, resulting in momentary loss of control of the aircraft flightpath.
[18]The procedure altitude accommodates a stabilised descent at a prescribed descent gradient/angle in the intermediate/final approach segments.
[19]Descent below the recommended CDFA to the segment minimum safe altitude can be conducted at pilot discretion but was not a recommended technique.
[20]Availability of RAIM during the conduct of an RNAV GNSS approach provides an assurance of the integrity of the navigation system and that the calculated position is within the required tolerance for the procedure being flown.
[21]QNH: the altimeter barometric pressure subscale setting used to indicate the height above mean seal level.
[22]An EFB can replace traditional paper products in an aircraft, store and display aviation data and perform calculations. This typically also includes functionality such as a moving map display with relevant information overlaid.
[23]Holders of an air operator certificate required CASA approval before their crews could use an EFB. Operators were required to provide CASA with an exposition including information, procedures, and instructions for the use of EFBs.
[24]The handling speed stipulated for a category B aircraft during the final approach segment was 85 to 130 kt.
[25]This configuration for the approach allowed aircraft arriving from the north-east to commence the approach at waypoint PPFNI.
Occurrence summary
Investigation number
AO-2022-039
Occurrence date
12/08/2022
Location
Near Parafield Airport
State
South Australia
Report release date
15/05/2024
Report status
Final
Investigation level
Short
Investigation type
Occurrence Investigation
Investigation status
Completed
Mode of transport
Aviation
Aviation occurrence category
Flight below minimum altitude
Occurrence class
Incident
Highest injury level
None
Aircraft details
Manufacturer
Beech Aircraft Corp
Model
95-B55
Registration
VH-ALR
Serial number
TC-1739
Aircraft operator
Bruce Hartwig Flying School Pty Ltd
Sector
Piston
Operation type
Part 135 Air transport operations - smaller aeroplanes
On 3 March 2021, an AirBorne Edge XT-912 weight-shift microlight, registered T2-6160, broke up in flight and collided with terrain near Exmouth, Western Australia. Both occupants were fatally injured and the aircraft was destroyed.
The Sports Aviation Federation of Australia (SAFA) requested technical assistance from the ATSB in the examination of some failed components from the aircraft. To facilitate this assistance, the ATSB initiated an external investigation under the provisions of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.
The ATSB has concluded the examination of the components, and provided the results of that work to SAFA on 22 July 2022.
SAFA is responsible for and will administer the release of any information from the accident investigation. Any enquiries relating to the matter should be directed to SAFA at www.safa.asn.au
On 18 August 2022, a Cessna 310R, registered VH-JQK, was being operated by Aircraft Australia on a training flight from Redcliffe, Queensland.
After completing asymmetric training sequences to the east of Brisbane, the crew flew towards the Sunshine Coast Airport to conduct instrument training. While establishing a practice instrument approach, the engines started surging alternatively. The instructor declared a MAYDAY. On descent the crew switched from the auxiliary to the main fuel tanks, which rectified the engine issues, and then completed an uneventful landing.
What the ATSB found
The crew did not completely follow the operator’s pre-flight and in-flight fuel management procedures, which required pilots to:
cross-check fuel quantity prior to a flight with a visual confirmation or fuel log
monitor fuel levels and tank selection every 30 minutes during a flight.
Further, the instructor was unaware of the fuel system configuration of the Cessna 310R being operated, believing the aircraft was fitted with larger auxiliary tanks than was the case. The operator had inconsistent and incomplete documentation for the aircraft, and the fuel selector plaques contained contradictory information about the size of the auxiliary tanks.
What has been done as a result
Aircraft Australia implemented a new fuel log specific for the Cessna 310R. Additionally, an internal memo outlining the changes to the data sheet for the Cessna 310R was released to ensure all pilots and students are aware of the complex fuel configuration of the aircraft. Furthermore, the operator has requested replacement of the fuel selector plaques to ensure the correct data labels are installed.
Safety message
Accidents involving fuel mismanagement are an ongoing aviation safety concern and are a reminder of the importance of monitoring fuel levels prior to, and during, flight.
This occurrence reinforces the need to:
be fully familiar with the aircraft fuel system’s operation and capacity
conduct a thorough pre-flight inspection including the cross checking of fuel quantity and quality
determine the expected rate of fuel consumption prior to flight and monitoring fuel consumption during flight to confirm performance
ensure the appropriate tank selections are made
ensure all aircraft documentation and placarding is up to date and readily available.
Decisions regarding the scope of an investigation are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation and the associated resources required. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.
The occurrence
On 18 August 2022, a Cessna 310R, registered VH‑JQK and operated by Aircraft Australia, was being prepared at Redcliffe, Queensland, for a multi-engine training endorsement flight involving an instructor and a trainee instructor.
The trainee instructor dipped the fuel tanks and determined there was 309 litres of total fuel onboard. They were unable to recall the split of fuel between the main and auxiliary fuel tanks. Both crew recalled after the event that the fuel quantity was not cross-checked[1] between the dipsticks and fuel gauges.
The trainee instructor conducted a pre-flight briefing with the instructor outlining the asymmetric training sequences which would be conducted. The flight was expected to last 1.5–2 hours.
While taxiing, the instructor checked the fuel gauges and continued to the runway. The instructor recalled thinking at the time that both the main tanks and the auxiliary tanks were full. The flight departed Redcliffe at about 1423 and proceeded to the east over Moreton Island.
About 30 minutes into the flight, the trainee instructor switched from the main to the auxiliary fuel tanks and began the asymmetric training sequences. The trainee instructor was unable to recall why this was done. Neither pilot could later recall any fuel gauge readings during the flight.
At about 1459 the pilots decided to conduct an instrument approach to Sunshine Coast Airport to prepare the trainee instructor for an instrument rating training endorsement. The trainee instructor went under the hood[2] to simulate instrument meteorological conditions.[3]
At about 1515, the instructor made contact with the Sunshine Coast air traffic control tower controller and was cleared to fly to the west. Shortly after, the aircraft was cleared for an instrument approach and the crew began to fly the outbound leg of the approach .
At 1517 the instructor began pre-landing checks and the flaps[4] were extended to 15°. At about that time, both engines began to surge, and the instructor conducted the first 5 steps of the emergency checks including flap retraction and then unsuccessfully attempted to determine the affected engine (Figure 1). The trainee instructor noticed fuel streaking from the main tank vents, indicating fuel venting.[5] Shortly after, the engines began to operate normally for about 20 s before they started to surge alternatively with a corresponding reduction in power and yawing[6] of the aircraft.
Figure 1: Occurrence flight
Source: Google Maps annotated by the ATSB
At about 4,200 ft and tracking in an easterly direction, the instructor declared a MAYDAY on the tower frequency and requested direct track for runway 13.[7] The controller cleared the aircraft to descend to 1,500 ft and to track for runway 13.
After descending to 1,500 ft and when established on downwind for a visual approach to runway 13, the pilots began further troubleshooting. The instructor selected the fuel pumps on and identified that the fuel selectors were still set to the auxiliary tanks. After switching back to the main tanks, both engines regained power.
The aircraft landed and taxied to the general aviation parking area. The crew later reported that, after landing, the auxiliary tanks’ fuel gauges read zero. The auxiliary tanks were dipped and were confirmed to be empty. The main tanks were also dipped and found to be full. There were blue streaks indicating that there had been fuel venting overboard.
After discussion with maintenance staff, the pilots conducted a successful ground run of the aircraft on the main tanks and did not identify any problems. The pilots then flew back to Redcliffe without refuelling.
Context
Pilot information
Instructor
The instructor held a commercial pilot licence (aeroplane), issued in 2017 with class ratings for single and multi-engine aircraft. The instructor had a total of about 2,100 flying hours of which, about 212 hours was instructional flying. The instructor began the role of head of flying operations for the operator in May 2022 after about 15 months of non-flying. The instructor had totalled 21.1 hours on VH-JQK, the operator’s only Cessna 310, in the previous 5 months. Including previous flights in 2017–2020, the pilot had accrued an estimated about 500–600 hours on Cessna 310 variants.
Trainee instructor
The trainee instructor held a commercial pilot licence (aeroplane), issued in 2019 with class ratings for single- and multi-engine aircraft. They completed an instructor rating at the beginning of 2022 before commencing to instruct on single engine aircraft and to conduct aerial work operations. At the time of the occurrence, the trainee instructor had about 138 instructional hours and a total of about 470 flying hours of which 8 were on the Cessna 310R, all in VH-JQK.
Aircraft information
The Cessna 310R was a twin-engine, low-wing, 6-seat, unpressurised aircraft equipped with retractable landing gear. The aircraft was fitted with Continental IO-520-M piston engines. The aircraft was manufactured in 1978, and first registered in Australia on 31 October 1989. The operator became the registration holder on 9 June 2022.
Fuel tank configuration
VH-JQK’s fuel system consisted of main tanks at each wing tip and auxiliary tanks in each outboard wing section. The combined usable capacity of the main fuel tanks was about 100 US gallons (378 L), and 40 US gallons (151 L) for the auxiliary tanks. The aircraft was also fitted with a nacelle fuel tank which had been disconnected and was no longer used. The main aluminium tanks were vented to the atmosphere.
Cessna 310R aircraft could be configured with the main tanks only, or with additional auxiliary and/or wing locket tanks (see Pilot’s operating handbook). The auxiliary tanks came in two sizes, the smaller 40-gallon size and the large 60-gallon size.
The instructor had previously flown Cessna 310R aircraft with 60-gallon auxiliary tanks and assumed that VH-JQK was similarly equipped, not knowing that it had 40-gallon tanks.
Information on the aircraft fuel system for the Cessna 310R was provided by:
the aircraft fuel selector plaques
the fuel gauges in the aircraft
the pilot’s operating handbook
the company operations manual.
Fuel selector plaques
The aircraft had one fuel selector for each engine, on the floor between the pilot seats. This allowed for the selection of main fuel tanks, auxiliary fuel tanks, cross-feed and fuel shutoff through the wing selector valves located in each respective wing. The fuel selectors also had plaques defining the amount of fuel in each tank in US gallons.
The fuel selector plaques displayed the amount of fuel available in each of the tanks. Fuel selector plaques under the Cessna 310 type certificate were required to show the fuel amount in US gallons. An exemplar is shown in Figure 2.
Figure 2: Correct aircraft fuel selector plaques
Source: Nimbus Aviation, modified by the ATSB
VH-JQK’s fuel selector plaques showed fuel quantities in differing units (Figure 3). On the left plaque only, an indication of fuel tank capacity was handwritten in white permanent marker with the quantities in litres. The right plaque had what appeared to be original markings from an aircraft with different auxiliary tank capacity. The left auxiliary tank was indicated as having a capacity of ‘70 Ltr’ (70 L, equivalent to 18.5 gallons), corresponding to the smaller auxiliary tank capacity (as was fitted to VH-JQK). The right plaque gave that side’s auxiliary tank capacity as ‘31.5 GAL’ (31.5 gallons, or 119.3 litres), corresponding to the larger auxiliary tank capacity.
The ATSB was not provided the aircraft logbooks or maintenance releases to confirm when the modification of the plaques, both the incorrect right-side plaque and handwritten quantities, took place.
Figure 3: VH-JQK fuel selector plaques
Source: Operator, annotated by the ATSB
Fuel gauges
The fuel quantity gauge (Figure 4) was located above the right side control column and normally indicated the fuel quantity (in both gallons and pounds) in the selected tanks. The fuel quantity in the non-selected tanks could be displayed instead through the use of a momentary toggle switch below the gauge. Two yellow lights (one for each side) illuminated when the auxiliary tank on that side was selected.
Figure 4: Fuel gauges in VH-JQK
Source: Operator, annotated by the ATSB
Pilot’s operating handbook
The operator used 2 versions of the pilot’s operating handbook (POH):
a generic softcopy version
a hardcopy which was carried in the aircraft.
The softcopy POH included multiple aircraft serial numbers and inconsistent registration details throughout the document, none of which matched VH-JQK. This version of the POH did not indicate the fuel tank configuration of VH-JQK.
The POH carried in the aircraft included an aircraft flight manual approval from the Civil Aviation Safety Authority, but the approval did not specify the serial number of the approved aircraft. The POH was not specific to VH-JQK’s particular configuration (showing the 6 possible fuel tank configurations available for Cessna 310R aircraft) but had handwritten markings indicating VH-JQK’s fuel system configuration (Figure 5).
Figure 5: Pilot’s operating handbook carried in VH-JQK
Source: Operator, annotated by the ATSB
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Pilot’s Handbook of Aeronautical Knowledge (2022)[8] stated that while the POH may appear similar for different aircraft of the same make and model, each manual should be unique and contain specific information about a particular aircraft, such as the equipment installed and the weight and balance information. If a manual does not indicate a specific registration and serial number, it should be limited to general study purposes only. The online POH did not accurately indicate the installed fuel tanks in VH-JQK and due to multiple serial numbers through the manual, the document was unable to support pilot understanding of specific differences with VH-JQK.
The POH recommended to use fuel from the main tanks during both take-off and landing (for aircraft fitted with 40-gallon auxiliary tanks).
The POH stated that when all fuel tanks were full, the main tank fuel should be used after take-off for about 60 minutes or until 180 lb (102 L) or less is remaining. Auxiliary tanks should then be selected. This was necessary to provide space in the main fuel tanks for vapour and unused fuel to be returned from the engine driven fuel pumps when operating on auxiliary fuel.
If sufficient space was not available in the main tanks for this diverted unused fuel, the main tanks could overfill, and fuel could be lost out of overboard fuel vents. It was recommended that auxiliary fuel was used until either exhausted or the flight phase had reached the top of descent.
At the time of the occurrence the trainee instructor reported that they did not fully know that excess fuel was returned to the main fuel tanks when the auxiliary tanks were selected. The trainee instructor reported they had relied on the instructor to know the differences in the fuel system.
Operator’s operations manual
The operator’s operations manual outlined the entire fleet of aircraft operated by the company. The only Cessna 310 data sheet available in the operations manual was for a Cessna 310H, which had significantly different performance and fuel system characteristics. The operations manual did not contain information on fuel tank availability and capacity for VH-JQK, the Cessna 310R or the 310H.
In the flight planning section of the operations manual, a generic fuel flow rate was provided fora generic Cessna 310 and did not identify a specific model. The flight planning fuel flow rate was of 100 L/hour.
The data sheet section of the operations manual identified the Cessna 310H has a fuel flow rate of 90 L/hour, while the operator’s cross hire list, also found in the operations manual, detailed the Cessna 310R as having a fuel flow of 120 L/hour. The typical cruise fuel flow rate of the Cessna 301R is about 117 L/hour.
Operator fuel management procedures
Pre-flight
The operator’s operation manual required the pilot in command (in this case, the instructor) ensure that a determination of the quantity of usable fuel on board was conducted before flight. Fuel quantity gauge readings were to also be cross-checked, to ensure accurate fuel calculation against one of the following:
visual confirmation – full, tabs or dipstick reading
calculated – a comparison of the fuel on board from the previous flight with fuel added with reference to the operator’s aircraft journey log form (Figure 6).
Figure 6: Operator aircraft journey log
Source: Operator
Should a pilot identify any significant discrepancy between the actual and calculated quantities, this was required to be reported to maintenance engineer staff for further investigation.
This fuel log was generic for the operator’s fleet and did not distinguish between the contents of the main fuel tanks and the auxiliary fuel tanks for the Cessna 310R. The log did not indicate which units should be used.
The aircraft journey log was requested by the ATSB for the investigation; however, the operator was unable to locate and produce the document.
In-flight
The operator’s operations manual stated:
During all flights, at a 30-minute interval, our pilots conduct a fuel quantity check whereby the usable fuel remaining is evaluated to compare planned fuel consumption with actual fuel consumption. This is accomplished by cross-referencing the fuel remaining on gauges with an appropriately calculated fuel log covering aircraft endurance – litres and minutes of fuel remaining. Our pilots determine the expected usable fuel remaining on arrival at the destination aerodrome and whether the usable fuel remaining is sufficient to complete the planned flight.
Post flight
Upon return from a flight, pilots were required to complete the fuel documentation including the journey log with the amount of fuel at shutdown.
Related occurrences
Fuel management and fuel starvation incidents and accidents continue to occur in twin engine aircraft. Examples of ATSB investigations of these include:
Fuel starvation and forced landing involving Piper PA-28, VH-BDB, 15 km WSW of Bankstown Airport, NSW, on 19 September 2017 (AO-2017-094AO-2017-094)
Fuel starvation involving Cessna 206, 3.5 NM NE of Aldinga, SA, on 3 February 2019 (AB-2019-004)
Cessna C310R, VH-HCP, 3km E Newman Aerodrome on 26 January 2001 (200100348)
The ATSB found that pilot understanding of, and management of aircraft fuel systems played a crucial role in these occurrences.
The 2013 ATSB publication, Avoidable Accidents No. 5: Starved and exhausted: Fuel management aviation accidents (AR-2011-112) focused on accidents involving fuel starvation due to fuel management, stating:
Keeping fuel supplied to the engines during flight relies on the pilot’s knowledge of the aircraft’s fuel supply system and being familiar and proficient in its use. Adhering to procedures, maintaining a record of the fuel selections during flight, and ensuring the appropriate tank selections are made before descending towards your destination will lessen the likelihood of fuel starvation at what may be a critical stage of the flight.
Safety analysis
Overview
Surging can be a result of a piston engine being starved of fuel. In this case, the crew observations of surging and fuel streaking from the main tanks during and after the flight were consistent with the main tanks being full and the auxiliary tanks being empty. Once the fuel selectors were switched to the main tanks, the engines recovered. The surging was therefore almost certainly caused by the auxiliary fuel tanks emptying while selected during the flight.
After departure, the crew operated for about 30 minutes with the main fuel tanks selected before changing to the auxiliary tanks. At a fuel flow rate of 120 L/hour, the engines would have used about 120 L at the time the surging began. This alone would not have been enough to empty the auxiliary tanks, which held about 140 L; however, in this aircraft, unused fuel from the fuel pumps would also be transferred from the auxiliary tanks to the main tanks.
This would have reduced the quantity of fuel in the auxiliary tanks at a faster rate than just engine consumption in the period between switching to auxiliary tanks and the engine surging. This would explain why the auxiliary tanks were exhausted of fuel. In addition, the main tanks became full during this period and excess fuel was lost overboard through venting.
The auxiliary tanks continued to be used until they became exhausted, resulting in fuel starvation and engine surging. This analysis will examine the reasons for this fuel starvation, the crew’s management of fuel throughout the flight, and the information provided by the operator for pilots to manage fuel.
Fuel management
The operator was unable to locate the aircraft journey log and the fuel on board prior to the occurrence could not be determined. Operator requirements detailed that the fuel on board at the start of the flight were to be recorded in the aircraft journey log. However, this was not done. This journey log was intended to indicate the amount of total fuel left on board the aircraft from the previous flight and be used as a basis for planned versus actual fuel usage for the flight. The journey log would not have given the pilots an exact indication as to how much fuel was left in each tank.
The aircraft journey log, the fuel gauges and the dipstick readings were available to cross-check the fuel quantities to allow highest level of certainty of the amount of usable fuel onboard.
The interval between in-flight fuel quantity checks of 30 minutes was set out by the operator to prompt pilots to remain aware of the aircraft fuel state. The trainee instructor was uncertain as to why the tanks were changed from main to auxiliary after 30 minutes, earlier than the normal 60 minutes outlined in the POH, and both crew were unable to recall the fuel gauge quantity throughout the flight. This indicates that it was likely the crew were not checking the fuel gauges every 30 minutes.
Post flight inspection indicated that although the auxiliary tanks were empty, the main tanks were completely full. The aircraft was able to be flown back to Redcliffe without issue, this indicated that the total amount of usable fuel on board was sufficient for the planned flight.
The pilots did not completely follow operator’s pre-flight and in-flight fuel management procedures including keeping a fuel log, cross-checking the amount of fuel on board, and tracking fuel quantity throughout the flight. This resulted in the pilots continuing to select fuel from the auxiliary tanks beyond the point when they were empty and subsequently the starvation of both aircraft engines.
Familiarity with the aircraft fuel system
The instructor was not familiar with the fuel capacity of VH-JQK. The auxiliary fuel tank capacity was significantly lower than other previous Cessna 310R aircraft the instructor had operated. They had assumed that the auxiliary tanks held about 100 L more than VH-JQK could.
The trainee instructor relied on the instructor’s experience on the Cessna 310 aircraft and had limited experience of the aircraft and fuel system. Familiarisation with the aircraft’s fuel system should have been completed prior operating the aircraft and not relied solely on the instructor’s previous experiences.
Aircraft fuel system documentation
The data sheets which were provided in the operator’s operations manual did not provide the correct information about the current Cessna 310 variant being flown by the operator and instead provide a generic fuel flow rate for the C310.
There was no clear information set around the Cessna 310R fuel flow rates or fuel tank configuration within the operations manual. Effective fuel planning and fuel management rely on the accuracy of the predicted fuel consumption rate. With 3 different fuel flow rates outlined in the operations manual, the inconsistent data impedes the accuracy of the of the fuel consumption data used for planning and decision-making.
These fuel flow rates were recorded in L/hour yet the fuel quantity for the Cessna 310R was variously measured in gallons, litres and pounds. Accurately calculating and managing fuel is a critical aspect of safe aircraft operation. Using different units of measurement for fuel calculation and management can introduce unnecessary complexity and lead to errors.
For example, converting units can make it more difficult to cross-check the fuel levels and detect fuel discrepancies or leaks. It was not possible to determine whether this was a factor in the occurrence, however, it can lead to difficulties in remembering and calculating fuel quantities.
The hardcopy POH incorrectly indicated that there was a nacelle tank installed. Clear information about the capacity and usability of the nacelle tanks was not provided to pilots and students.
Fuel selector plaques
The fuel selector plaques were incorrectly labelled. The left plaque provided the incorrect unit of measure, and the right plaque provided the incorrect size of auxiliary tanks available.
The ATSB determined that the fuel selector plaques did not contribute to the occurrence as both the instructor and student instructor did not recognise the inconsistent markings on the selector. However, inconsistent and incorrect markings have the potential to cause pilots to inadvertently make incorrect fuel calculations.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the fuel starvation event involving Cessna 310, VH-JQK, near Sunshine Coast Airport, Queensland, on 18 August 2022.
Contributing factors
The pilots did not establish the amount of fuel on board prior to the flight or manage the fuel state throughout the flight.
The instructor was not aware that the aircraft had a 140L usable fuel auxiliary tank capacity and assumed that it had the same 238L capacity as other Cessna 310 aircraft they had flown.
Other factors that increased risk
The operator had inconsistent and incomplete technical documentation for the aircraft.
The aircraft’s fuel selector plaques contained contradictory and incorrect information about the capacity of the auxiliary tanks, and in different units.
Safety actions
Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Safety action by Aircraft Australia
After an internal investigation, Aircraft Australia implemented a new fuel log specific for the Cessna 310R. They have released an internal memo for the company operations manual outlining the changes to the data sheet for the Cessna 310R to ensure all pilots and student are aware of the fuel configuration of the aircraft. The operator has also requested fuel selector plaques replacement to ensure the correct data labels are installed.
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
the instructor and trainee instructor of the occurrence flight
Aircraft Australia
Flightradar 24.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
Civil Aviation Safety Authority
instructor and trainee instructor of VH-JQK
Aircraft Australia.
Submissions were received from:
Civil Aviation Safety Authority.
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1] Cross-checked: The use at least two different verification methods to determine the amount of fuel on board.
[2] Under the hood: Indicates that the pilot is using a hood to restrict visibility outside the cockpit while simulating instrument flight. An appropriately rated pilot is required in the other control seat while this operation is being conducted.
[3] Instrument meteorological conditions (IMC): weather conditions that require pilots to fly primarily by reference to instruments, and therefore under instrument flight rules (IFR), rather than by outside visual reference. Typically, this means flying in cloud or limited visibility.
[4] Flaps: movable surfaces on the trailing edge of the wing that help the aircraft gain lift.
[5] Fuel venting: the process of releasing excess fuel vapours from the fuel tanks of an aircraft.
[6] Yawing: the motion of an aircraft about its vertical or normal axis.
[7] Runway number: the number represents the magnetic heading of the runway in the nearest tens of degrees. The runway identification may include L, R or C as required for left, right or centre.
On the morning of 6 August 2022, the pilot of a Robinson R22 Beta II, registered VH‑NKV, was flying at about 500–600 ft en route to conduct aerial mustering north-east of Karumba aerodrome, Queensland. After some time in cruise, the helicopter suddenly began to ‘shake and vibrate’. In response, the pilot conducted an autorotation, flaring the aircraft just above the trees in a heavily wooded area. The aircraft collided with trees and was destroyed. The pilot was uninjured, and there was no fire.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB found that the engine issues prompting the pilot to attempt a forced landing were likely the result of carbon deposits that had accumulated on the valve stem of the no. 2 cylinder exhaust valve and within its guide, reducing clearance to less than the specified minimum. The reduced clearance likely resulted in the valve binding in the guide, and not fully closing. While these deposits would have begun to accumulate from the time the cylinder entered service, its progression to the point where it resulted in a degradation in engine performance would not normally be detected by the aircraft’s existing maintenance regime.
Cylinder durability issues, predominantly affecting R22 and R44 helicopters used in mustering operations across the northern regions of Australia have reportedly increased since 2016. However, there was insufficient data available relating to the extent and nature of these failures to identify strategies for prevention.
What has been done as a result
The ATSB has released a safety advisory notice to strongly encourage maintainers, operators, and pilots of Robinson R22 and R44 helicopters fitted with Lycoming O-360 and O-540 series engines to complete a Lycoming cylinder durability investigation group defect report form any time engine cylinder issues are identified.
Safety message
The pilot responded appropriately to a sudden and unexpected emergency, greatly reducing the likelihood of injury. This accident highlights the importance for pilots to be cognisant of changes in performance during day-to-day operations, and always be prepared for the rapid onset of an in‑flight emergency.
The investigation
Decisions regarding the scope of an investigation are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation and the associated resources required. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.
The occurrence
On the morning of 6 August 2022, the pilot of a Gulf Coast Aviation Robinson R22 Beta II, registered VH‑NKV, was preparing the helicopter to conduct mustering operations. The pilot had planned to rendezvous with another helicopter that had departed from a different location and then both would proceed north to the mustering area, which was on a property about 160 km north-east of Karumba aerodrome, Queensland.
After take-off, the pilot climbed to about 500–600 ft and tracked north. The pilot reported that initially the engine indications were normal, and that after some time in cruise, the helicopter suddenly began to ‘shake and vibrate’, and that this could also be felt through the cyclic.[1] The pilot observed the engine manifold pressure rise, along with a drop in main rotor and engine RPM.
In response, the pilot initially raised the collective, then after recognising the engine and rotor RPM continuing to decrease, rapidly lowered the collective to maintain rotor RPM. The pilot commenced an autorotation, flaring the aircraft just above the trees in a heavily wooded area. The aircraft collided with trees and was destroyed (Figure 1). The pilot was uninjured, and was able to exit the aircraft unaided. There was no fire, and after it was safe to do so, the pilot returned to the aircraft to shut the fuel and master switch off.
Figure 1: VH-NKV at the accident site
Source: Gulf Coast Aviation, annotated by the ATSB
Context
Pilot information
The pilot commenced flying in 2017 and was issued a Civil Aviation Safety Regulation Part 61 Commercial Pilot (Helicopter) Licence in 2018. At the time of the accident, the pilot had accumulated about 4,100 hours total aeronautical experience and had been flying for Gulf Coast Aviation for about 18 months.
Helicopter information
The helicopter was a Robinson R22 Beta II powered by a 4-cylinder, horizontally opposed, Lycoming O-360-J2A engine, which was fan cooled. VH‑NKV was manufactured in 2013 and first registered in Australia on 19 March 2014. At the time of the accident, VH‑NKV had about 5,778 hours total time in service and had flown about 64 hours since its last periodic inspection.
Airworthiness and maintenance history
The engine cylinder layout is shown in Figure 2. An overhauled engine was installed on 26 October 2020 and in the following 18 months, 15 cylinders were changed across the 4 cylinder positions because they were found to have low compression when tested[2] (Table 1). Cylinders fitted to positions 3 and 4, located closest to the engine firewall, had been changed on more occasions than cylinders fitted to positions 1 and 2. The last cylinder replacements (numbers 1, 2 and 4) were made during the periodic inspection carried out on 13 May 2022. The compressions on all cylinders were within limits when tested during subsequent periodic inspections carried out on 23 June and 20 July 2022 (Table 2).
Figure 2: R22 Beta II engine cylinder layout
Source: Robinson Helicopter Company, annotated by the ATSB
The accident site was located in a heavily wooded area with limited clearings to successfully complete an autorotation (Figure 3). The ATSB did not attend the accident site. The operator, Gulf Coast Aviation, recovered the wreckage, after which it was transported to an independent maintenance provider. The engine and a selection of components were removed for detailed examination by the ATSB. This examination revealed that multiple components showed evidence of the engine running at impact, however the level of power that would have been available could not be determined.
Figure 3: Accident site overview
Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB
Engine examination
The engine was disassembled and examined at a Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA) approved engine overhaul facility under the supervision of the ATSB. The engine was in good overall condition, and the cylinders fitted to the no. 1, 3 and 4 positions were within the manufacturer’s specifications. However, the cylinder fitted in the no. 2 position had very low compression when tested. Further investigation showed that the exhaust valve was not fully closing, likely because of carbon deposits accumulated on its stem and within the valve guide. The deposits had reduced the clearance of the valve stem within its guide to less than the specified minimum. Additionally, the no. 2 cylinder inlet plenum showed discolouration, possibly from the abnormal presence of exhaust gas which could be the result of the inlet valve sticking. Valves that do not fully close or become stuck in engines installed in helicopters can result in airframe vibration and a reduction in power.
The magnetos were bench tested, disassembled, and examined at another CASA-approved facility. The magnetos functioned correctly, and there were no defects evident.
The air and oil filters, oil, oil pump, and carburettor showed no significant abnormalities and there was no evidence of internal damage. No other relevant defects were identified.
R22 and R44 engine durability issues in northern Australia
R22 and R44 series helicopters have been used extensively in northern Australia for the aerial mustering of livestock. From around 2016, some operators of R22 and R44 helicopters fitted with Lycoming O-320, O-360 and O-540 series engines[3] reported an increase in engine cylinder failures due to low compression.[4] This was typically detected by engine cylinder compression checks carried out during periodic inspections and required the affected cylinders to be changed. Undetected loss of compression on one or more cylinders can lead to a reduction in power, and the possibility of an in-flight emergency.
In response, CASA published Airworthiness Bulletins AWB 85-024 – Robinson R22/R44 Engine Exhaust Valve and Valve Guide Distress and AWB 85-025 – Robinson R22/R44 Engine Intake Valve and Valve Seat Distress (Civil Aviation Safety Authority, 2018). Both bulletins showed typical defects that prompted cylinder removals, a list of relevant technical publications from Robinson and Lycoming, outlined the investigations and testing carried out by the engine manufacturer and industry groups, and contained recommendations to reduce cylinder changes.
Additionally, the bulletins noted that:
A clear understanding of all potential causative factors needs to be established before any permanent solutions can be implemented through design, manufacturing, operational or maintenance changes.
At this time, the airworthiness concern described in this Airworthiness Bulletin is not considered an unsafe condition that would warrant Airworthiness Directive action under Part 39 of the Civil Aviation Safety Regulation 1998.
In 2018 the ATSB received correspondence suggesting R22 and R44 engine serviceability issues may be linked to the December 2015 change of fuel supplied to the northern region of Australia from green-coloured Avgas 100/130 to blue-coloured Avgas 100LL (low lead). At the time, the ATSB analysed the available safety occurrence records and found there had been ‘no discernible increase in reported engine failures or malfunctions in northern Australia after the introduction of Avgas 100LL in December 2015’ (ATSB, 2018).
In 2019, the Lycoming Cylinder Durability Investigation Group (LCDIG) was formed by the following organisations to gather further information:
the Australian Helicopter Industry Association (AHIA).
The LCDIG subsequently published a 4-page defect reporting form[6] specific to Lycoming engine durability issues in R22 and R44 helicopters. This was sent to 597 R22/R44 operators via email, and 57 operators via traditional mail requesting their assistance. The response rate to this request was about 10%.
The AHIA convened a specialist panel to investigate the cylinder failures, and from that work published Durability issues – Lycoming O-320, O-360 and O-540 engines fitted to Robinson Helicopter Co R22 and R44 Models (Australian Helicopter Industry Association, 2019). This report stated:
The broad issue of poor operational durability of Robinson Helicopter Company model R22 and R44 engine cylinders was principally one of accelerated valve, valve guide and valve seat wear, leading to loss of cylinder compression and the potential for partial power loss events during engine operation.
The report identified other factors in relation to the issue, including:
The accelerated wear was attributable to the cumulative effect of deposits on the valve stems and exposure to sustained high temperatures.
These deposits had also been associated with the exhaust valve 'sticking' and preventing the valve from fully closing, where the free movement of the valve is inhibited by the stem accumulations.
Changes to the constituents of aviation gasoline (Avgas) supplied to northern Australia had the potential to contribute to the engine durability issues.
Ambient air temperature directly affected engine operating temperatures because of the ‘forced flow’ design of R22/R44 engine cooling.
Aircraft operating in northern Australia would be routinely exposed to higher ambient air temperatures, particularly those involved in aerial mustering.
As part of this investigation, the ATSB reviewed reported R22 and R44 safety occurrences to identify examples of engine failures, malfunctions or abnormal indications resulting from engine cylinder compression loss. The review was hampered by a lack of data, and no conclusions were able to be drawn from it.
Safety analysis
Engine power loss
While in cruise, en route to conduct mustering, the helicopter began to vibrate, there was a rise in engine manifold pressure, and a drop in main rotor and engine RPM. This prompted the pilot to conduct a forced landing, during which the helicopter hit trees in a heavily wooded area and was destroyed.
Compression on the no. 2 cylinder was within limits when fitted, when tested on 23 June 2022, and when tested on 20 July 2022. Further, maintenance records show there was no significant degradation in cylinder compression over that time. However, in the 64 flying hours since the last periodic inspection, accumulation of carbon deposits on the valve stem and within the valve guide likely progressed to a point where the valve became stuck and did not fully close, reducing power and causing the rough running.
The accumulation of deposits on the exhaust valve stem and within the valve guide was consistent with one of the failure mechanisms identified in the AHIA report. This would have begun from the time the cylinder entered service, and its progression to the point where it resulted in a degradation in engine performance would not always be detected by the aircraft’s normal maintenance regime.
Pilot response
The pilot’s initial response (raising the collective) reduced the rotor RPM, and was likely reflexive. Had this response continued, rotor stall and a loss of control would have been likely. However, the pilot recognised the decreasing engine and rotor RPM and rapidly lowered the collective to maintain rotor RPM and enter autorotation. The deliberate and timely application of this procedure almost certainly improved the outcome of this event for the pilot.
Engine cylinder changes
Since 2016, considerable investigation work has been carried out by Robinson, Lycoming, industry groups, and CASA to identify the factors contributing to cylinder failures affecting R22 and R44 helicopters used in mustering operations across the northern regions of Australia.
Although this is an ongoing concern, there was insufficient data available relating to the extent and nature of these failures to identify strategies for prevention. Only 10% of operators who were sent the Lycoming Cylinder Durability Investigation Group (LCDIG) request for data responded to it, limiting the group’s ability to identify a solution.
Given that more data could assist in determining the precise reason for increased cylinder failures, the ATSB is issuing a safety advisory notice (AO-2022-038-SAN-01). Its purpose is to encourage operators, maintainers, and pilots to complete and return the LCDIG defect report forms any time engine cylinder issues are identified, and to reiterate the importance of doing so.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the engine malfunction involving Robinson R22 Beta II, VH‑NKV 85 NM north-east of Karumba aerodrome, Queensland, on 6 August 2022.
Contributing factors
The no. 2 cylinder exhaust valve clearance had reduced well below the minimum due to carbon build-up, resulting in the valve not closing fully, reduced power, and rough running.
Other findings
The pilot initially raised the collective which reduced the rotor RPM, however after recognising the decreasing engine and rotor RPM, rapidly lowered the collective to maintain rotor RPM and enter autorotation.
While there had been a reported increase in cylinder failures in Robinson R22 and R44 helicopters used in mustering operations across the northern regions of Australia, there was insufficient data available relating to the extent and nature of these failures to identify strategies for prevention.
Safety actions
Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk.
Safety advisory notice to Robinson R22 and R44 operators
The ATSB strongly encourages maintainers, operators, and pilots of Robinson R22 and R44 helicopters fitted with Lycoming O-320, O-360 and O-540 series engines to complete a Lycoming cylinder durability investigation group defect report form 1529 any time engine cylinder issues are identified.
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
the pilot
Gulf Coast Aviation
Robinson Helicopter Company
Lycoming.
References
Australian Transport Safety Bureau (2018), investigation AR-2018-058, Exploration of change in aviation gasoline lead content in northern Australia on reported engine–related occurrences.
Australian Helicopter Industry Association (2019), Durability issues – Lycoming O-320, O-360 and O-540 engines fitted to Robinson Helicopter Co R22 and R44 Models.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA)
pilot
Gulf Coast Aviation
Robinson Helicopter Company
Lycoming.
Submissions were received from the pilot and Gulf Coast Aviation. The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1] The cyclic is the primary helicopter flight control. Similar to aircraft control column, it is moved in the desired direction to move the helicopter about its pitch or roll axis.
[2] Compression checks are used to determine the condition of an aircraft cylinder and its components. It is accomplished with a differential compression tool which measures the leak rate of a cylinder compared to the leak rate through an orifice within the tool. Air is supplied to the tools regulator and adjusted to 80 psi on the air supply pressure gauge, and a measurement is read on a second gauge.
[3] The standard R-44 Raven II has an IO-540 series engine with a different cylinder head layout. This model was not reported to exhibit the same type of problem.
[4] Civil Aviation Safety Authority 2018a, Civil Aviation Safety Authority 2018b, and Australian Helicopter Industry Association 2019.
On the morning of 17 August 2022, 2 freight trains were planned to cross at Oonoomurra station on the Mount Isa line, Queensland. The Mount Isa line was a single bi-directional rail line with designated stations to allow trains to cross or pass.
The network control officer (NCO) authorised the crew of freight train 9227, operated by Qube, to depart Cloncurry station, travel east, and stop at Oonoomurra station. After stopping, the driver notified the NCO that train 9227 was in-clear and complete then released the ownership of the block section between the Cloncurry and Oonoomurra stations to the NCO.
The NCO then contacted the driver of freight train 9M48, operated by Aurizon, to extend their authority. The authority permitted the driver to continue west through the Oonoomurra station and toward the Cloncurry station, without stopping.
The driver of train 9M48 entered Oonoomurra station and continued at a speed of about 23 km/h. As they rounded a sweeping left curve at the western end, they saw several freight wagons from the rear of train 9227 obstructing the track ahead. The driver made an emergency brake application but was unable to avoid a collision.
The lead locomotive of train 9M48 subsequently derailed, uncoupled from the trailing locomotive and rolled onto its side. Several wagons on train 9227 were also damaged and zinc concentrate spilled onto the track. There was a minor injury to the driver of 9M48. The crew of train 9227 were not injured.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB found that the stopping point of train 9227 was about 317 m from the limit of authority at the eastern end of Oonoomurra station. The Qube competency procedures had not verified the driver of train 9227 was familiar with the operation of the on-board electronic distance counter device. The driver, unsure of its operation, did not use it to check the locomotive, when stopped at the chosen location, had travelled a sufficient distance within the station, for all wagons of the train to have cleared the block section between the Cloncurry and Oonoomurra stations.
The block section was obstructed by several wagons from the rear of train 9227. However, the driver determined train 9227 was within the limits of the Oonoomurra station and erroneously passed ownership of the block section between the Cloncurry and Oonoomurra stations to the NCO.
It was also established that there was limited functionality available for the NCO to independently verify the physical availability of a block section before issuing an authority, in this case, the extension of authority to train 9M48. The driver of 9M48, in receipt of an extension, proceeded with the expectation that train 9227 had cleared the block ahead. The track alignment with the left curve meant the driver did not see the obstructed track at a distance sufficient to enable them to stop and avoid a collision.
After the collision, the lead locomotive on 9M48 came to rest on its side. The driver was in darkness and unable to readily locate safety equipment, make an emergency radio call to network control or exit the cab without the assistance from members of the public. The driver, operating the train as a driver-only service, was exposed to several known evacuation hazards due to the overturned locomotive. As identified in previous ATSB investigations, the emergency exit pathway through a side window, and the emergency equipment available in the enclosed cab of an Aurizon 2800 class locomotive were inadequate to ensure a prompt escape by the crew. This also potentially limited access by emergency services in the event of a locomotive overturning.
What has been done as a result
Queensland Rail issued a formal letter to Qube requesting demonstration of the effectiveness of its compliance with the controls in the interface risk management plan and the direct traffic control standard MD-10-113. Qube confirmed the existing measures within its safety management system and interface risk management plan were effective and provided controls sufficient to mitigate recurrence of this type of event by Qube. Additionally, Queensland Rail commenced projects to provide notification to network control should a trailable point not return to the normal position within a defined time and where there was an obstruction at the clearance points of a directional travel station.
Aurizon continued to implement its access and egress compliance program to ensure the locomotive fleet met the revised requirements detailed in AS7522 and associated standards. Additionally, Aurizon progressed implementation trials of prototype window assemblies for the 2800 class locomotive together with other improvements to emergency lighting and safe egress arrangements in the locomotive cab.
Safety message
In the direct traffic control system of safeworking, it is incumbent on the crew of the first train to arrive at a directional travel station to validate their train was complete and in‑clear before releasing the block section to the rear of their train. Additionally, the crew of the second train to arrive who were in receipt of authority to continue, must not expect the block section ahead to be physically available for the passage of their train and should remain vigilant to conditions that may affect the network.
This accident also highlighted the importance of equipping locomotive rolling stock with systems to mitigate evacuation hazards that crew may encounter following the derailment and rollover of a locomotive. In particular, when operating as driver‑only and in remote locations where assistance may not be readily available.
Summary video
The occurrence
Overview
On 17 August 2022, train 9227 operated by Qube was on a scheduled freight service between Mount Isa and Stuart Yard (near Townsville), Queensland. The train, operated by 2 crew, had stopped at their limit of authority at Oonoomurra station to wait for freight train 9M48 to arrive, travelling in the opposite direction.
Train 9M48, operated by Aurizon, was on a scheduled freight service between Stuart Yard and Mount Isa. The train was crewed by a single driver who had received an authority from Queensland Rail network control to travel to Oonoomurra station, cross1 train 9227, and continue toward Cloncurry station.
As train 9M48 approached the points at the western end of the Oonoomurra station to complete the cross, the driver saw several of the wagons from the rear of train 9227 were not clear of the single line block section ahead. The driver applied emergency braking, however, train 9M48 collided with the stationary wagons at about 17 km/h.
At 0637 local time, the lead locomotive of train 9M48 derailed, uncoupled and rolled onto its side. The driver sustained minor injuries. Several wagons of train 9227 were also damaged in the collision, spilling zinc concentrate onto the track. The crew of train 9227 were uninjured.
Precursor events
On 16 August 2022, train 9M48 was travelling in a westerly direction toward Nonda station on the Queensland Rail Mount Isa line. The train was running late and would not arrive on time for a scheduled crew change.
At about 2115, Aurizon operations personnel contacted the relief driver for train 9M48 to defer their shift start time until 2245. The driver subsequently signed on at Cloncurry station then drove by road to Nonda station, to meet train 9M48 and take control for the journey toward Cloncurry station. Due to recurring issues with the automatic train protection (ATP)2 system on the lead locomotive of train 9M48, it was running further behind schedule.
On 17 August 2022, at about 0120, train 9M48 arrived at Nonda station. The incoming and relief drivers conducted the handover, and the relief driver took control of the train. They radioed the far west network control officer (NCO) at the Queensland Rail Townsville network control centre to exchange direct traffic control (DTC) codes3 and obtain an authority to proceed.4 At about 0127, train 9M48 departed Nonda station to travel in a westerly direction.
Concurrently, Qube train 9227 was travelling in an easterly direction on the Mount Isa line to Stuart Yard. At about 0525, train 9227 arrived at Cloncurry station where the incoming and relief crews conducted the handover. The relief crew, comprising of 2 drivers, took control of the train.
At about 0550, the driver at the controls of train 9227 radioed the NCO to exchange DTC codes in preparation to receive their authority to proceed east. The NCO instructed them to wait at Cloncurry station for the arrival of train 9M48.
Around that time, train 9M48 was approximately 40 km from Cloncurry station and travelling toward Pymurra station. The NCO was aware5 the train was running further behind schedule due to the recurring issue with the ATP system.
At about 0551, the NCO radioed the driver of train 9M48 and informed them their current authority to travel to Cloncurry station would be reduced to Oonoomurra station, where they would now cross train 9227 (Figure 1). The driver acknowledged the instruction, exchanged the DTC codes, and read back the authority to the NCO to confirm its content. The authority permitted the driver to travel to the block limit board OA 18, located on the up track6 at the western end of Oonoomurra station (see Safeworking system).
At about 0552, the NCO radioed the driver of train 9227 and exchanged DTC codes before the driver read back the authority to the NCO to confirm its content. The authority permitted them to travel to the block limit board OA 25 located on the down track at the eastern end of Oonoomurra station where they would stop and wait for train 9M48 to cross. At 0557, train 9227 departed Cloncurry station. The 20-minute trip from Cloncurry to Oonoomurra stations was uneventful.
Figure 1: Locations and stations on the Mount Isa line
Source: Queensland Rail, annotated by the ATSB
Events at Oonoomurra station
Arrival of train 9227
As train 9227 neared the Landsborough Highway level crossing at the western end of Oonoomurra station, the driver slowed their train. Shortly after, the driver and second driver confirmed the correct position of the trailable points7 at the entrance to Oonoomurra station. The train was travelling at about 25 km/h when it passed over the points and entered the western end of the station. At about 0619, the driver radioed the NCO to report they were nearing their limit of their authority for the cross with train 9M48.
The driver recalled it was their first stop at Oonoomurra station in years, since they usually did not need to cross a train there. On arrival at the station, the driver recalled the glare from the rising sun made it hard to see the track, and their limit of authority ahead. The driver also said they typically controlled the train speed with the objective of stopping a locomotive around 50 m from the limit of authority at a station. However, they were concerned the reduced visibility increased the risk of misjudging the stopping point and passing their limit of authority, which would result in a signal passed at danger.8 The driver decided to use the ‘Oonoomurra’ sign, located adjacent to the down track, as a reference point to stop the lead locomotive prior to OA 25. The driver recalled they typically used the sign as a landmark where they would release the dynamic brake9 while managing the train's speed when passing straight through the Oonoomurra station.
At about 0621, the locomotive data logger recorded the driver made a brake application, with the train coming to a stop at about 0622. After stopping, the driver recalled the track alignment, and surrounding vegetation obscured their view of the train’s rear in the locomotive rearview mirror. However, they could see road traffic crossing the Landsborough Highway level crossing behind the train. The driver remarked that seeing vehicles crossing, along with their understanding the train was shorter than usual, and belief that it would be in buff10 led them to conclude the end of train 9227 had cleared the block limit board OA 16.
The driver then radioed the NCO to provide the release code for the section11 between Cloncurry and the Oonoomurra block limit board OA 16. The NCO responded to confirm the block release and their understanding that train 9227 was intact and in‑clear12 of block limit board OA 16 on the down track at Oonoomurra station. The driver confirmed to the NCO that information was correct.
After the block was released, the second driver recalled that they felt uneasy about the stopping point, which was around midway along the station, as the Qube procedure for the management of trains in safety‑critical zones13 nominated a target stopping point 50 m short of the block limit board (see Train working). They subsequently asked the driver if they were sure the train was in-clear, as they understood the train was typically 900 m long.
The driver stated the train length was 824 m as they understood 3 wagons had been removed due to a load imbalance and assured the second driver the train should be in‑clear. Despite these assurances, the second driver recalled they still felt uneasy as their comparison of the stopping point, length of the train, and available standing room14 between block limit boards at either extremity of the station created doubt that the train was in‑clear. The second driver, however, did not insist the driver move the train further along the track towards block limit board OA 25.
Arrival of train 9M48
At 0626, the driver of 9M48 informed the NCO that they were moving again after another issue with the ATP, which had stopped the train about 10 km from Oonoomurra station. The driver reported that Aurizon had authorised the disconnection of the ATP system for the rest of the trip to Cloncurry station. The NCO acknowledged the ATP disconnection and then exchanged DTC codes to issue the next authority to the driver.
The driver read back the authority, which permitted them to cross train 9227 and continue through Oonoomurra toward Cloncurry stations. The authority no longer required the driver of train 9M48 to stop at the block limit board OA 18 at the western end of Oonoomurra station. The driver later said they believed the receipt of an authority was like ‘a green light’ and they had exclusive possession of the block section ahead. At about 0635, train 9M48 was travelling at about 23 km/h when it entered the eastern end of Oonoomurra station and proceeded along the up track toward train 9227. The driver of train 9M48 recalled that train 9227 appeared to have stopped short of its limit of authority but was unsure whether to contact its crew to confirm their stopping point. Earlier, the driver of 9M48 had passed 10 wagons parked at Pymurra station, presumed they belonged to Qube, and that train 9227 was likely shorter than usual and was planning to couple with those wagons.
As train 9M48 continued along the up track at a steady speed of 23 km/h, the driver recalled starting to enter the DTC codes in readiness to release the block section to the rear of their train. On passing, they waved to the crew of 9227, turned the locomotive headlight back on15 then continued toward the western end of Oonoomurra. The driver recalled the morning sky was beginning to brighten, but that it was still dark at ground level.
As train 9M48 entered a left curve at the western end of Oonoomurra, the driver recalled looking ahead to check the Landsborough Highway active level crossing, located about 200 m from the station, was free of road traffic. The driver was mindful that they had limited visibility of the crossing and approaching road traffic due to the track curvature, height of the wagons on the adjacent train and trackside vegetation.
As train 9M48 continued around the curve, the driver recalled picking up the radio handset to contact the NCO to complete the exchange of DTC codes for the return of the block when they saw wagons from train 9227 were not in-clear.16
The collision
At 0637, train 9M48 was travelling at about 23 km/h when the driver, having identified wagons from train 9227 were obstructing the track, moved the automatic brake handle to the emergency position and the throttle to idle to stop the train. The braking continued for around 30 m when, at about 17 km/h, the lead locomotive (2808) collided with the side of wagons GOAF 0060 and GOAF 0059 from train 9227. Locomotive 2808 subsequently derailed, uncoupled from the trailing locomotive and rolled onto its side (Figure 2).
Figure 2: Collision damage to trains 9M48 and 9227
Source: Aurizon, annotated by the ATSB
Post‑collision
The driver of train 9M48 recalled that they were shocked by the collision and rollover and that they sustained a cut to their hand during the accident sequence. The cab was in darkness, and they were unable to see anything. They could not reach the side window on the upper side of the overturned cab and tried unsuccessfully to kick out the windscreen. The driver further recalled they tried to make an emergency radio call to the NCO, however, the train borne radio had ceased working. The equipment within the cab was disarranged and they were unable to locate the emergency window breaking hammer or their kit bag containing a handheld radio.
At 0639, while still within the cab, the driver telephoned17 the NCO to report their train had collided with the rear wagons of train 9227 and that the lead locomotive had overturned onto its side. Shortly after, the driver became aware that 2 bystanders18 had climbed onto the side of the upturned locomotive, opened the side window and called to the driver to check on their condition. They assisted the driver’s egress by reaching down and lifting the driver through the side window of the cab. They then jumped from the locomotive and noted that it was leaking diesel fuel.
Shortly after, the NCO telephoned the driver of train 9227 asking of their awareness of the accident and to appoint them the on-site coordinator until the arrival of support personnel. The driver confirmed they were aware of an accident and that the second driver was on their way to check with the driver of 9M48. Queensland emergency services19 arrived at the accident site at 0725.
The Mount Isa line remained closed between Cloncurry and Oonoomurra stations until being reopened to rail traffic on 21 August 2022.
Context
Train crew information
Aurizon crew
Roles and experience
Train 9M48 was crewed as a driver-only operation.20 The driver had a total of 21 years experience driving locomotives at various locations in Queensland. They had a current health assessment and met the fitness for duty criteria according to the national standard of health assessment for rail safety workers. In April 2022, the driver successfully completed an off-the-job assessment in safeworking competencies for the Queensland Rail network that included the direct traffic control system. In May 2022, the driver successfully completed an on‑the‑job assessment for locomotive driver. This assessment included sections on train operations and safeworking.
Recent history
Over the 7 days prior to the accident, the driver had worked 4 consecutive duty periods. The driver had recently operated train services through Oonoomurra.
On 16 August 2022, they completed a shift at 0230 and were next rostered to commence work at 2100 later that same evening. The driver was contacted by Aurizon operations staff at around 211521 to delay their start time to 2245. At 2210, the driver undertook a self-test for the presence of alcohol prior to starting their shift at the Cloncurry depot, which returned a zero result.
The driver recalled they obtained around 4–5 hours sleep and napped for around 2 hours before the telephone call from Aurizon operations staff. From commencement of their shift on 16 August 2022, the driver was on duty for approximately 8 hours. During the ATSB interview, the driver self-assessed against the Samn-Perelli fatigue scale22 that they felt ‘OK somewhat fresh’. They further described, when they were crossing another train, in this case 9227, ‘you are alert’ due to the increased task requirements they were undertaking at that time.
Qube crew
Roles and experience
Driver at the controls
Train 9227 was crewed by 2 drivers. The driver had a total of 25 years experience driving locomotives at various locations in Queensland. In February 2022, they commenced employment with Qube. They were assessed by a mentor driver/assessor in locomotive preparation and operation as well as the safeworking competencies over multiple trips for the Hughenden to Cloncurry route. The locomotive used in the assessment was recorded as a PRL class (see Train 9227). The driver was signed off as competent in all train handling and safeworking tasks including:
stop the train in the correct mode (compressed or stretched) to suit the track gauge
operate the train in accordance with the applicable safeworking rules and procedures.
The driver had a current health assessment and met the fitness for duty criteria according to the national standard of health assessment for rail safety workers.
Second driver
The second driver23 had a total of 21 years of experience driving locomotives at various locations in Queensland. In July 2022, they commenced employment with Qube and were assessed in locomotive preparation and operation, as well as the safeworking competencies for the Cloncurry to Mount Isa and Cloncurry to Hughenden routes. The second driver had a current health assessment and met the fitness for duty criteria according to the national standard of health assessment for rail safety workers.
The second driver was not normally rostered to work with the driver (at the controls) and had swapped a shift to work train 9227 on 17 August 2022. They stated they felt comfortable working with the driver and together they had discussed arrangements for sharing the driving and safeworking duties throughout the trip.
Recent history
Driver at the controls
Over the 7 days prior to the accident, the driver had worked 3 duty periods, which included afternoon and night shifts, broken by full days off. After completing their overnight shift on 16 August 2022, at 0750 they retired to a motel in Cloncurry to rest. They reported usually having difficulty obtaining sleep at the motel, due to lighting and road noise. The driver recalled waking at about 0400 on the morning of the accident and reported feeling ‘OK but not lively’. They commenced work at 0545 and had been on duty for about 40 minutes before reaching Oonoomurra station.
Second driver
For the same period, the driver had worked 4 consecutive duty periods, which included an afternoon and a day shift with a full day off prior to the accident. The driver said they typically went to bed at 2200 and slept 5–6 hours. They had slept at home and recalled having good quality sleep, were rested and not feeling fatigued.
Train information
Train 9M48
General
Aurizon freight train 9M48 consisted of locomotive 2808 in the lead and locomotive 2831 trailing, hauling a combination of 59 GSZY, GZSC and GSZZ class wagons. Train 9M48 provided a bulk ore freight service between Mount Isa and Stuart Yard (near Townsville) and was on the return journey to Mount Isa, with empty ore wagons. The train measured 759 m in length24 with a gross weight of 1,278 t.
2800 class locomotive
The lead locomotive was a CM30-8 diesel electric locomotive (built by A Goninan & Co.), measuring 20.4 m long, 2.87 m wide and 3.68 m high. The hood-type locomotive design featured full width cabs at both ends. Access to the locomotive was provided via fixed steps on either side of the frame and exterior walkways along both sides of the locomotive.
Access and egress for the No 1 end operator's cab was through a rear facing internal door that opened into a vestibule. External doors provided access/egress to the walkways on both sides next to the engine hood. The No 2 end operator's cab was accessed through a rear facing external door that led directly to the walkway on the ‘B’ side of the engine hood only. The locomotive was designed to be operable in either direction from the respective operator's cab. At the time of the derailment, the driver was operating the locomotive from the No 1 end (Figure 3). These access and egress pathways were also the primary emergency escape paths.25
The locomotive windscreens were made of laminated glass and not fitted with release handles to remove the windscreen in the event of an emergency. Aurizon designated the side windows of the cab as the alternate pathway for emergency egress from the enclosed space by either sliding open the window or using a glass hammer to break out the window.
The locomotive also incorporated internal and external lighting systems that included access lights and cab lighting to create a safe working environment for operating staff. The cab lighting comprised of several individually switched circuits for overhead lights, timetable lights, gauge lights and panel lights. Three overhead fluorescent lights were fitted in each cab. The lights were operated either from a cab light switch on the driver’s overhead console or a switch on the assistant driver’s console. An eyeball light and rocker switch were located over the train inspector’s seat.26
The Aurizon 2800 class locomotives, including 2808, were not fitted with emergency lighting or a back-up power supply in the event of a main battery failure.
Figure 3: Top view of the Goninan CM30-8 diesel electric locomotive
Source: Goninan & Co Ltd 1998, annotated by the ATSB
Train 9227
General
Qube freight train 9227 consisted of locomotive PRL201 in the lead and PRL202 and PRL204 trailing, hauling a combination of 68 GQGY and GOAF class wagons27 loaded with ore. Train 9227 provided a bulk ore freight service between Mount Isa and Stuart Yard. The train length was recorded as 824 m28 and trailing mass of 5,274 t. Each PRL class locomotive weighed approximately 110 t providing a gross mass of about 5,500 t.
Locomotive PRL201
The locomotive was a GT22C-3 diesel electric locomotive (originally built by Clyde Engineering). The locomotive was equipped with a single driver’s cab at the short hood end. The driver’s console featured a control stand beside the driver and a gauge console in front of the driver (Figure 4).
Figure 4: Driving position control stand and console arrangement
Source: Progress Rail, annotated by the ATSB
The gauge console was fitted with an analogue-style digital speedometer that incorporated a distance counter function. The electronic distance counter function provided a driving aid where, once activated, it displayed the distance the locomotive subsequently travelled. This device could be used by the driver to accurately determine the distance travelled by the locomotive after activation. For example, this measurement, used in conjunction with known train and station lengths could be used by train crew to calculate whether the chosen stopping location meant the rear of the train had cleared a block section.
A variety of counter models, each with different methods of operation may be fitted to the PRL locomotive. The method of operation may be as simple as dedicated on/off buttons on the ME-149 model (Figure 5, right) or more complex requiring a level of programming via additional inputs from the driver to pre-select the correct function, as with the ME-250 model (fitted to locomotive PRL201) (Figure 5, left).
Figure 5: Models of speedometer and distance counter fitted to PRL class locomotives
Source: Qube, annotated by the ATSB
The PRL class locomotive operational features and procedures were documented in an operator’s manual.29 The manual included a brief description of the controls and indications used by the operating crew. Information was provided for the ME-149 type speedometer and distance counter device. However, other than a mention of the ME-250 as an option, no information was provided on its operation.
Qube advised that training in the operation of the PRL locomotive was provided ‘holistically’. They stated that, although the speedometer/distance counter device was identified during training, specific instructions on the operation of the 2 types of counters were not provided. The driver of train 9227 identified they were unfamiliar with the operation of the more complex distance counter device and therefore did not use it as an aid during their arrival at Oonoomurra.
Environmental conditions
The driver of train 9227 recalled that the morning sun was starting to rise above the horizon upon their arrival at Oonoomurra station. They further stated that the resultant glare impeded their vision of the track toward their typical stopping point, located 50 m prior to the limit of authority. As a result, the driver chose a different stopping point. The second driver of train 9227 also recalled that the sun was just starting to rise. They described the sunrise as a ‘yellow glare’ and were required to turn their head to the side to avoid looking directly at the sun.
The twilight and sunrise times were calculated30 for 17 August 2022 at Oonoomurra and are shown in Table 1. At the time train 9227 had stopped at the station (0622), the calculations indicated that the position of the sun was 9.34° below the horizon and the ambient light was transitioning between nautical and civil twilight.
Table 1: Twilight and sunrise times at Oonoomurra
Event
Time
Local time of astronomical twilight
0544
Local time of nautical twilight
0610
Local time of civil twilight
0636
Local time of sunrise
0659
Source: Geoscience Australia
Geoscience Australia defined nautical and civil twilight as:
Nautical twilight
Is defined as the instant in the morning, when the centre of the Sun is at a depression angle of twelve degrees (12°) below an ideal horizon.31 At this time in the absence of moonlight, artificial lighting or adverse atmospheric conditions, it is dark for normal practical purposes. For navigation purposes at sea, the sea horizon is not normally visible.
Civil twilight
Defined as the instant in the morning, when the centre of the Sun is at a depression angle of six degrees (6°) below an ideal horizon. At this time in the absence of moonlight, artificial lighting or adverse atmospheric conditions, the illumination is such that large objects may be seen but no detail is discernible. The brightest stars and planets can be seen and for navigation purposes at sea, the sea horizon is clearly defined.
Queensland Rail information
Mount Isa line
The Queensland Rail Great Northern Railway, more commonly known as the Mount Isa line, extended from Stuart Yard (south of Townsville) at the eastern end to Mount Isa in the west. The single line, narrow gauge32 system was 1,032 km in length, including the Phosphate Hill Branch and was constructed with 46 stations where trains could cross/pass.
The Mount Isa line was operated by remote control signalling between Stuart Yard and Antill Plains and direct traffic control (DTC) with automatic train protection (ATP) between Antill Plains and Mount Isa/Phosphate Hill. Train movements between Stuart Yard and Mount Isa were controlled from the Queensland Rail Townsville Network Control Centre.
The stations between Townsville and Mount Isa ranged between 1,100–1,040 m in length and were equipped with trackside location boards (block limit boards [BLBs]) that marked the limit of the respective station for trains travelling in either the up or down direction.
Oonoomurra station
Oonoomurra was a directional travel station33 extending for 1,033 m and equipped at each end with a trailable point. The points were set to divert an approaching train to the right-side track alignment in the direction of travel (Figure 6).
The track alignment was primarily tangent and the terrain relatively flat with low open woodland vegetation trackside. Approximately 280 m prior to the western end point the track transitioned from tangent through an 805 m radius curve, before returning to tangent track at the Landsborough Highway.
Figure 6: Oonoomurra station track alignment
Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB
Safeworking system
Direct traffic control
The Mount Isa line used the DTC safeworking system. The system governed the movement of rail traffic on the bi‑directional single track and through the stations. DTC operated on the principle of absolute block working and was managed by instructions contained in DTC authorities issued by the network control officer (NCO) to the rail traffic crew (driver) of each rail traffic movement. The system provided that only one rail traffic movement would be authorised to travel on any one block section, at any one time.
The DTC territory was divided into distinct block sections. Directional travel stations, such as Oonoomurra, were equipped with trackside location boards (BLBs) that marked the limit of the respective block and station track sections (Figure 7).
Figure 7: Oonoomurra block limit boards
Source: Queensland Rail, annotated by the ATSB
The NCO issuing a DTC authority up to a nominated BLB effectively transferred ownership of the affected block(s) from the NCO to the driver. After exiting a block, the driver could transfer ownership back to the NCO with the provision of a release code.
The transfer of block ownership was primarily through numerical codes communicated verbally between the NCO and driver. In addition, the DTC system software supplied an oversight function when generating and validating the codes. It compared the GPS location of the locomotive against the selected block(s) to be released, and those that would remain in the authority when the release was finalised. This occurred through a combination of functionality in the DTC driver workstation equipment in the locomotive cab and the controller workstation equipment in the network control centre.
The driver workstation calculated whether the current locomotive GPS location was within the block(s) that would remain in the authority after the release and, if not, triggered an alarm requiring confirmation of the release. The driver workstation functionality detected the position of the locomotive only, and did not hold information on the train length, so it could not prove the location of the rear vehicle of the train when calculating the release.
On receipt of the release code from the driver, the NCO selected the rail traffic and entered the code into the control workstation. The control workstation calculated whether the current GPS location was within the blocks that would remain in the authority after the release and, if not, displayed a prompt requiring confirmation of the release. The control workstation did hold information on the train length and used this information to confirm that the length of the train would fit within the blocks still in the authority.The control workstation did not calculate whether the train was in‑clear and therefore did not provide an alert to the NCO.
Queensland Rail standard MD-10-113 Direct traffic control manual34 summarised limitations of the DTC system. It stated that, although the system design created and validated authorities for issue by the NCO, it could not:
• detect if blocks that were currently occupied, or to be occupied, were released by the rail traffic crew or by the NCO
• detect if a block that was available to the NCO was physically unavailable for traffic for any reason such as a track defect.
Procedure for crossing rail traffic at a DTC station
DTC station working
For a cross at a directional travel station, such as Oonoomurra, the NCO relied on the rail traffic crew at the station to confirm their train was complete and in-clear within the block section being occupied. For train 9227, the crew were to confirm the rear if the train had passed BLB OA 16 at Oonoomurra. This meant the train effectively no longer occupied the Cloncurry to Oonoomurra block section.
Following receipt of confirmation and the release code from the crew, the NCO could then issue the next electronic authority, or extend an existing authority, for the opposing rail traffic to proceed and occupy the vacated block. For train 9M48, the authority would allow it to pass BLB OA 18 and occupy the Oonoomurra to Cloncurry block section.
To facilitate this, the DTC manual required rail traffic crew of rail traffic arriving at the station to:
• check the points indicator is in the normal position
• if necessary, stop the rail traffic clear of the points and reset them to the correct position
• enter the station, on the road indicated on the DTC Authority, at a maximum speed 25 km/h
• stop the rail traffic within the clearance point boards35
• make sure the rail traffic is complete
• report to Network Control Officer the rail traffic is in clear and complete and release unoccupied blocks
• check the points, and if necessary, correctly set them for the opposing rail traffic
The opposing rail traffic crew arriving at the station were to:
• check the opposing rail traffic is clear and complete
• tell the opposing rail traffic crew their rail traffic is clear and complete, or otherwise
• obtain an Authority to proceed
• proceed in accordance with the Authority
• release unoccupied blocks when clear and complete
Speed of rail traffic
The DTC manual stated that, when approaching a station, the driver was to reduce rail traffic speed to a ‘controlled speed’. The Queensland Rail standard MD‑10‑107 General operational safety manual36 defined controlled speed as:
…a speed that allows rail traffic to stop short of an obstruction within half the distance of clear line that is visible ahead.
Arriving at a station where the driver was to stop at a limit of authority, such as BLB OA 18, the driver was to travel at a maximum speed of 25 km/h through the points at the entrance then manage the train speed to stop at the limit of authority. If travelling through the station in accordance with the authority, the driver was to travel at a maximum speed of 25 km/h until the whole rail traffic had passed through the points and turnout curve both at the arrival and departure of the station.
Procedure for checking rail traffic in-clear and complete
MD-10-107 required that, when rail traffic was stopped at a station in single line bi‑directional territory (such as the Mount Isa line) to cross other rail traffic, its crew must check the rail traffic was complete and in-clear by:
• verbal confirmation of another who can see the rear of train signals, or
• visually determining the correct rail vehicle is at the rear of the rail traffic, or
• the correct number of rail vehicles are on the rail traffic, or
• carrying out a brake pipe leakage test
Note: A rail traffic driver may assume the rail traffic is complete if the Brake Pipe Leakage Test is successful.
• make sure the rail traffic is in clear by comparing the length of the rail traffic with the capacity of the main line or loop
• if rail traffic is not in clear, tell Network Control Officer and rail traffic crew of opposing rail traffic
• protect the rail traffic, if necessary.
For an unattended directional travel station, such as Oonoomurra, the driver of the first rail traffic to arrive could satisfy the requirements for ensuring their train was complete by conducting a brake pipe leakage test. For checking the train was in‑clear, they could:
compare the stopping point, train length and the available track length at the station, or
count the distance travelled by the locomotive after entering the station and compare the available track length at the station.
The crew of the second rail traffic to arrive could satisfy the requirement for checking their train was in‑clear and complete through the receipt of verbal confirmation from the first rail traffic crew indicating that they had sighted the end of train marker on the second rail traffic.
If the crew of the second rail traffic to arrive found the first rail traffic not to be in-clear of the track ahead, the crew were to:
• stop clear of other rail traffic
• tell rail traffic crew of other rail traffic their rail traffic is not in clear.
The crew of the first rail traffic were to then pull in-clear of the opposing track, if possible. There was no requirement for the rail traffic crew of either train to advise the NCO.
If the second crew found the first rail traffic to arrive was not complete, they were to tell the other crew and notify the NCO. The NCO was then to check the location of all rail vehicles and make sure the section was clear. The second crew were not to proceed until authorised by the NCO.
There was also no requirement in the procedure for train crew to use the reading from a distance counter device to crosscheck that the locomotive had travelled a sufficient distance to ensure the rear of the train was in‑clear. In the absence of an accurate measurement of the distance travelled by a locomotive on entering a station, a variety of alternative methods were available to a driver to confirm their train was in-clear including:
selecting a stopping point as close as practicable to their limit of authority
using a familiar landmark that worked previously for a train of similar length
a calculation using the estimated distance travelled after entering the station or the estimated distance remaining to the limit of authority in conjunction with the train and station track lengths.
Qube information
Train working
The Qube crew of train 9227 were required to follow the applicable Queensland Rail safeworking rules, such as ensuring a train was in-clear and complete at a station, as well as other instructions implemented by Qube when stopping their train at a limit of authority.
Qube procedure, PCE-216 Two-person train crewing, described the responsibilities and authorities applicable to the train crew.
The train driver operating the train service was responsible for:
• Delegating duties to the train driver’s assistant and ensuring that these duties are performed to the required standard.
• Carrying out their activities in accordance with all QLRS [Qube], track access provider [in this instance Queensland Rail] and legislative requirements.
The train driver’s assistant was responsible for:
• Carrying out their activities in accordance with the train driver’s instructions and all QLRS [Qube], track access provider [in this instance Queensland Rail] and legislative requirements.
• Completing safe working documentation if qualified to do so
• Communicating with the track access provider and CSC [Qube Customer Service Centre] when required and efficient to do so – this allows the train driver to concentrate on operating the train.
The procedure highlighted that both members of the train crew had shared, and equal responsibility for the safe operation of the train including:
• The communication and implementation of safeworking requirements
• The communication of information about route conditions, signalling aspects and limits of authority.
• Ensuring that the train is managed in accordance with proceed authorities, gradients and speed signs.
• Ensuring that safeworking documentation is completed including recording authority numbers.
Each member of the train crew was authorised to challenge the other if they believed that approved procedures were not being followed. If resolution could not be achieved and safe operations implemented, the Qube Customer Service Centre was to be contacted immediately.
The importance of communication between crew was highlighted, particularly for the safe operation of trains within the safety‑critical zone approaching a limit of authority, to prevent a signal passed at danger incident.
Approaching a location board, such as BLB OA 25 at Oonoomurra station where there was a planned stop, the crew were to:
crosscheck the limit of authority
agree where the train was to stop
prioritise the task of stopping the train at the stopping location
ensure the train was operated in a manner to guarantee the train would stop at the desired location.
To ensure the train stopped at the desired location, the train crew were to reduce train speed to not more than 15 km/h at a minimum of 200 m in advance of the stopping point. The train was then to be advanced at no more than 15 km/h until the stopping point was reached.
The stopping point was defined as:
A stopping point is a point 50 metres in advance of a signal, track circuit, clearance point, yard [or station] limit board, etc that indicates that a stop is required.
After the crew stopped the train at the desired location, they were to continue to implement the procedural requirements detailed in the Queensland Rail safeworking rules for DTC territory to ensure the train was in-clear and complete before returning ownership of the block section to the rear of the train, in this instance the Cloncurry to Oonoomurra block section. There was no requirement for the train crew to use the distance counter device to verify the locomotive had stopped with sufficient distance for the rear of the train to have cleared a control point.
After returning the ownership of the block section to the NCO, the crew had discussed the stopping point and whether the train was in‑clear. Although the second driver remained unsure, there was no discussion on moving the train forward toward the limit of authority or contact made with the Qube Customer Service Centre.
Rail safety worker competency
The procedure for rail safety worker assessment and certification37 defined the method for maintaining competence and certification to meet Qube, regulatory and track access provider standards. The training requirements for each grade of driver were detailed in a training plan. The plan included accredited Australian Quality Framework requirements and recognition of prior learning of competencies gained through formal study and work experience. Each stage of training included:
• off job training and off job training assessment
• on job training exercises
• a period of on job application
• assessment of competence.
Competence was assessed against a train operations performance checklist38 that listed a range of tasks that checked the knowledge and skills of the worker against the competencies required for the rail safety work being undertaken.
The checklist included the DTC system of safeworking,39 which encompassed driver knowledge of the rules and procedures contained in MD-10-107 and PCE-216.
Aurizon information
Train working
The Aurizon driver working 9M48 was required to follow the applicable Queensland Rail safeworking rules, as well as other instructions implemented by Aurizon. The driver had an authority to travel through Oonoomurra and was to implement the procedural requirements detailed in the safeworking rules for DTC territory to affect the cross with train 9227.
Emergency response
The Aurizon emergency response guide40 provided rail traffic crew with information for their response to an emergency, such as a collision or derailment. A key element was to immediately report the emergency to the NCO and to provide sufficient information to enable an appropriate and timely response. After alerting the NCO, the crew were to contact the Aurizon live run operations centre to report the emergency.
The guidance reinforced that, in an emergency the primary responsibility of the crew was to protect their own safety, and, within the limits of their safety and training, that of any other person, followed by the rail traffic that they were responsible for. In the event of an emergency, such as a fire or locomotive rollover, the guidance noted that emergency egress may not be possible by the normal route. Alternative exits varied between locomotive classes as some may be fitted with glass breakout hammers for the side windows, while others were fitted with release handles for front windscreen removal. The guidance noted that in some classes of locomotive (such as the 2800) the windscreen was not an alternative exit path due to it being toughened laminate with no release handles.
Accident site information
The lead locomotive of train 9227 stopped about 317 m before the limit of authority at BLB OA 25 (Figure 8). The last 8 ore wagons of the train consist (extending approximately 86 m in length) did not clear BLB OA 16. The Cloncurry to Oonoomurra block section remained occupied and the trailable points at the western end (adjacent to the ‘trailable point indicator’ in Figure 9) of the station were fouled by the wagons from train 9227.
Figure 8: Stopping location of the lead locomotive from train 9227 from the limit of authority at BLB OA 25
Source: Aurizon, annotated by the ATSB
Figure 9: Rear portion of train 9227 showing the wagons were not in-clear of BLB OA 16
Source: Aurizon, annotated by the ATSB
The leading corner of the modular cab and chassis of the lead locomotive (2808) on train 9M48 collided with the wagons of train 9227. The 65th wagon (GAOF 0060) was first impacted, approximately mid-way along its length, damaging the side bolsters. The convergence in the track alignment toward the trailable points increased the force of the collision until the leading corner of wagon GOAF 0059 was impacted. The side of the wagon was breached and some of the contained zinc concentrate spilled onto the track. None of the wagons on train 9227 derailed.
During the collision, the lead locomotive (2808) of train 9M48 derailed, uncoupled from the trailing locomotive and rolled onto its ‘A’ side coming to a stop on the right side of the track in the direction of travel (Figure 10). The locomotive diesel fuel tank was ruptured and fuel was spilled. There was no post‑impact fire.
Figure 10: Derailed and overturned lead locomotive 2808 of train 9M48
Source: Aurizon, annotated by the ATSB
Survivability aspects
Post‑accident egress from locomotive 2808 of train 9M48
The driver was ejected from their seat onto the ‘A’ side wall/window. The diesel engine had shut down, and electrical power was supplied from the locomotive main battery bank only. The driver reported that the cab was in darkness, was disarranged, the train borne radio was not working, and they were unable to locate the handheld radio. The survivable space within the modular cab was not compromised and the cab remained attached to the locomotive subframe.
The escape paths available to the driver at the No 1 end of the locomotive were via the rear‑facing internal door (the normal access and egress route) that led to the internal vestibule area, then through the external door leading to the walkway on the ‘B’ side of the engine hood. An alternative emergency exit was located at the assistant driver’s side sliding window. The side windows were the designated emergency evacuation points from the enclosed cab of a 2800 class locomotive. An additional path may be available via the vestibule and external door on the ‘A’ side of the engine hood, however, this egress point was located under the overturned locomotive (Figure 11).
The driver reported they did not attempt to egress via the rear facing door into the vestibule area but initially attempted unsuccessfully to kick out the windscreen. They then considered egress via the assistant driver’s side window (alternative pathway) that was situated on the high side of the overturned locomotive cab. However, they were unable to reach the alternative pathway. Following the arrival of bystanders, the driver was able to egress via the side window with their assistance. The driver and bystanders then jumped from the side of the locomotive onto a ballast mount located at the front of the locomotive (Figure 12).
Figure 12: Overturned lead locomotive of train 9M48
Source: Aurizon, annotated by the ATSB
The lead locomotive of train 9M48 (2808) was fitted with window breaking hammers for the train crew to access the outside of the vehicle in an emergency. Hammers were fitted to the overhead console above the driver and assistant driver positions. Each hammer was attached by a short tether to the mount.
The 2800 class locomotive was not fitted with any purpose-built footholds or climbing arrangements either internal or external to the cab to assist rail traffic crew egress via the alternative pathway or to assist with descending the outside of the locomotive.
Locomotive emergency egress standards
Overview
Rolling stock operators, as the risk owner, were to provide for the effective management of safety risks associated with their railway operations through the implementation of a safety management system. The system encompassed the identification of hazards and the assessment of risk, and the implementation of risk control measures to address those risks. Control measures included the application of standards, codes of practice, guidelines and rules that were either developed individually to address the organisation’s unique operations or operational requirements, adopted from Rail Industry Safety and Standards Board (RISSB) products, or a combination of both.
RISSB was the accredited standards development organisation for the rail industry in Australia. RISSB collaborated with its rail industry members to promote best practices by the provision of a catalogue of publications including standards, codes of practice, guidelines and rules.
To develop publications, RISSB relied on input from the rail industry to ensure the products best reflected the needs of stakeholders. RISSB sought nominations from rail industry subject matter experts to form development groups, tasked to deliver the products. Standards were developed following an 8-step process, and in compliance with the requirements of Standards Australia SG-003: Standards & Other Publications.
RISSB also published a hazard register that was available to member organisations for reference when undertaking their organisation’s risk assessment process. RISSB noted that it did not own the hazards/risks and therefore could not mandate associated controls or actions, as the responsibility was with the relevant organisation using the product.
The RISSB hazard register broadly grouped content under rolling stock, infrastructure and operational‑related hazards. Further subgrouping defined the source, precursors and related factors. An identified source associated with rolling stock was ‘evacuation hazards’. Several precursors were listed against this source including derailment, track failure, track obstructions or environmental impact. There were 44 related factors (hazardous events/publishable consequences) associated with evacuation hazards including:
evacuation capacity of exit(s) being inadequate
no instructions being provided, so persons do not know how to evacuate
exits being out of reach (for example, overturned vehicle) preventing safe exit
no exit being available
being unable to operate exits.
Each of these factors was linked to an evacuation not being successfully initiated or unable to successfully evacuate.
Australian industry standards
Railway rolling stock access and egress
The purpose of the rolling stock Access and Egress (AS 7522:2021) standard was to describe:
…the requirements for access and egress of workers and passengers on locomotives, freight, passenger, and infrastructure maintenance (track machines) rolling stock.
The main purpose of the requirements is to provide safe, efficient, equitable and dignified access and egress, and to minimize risks to passengers and workers associated with access and egress, emergency evacuations, and requirements for people with disabilities.
The scope was expanded from the previous version (AS 7522:2012), to make the standard applicable to existing rolling stock as well as modified and new locomotives, freight, passenger and infrastructure maintenance rolling stock. Compliance with the standard referenced the 4 types of provisions (requirements, recommendations, permissions and constraints) typically contained within the Australian Standards developed by RISSB.
The adoption of all requirements (identified by the term ‘shall’) was mandatory for claiming full compliance with the standard. Recommendations (identified by the term ‘should’) was a preferred option but did not exclude other possibilities. The standard also stated:
For compliance purposes, where a recommended control is not applied as written in the standard it could be incumbent on the adopter of the standard to demonstrate their actual method of controlling the risk as part of their WHS or Rail Safety National Law obligations. Similarly, it could also be incumbent on an adopter of the standard to demonstrate their method of controlling the risk to contracting entities, or interfacing organisations where the risk may be shared.
RISSB Standards address known hazards within the railway industry. Hazards, and clauses within this Standard that address those hazards, are listed in Appendix B.
The hazardous events/publishable consequences controlled by the standard (listed in Appendix B of the standard) were related to fires and slips, trips or falls. None of the listed hazardous events related to the evacuation hazards from locomotives or passenger rolling stock.
The section titled Emergency evacuation contained requirements and recommendations relevant to locomotive, freight, passenger and infrastructure maintenance rolling stock. For locomotives, several requirements were stated including:
Enclosed cabs of rolling stock shall be fitted with sufficient emergency exits to provide escape paths to the vehicle exterior when the vehicle is upright and when overturned on the side.
In the previous version (AS 7522:2012), when discussing egress from new and modified rolling stock, the standard stated that:
A suitable solution is for emergency exit windows on each side and another emergency exit either in the front or rear of the compartment.
This reference was removed from the 2021 version of the standard.
The section titled Emergency exits recommended emergency exit windows should have a built-in lever, handle or another device such as a breakout hammer. The section also included a recommendation that:
Emergency exit performance shall be verified in a type test.
Lighting and visibility
The purpose of the Lighting and Visibility (AS 7531:2015) standard was to describe the requirements for lighting and rolling stock visibility. The scope was applicable to new and existing locomotive, freight, passenger and infrastructure maintenance rolling stock. The adoption of requirements and recommendations was the same as other RISSB rolling stock standards if claiming compliance.
The standard defined the requirements for normal and emergency interior lighting. For emergency interior lighting, the standard stated:
Spaces (cabins, rooms, vestibules, aisles etc.) on locomotives, passenger rolling stock, and infrastructure maintenance rolling stock where people may be enclosed in during operation, shall have emergency lighting.
Emergency lighting was defined as:
Lighting, powered from a separate source (e.g. battery) to the vehicle's main power source, providing illumination for evacuation purposes.
Several additional emergency lighting requirements were specified, however, they were only applicable to new and modified locomotives, and not existing locomotives.
The hazardous events/publishable consequences (listed in Appendix A of the standard) controlled by the standard were related to poor visibility of train and work health and safety hazards due to inadequate illumination. One of the listed hazardous events related to an evacuation hazard arising from an inability to locate exits and being unable to reach an exit safely or unable to successfully evacuate.
After the accident, on 21 December 2023, RISSB published AS 7531:2023, Rolling stock lighting and visibility, superseding AS 7531:2015. The objective was similar to the previous version. Notably, the scope was amended to be applicable to new and modified self-propelled locomotive, freight, passenger, road rail vehicles and infrastructure maintenance rolling stock. Reference to ‘existing’ rolling stock was deleted. Like the previous version of the standard, hazardous events controlled by the standard were listed (Appendix A of the standard). However, none of the listed events related to hazardous events associated with an emergency evacuation.
Aurizon rolling stock standards
General
Aurizon developed a catalogue of rolling stock standards to address its unique operations and risk management programs. The standards detailed the requirements to attain the desired performance and to manage hazards that might arise during operation of the rolling stock. The standards referenced related documents including the Australian industry standards published by RISSB.
The requirements to manage hazards that rail traffic crew may be exposed to when egressing a locomotive in an emergency were contained in several Aurizon standards including:
07-STD-003-RSK Emergency equipment carried in rolling stock
07-STD-004-RSK Rolling stock interior environment
07-STD-009-RSK Rolling stock structural requirements
07-STD-013-RSK Rolling stock fire performance.
Emergency equipment carried in rolling stock 07-STD-003-RSK
Aurizon standard 07-STD-003-RSK, published with an effective date of 3 October 2017, defined the key requirements for the emergency equipment that must be carried to manage risk in the event of an accident, obstruction or mechanical failure involving rolling stock. The equipment was to facilitate the provision of protection for the train when stopped on the track, first aid, fire suppression and evacuation.
The standard included a list of required equipment and included flags, audible track warning devices, signal lamp, hand torch, wheel chocks and clips, and specifications of the equipment. For example, the hand torch was specified as an electric waterproof torch capable of maintaining one candela of white light continuously for 5 hours.
For an evacuation, the requirements specified:
On existing rolling stock, a window breaking hammer shall be accessible for every worker occupied glassed area that does not have emergency access to the outside of the vehicle as per AS 7522, Railway Rolling Stock, Access and Egress.
At the time of publication of the Aurizon standard, AS 7522:2012 Railway Rolling Stock Access and Egress – Part 1 Locomotive Rolling Stock, was current. This standard was superseded, and the 2021 version was current at the time of the derailment of train 9M48. The construction of the 2800 class locomotives occurred prior to the publication of both 07‑STD‑003‑RSK and AS 7522:2021.
Rolling stock interior environment 07-STD-004-RSK
Aurizon standard 07-STD-004-RSK defined the interior environment requirements for locomotives related to noise, vibration, air quality and non-ionising radiation, and magnetic fields. Under the heading ‘air quality’, the standard identified:
Interior lighting systems shall comply with applicable parts and sections of AS 7531 Railway Rolling Stock - Lighting and Rolling Stock Visibility.
Standard 07-STD-004-RSK was published with an effective date of 3 October 2017. At the time of publication, AS 7531:2015 Lighting and Visibility, was current.
The construction of the 2800 class locomotives occurred prior to the publication of 07‑STD‑004‑RSK and AS 7531:2015.
Rolling stock structural requirements 07-STD-009-RSK
Key requirements of standard 07-STD-009-RSK were for the structure and attachments of rolling stock to withstand normal train forces and the minimisation of risk of injury during a collision and derailment. In a derailment, the locomotive was, as far as practicable, to remain coupled, upright and resist jack-knifing. In the event of a rollover onto its side, the cab structure design was to maximise protection to the train crew by:
…..supporting the weight of the locomotive (including the bogies) in the situation when the locomotive is resting on its side without exceeding the critical design stress in the main supporting members, assuming the locomotive is supported on the edge of the underframe and at the cantrail of the cab.
Rolling stock fire performance 07-STD-013-RSK
Aurizon standard 07-STD-013-RSK, published with an effective date of 3 October 2016, described that fire safety performance of rolling stock was not solely determined by the fire resistance of materials used but included vehicle design, occupant response, ease of evacuation, and detection and suppression. The standard applied to existing rolling stock that was proposed to be operated under changed operational conditions, that was to be modified, and any new rolling stock introduced into operation. A key goal of the standard was to assist staff and emergency service operations in response to a fire.
The vehicle design methods considered fire prevention, suppression/retardation and the protection of people. For the protection of people, the standard detailed 25 requirements including:
• Exit design to have adequate capacity to evacuate all persons onboard within a suitable time….
• Adequate normal and emergency lighting levels be provided - refer AS 7531.1 Railway Rolling Stock - Lighting and Rolling Stock Visibility – Locomotive Rolling Stock and AS 2293.3, Emergency Escape Lighting and Exit Signs for Buildings - Emergency Escape Luminaries and Exit Signs
• Emergency lighting to be provided along exit paths and at all emergency exits.
• Back-up power supplies to have adequate capacity to provide required power output for suitable period of time.
• Assist staff and emergency service operations
• Provide emergency exits accessible from outside the vehicle for use by emergency service personnel to gain entry to the vehicle
• Communication systems to have back-up power supply.
Existing locomotives that complied with recognised national and international rolling stock fire standards (such as AS 5062 Fire Protection for Mobile and Transportable Equipment) were deemed to comply with the standard, subject to certain qualifications contained in the appendix. The qualification related to the provision of emergency lighting stated:
Emergency lighting to comply with the requirements of 07-STD-004-RSK, Rolling Stock Interior Environment, instead of the prescribed requirements
There were no qualifications related to emergency exits or backup power supplies for emergency lighting or communication systems.
Standard 07-STD-013-RSK included a reference to the superseded Australian Standard AS 7531.1. The content of AS 7531.1 had been consolidated into standard AS 7531:2015 Lighting and Visibility, which was the current standard at that time.
Risk management
In order to ensure the safety of operations, the Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator’s Guideline, Safety Management System (2019) stated that:
…an RTO [rail transport operator] must eliminate or minimise risks to safety SFAIRP [so far as is reasonably practicable]…Risk management is a critical activity and the SMS [safety management system] supports the management of risk to ensure that risks are identified, assessed, eliminated or controlled.
Specifically, risk assessments should:
identify all reasonably foreseeable risks to safety arising from railway operations, under both normal and abnormal conditions
analyse the identified risks, including specification of the control measures to be used to manage those risks
evaluate whether the identified risks have been managed so far as is reasonably practicable, or whether further treatments are required.
Aurizon had a risk management framework as part of its safety management system. However, it was unable to provide risk assessments or other documentation that evaluated the effectiveness of the emergency exit and equipment arrangements provided in the 2800 class locomotive in addressing the known evacuation hazards to workers egressing from an overturned locomotive in an emergency.
Similar occurrences
The ATSB has investigated several occurrences that identified common safety factors associated with the application of the DTC system of safeworking and crew survivability following the derailment and rollover of a locomotive. The crew survivability safety factors pertained to the access and egress arrangements following an emergency, particularly the associated hazards to rail traffic crews, from the derailment and rollover of locomotives.
On 27 December 2015, Aurizon train 9T92 derailed on the Mount Isa rail line near Julia Creek, Queensland, after entering a section of track where floodwaters had overtopped the track and scoured the ballast and formation. Locomotive 2814 (a 2800 class locomotive) derailed and rolled onto its ‘A’ side. The train was crewed by 2 drivers. A third driver was also travelling in the locomotive cab to obtain route knowledge along various track sections. Following the derailment and rollover, the train borne radio failed and communications with network control were lost.
To exit the locomotive cab crewmembers initially tried to smash the windscreens using the breakout glass hammer. After this failed, the crew assisted each other to climb from the locomotive cab through the assistant driver’s side window and onto the ‘B’ side of the locomotive cab.
The ATSB’s investigation identified that the Aurizon emergency egress arrangements for rail crew from the 2800 class locomotive were not effective in all foreseeable circumstances. In response, Aurizon advised that it continued to reassess the emergency evacuation procedures, locomotive windscreens and secondary communication options/opportunities.
On 27 February 2018, Pacific National train 9221 and Aurizon train 9T66 collided while completing a scheduled train cross at the western end of the Oonoomurra station on the Mount Isa line, Queensland. Train 9221, travelling in an easterly direction toward its limit of authority at BLB OA 25, had stopped on the down track at Oonoomurra station. The driver then released the rear block section to the NCO.
The NCO subsequently extended the authority of train 9T66, travelling in a westerly direction, to continue through Oonoomurra toward Cloncurry station. Train 9T66 was travelling at about 25 km/h as it rounded a sweeping left curve at the western end. The crew then sighted 3 empty container wagons at the rear of train 9221, with the last wagon obstructing the single line track section ahead.
The driver made an emergency brake application but was unable to avoid a collision. The collision caused minor damage to the lead locomotive of train 9T66 and the last wagon of train 9221. There was no injury to the rail traffic crew of either train.
The ATSB’s investigation identified the on-board information system (distance counter) on the lead locomotive of train 9221 was faulty and displayed an incorrect measurement to the driver. The driver relied solely on the readout to determine whether the train was clear of the track block section to its rear. The crew of train 9T66 were, as they passed train 9221, observing the wagons on the adjacent train, but it was not until the track alignment transitioned to straight that the crew sighted the wagons obstructing the track ahead. Despite making an emergency brake application, a collision was unavoidable.
In response, Pacific National undertook several actions related to the verification of on‑board systems and reinforced procedures associated with the active identification of a stopping location (stopping point).
On 28 July 2020, a planned cross was to occur between Aurizon train 9261 and road rail vehicle ZH42 at Sellheim station on the Mount Isa line, Queensland. Train 9261, travelling in an easterly direction toward its limit of authority at BLB SM23 stopped at an information sign location, as required by local procedures. The driver then released the block section to the train’s rear to the NCO.
The NCO subsequently extended the authority of ZH42, travelling in a westerly direction, to continue through Sellheim station toward Charters Towers.
The driver of ZH42 advised the release code was available but that they were stationary at BLB SM16, as the rear of train 9261 was not in-clear. The driver of ZH42 estimated that 2 and a half wagon lengths (at the rear of 9261) were occupying the block section ahead.
In response, Queensland Rail undertook a risk assessment of the information signs at Sellheim station and subsequently moved the signs approximately 134 m east of the first location. Queensland Rail also started a program of works to find locations on the Mount Isa line and other lines where inconsistencies existed between the trackside infrastructure and the information contained in route maps, signalling arrangement diagrams and the DTC software.
On 23 February 2022, Aurizon train Y279 derailed on the North Coast rail line near Traveston, Queensland, after entering a section of track where floodwaters had overtopped the track and scoured the ballast formation. Locomotive 2811 (a 2800 class locomotive) derailed and rolled onto its ‘A’ side. The train was crewed by a single driver. During the derailment and overturning, the driver was ejected from their seat, fell across the cab to the assistant driver’s side and landed on their back in water that had entered the cab. The cab was in darkness and equipment disarranged. The driver was able to self-extricate from the locomotive cab via the rear facing door but due to widespread flooding, there was a significant delay before the arrival of emergency services to assist the driver.
The ATSB’s investigation identified that Queensland Rail weather‑related alarm response procedures were ineffective in providing network operations personnel with timely notification of a flood event. Additionally, although the driver did not use an emergency exit following the derailment and rollover of locomotive 2811, the Aurizon emergency egress arrangements for rail crew from the 2800 class locomotive were not effective in all foreseeable circumstances. The ATSB subsequently provided a safety issue to Aurizon (RO-2022-003-SI-04).
In response to this safety issue, on 25 April 2025, Aurizon advised the ATSB that it had developed an access and egress compliance strategy to outline the steps it was taking to align its diverse locomotive fleet to the requirements of the RISSB Australian Standard Access and Egress (AS 7522:2021). Aurizon further advised it was actively participating as a member of the RISSB development group to review AS 7522. Additionally, per Aurizon's compliance strategy, when the standard has been agreed and published, Aurizon reported it would review and update its engineering standards as relevant, assess rolling stock compliance, and implement agreed solutions.
Safety analysis
Introduction
On 17 August 2022, 2 freight trains were planned to cross at Oonoomurra station. The driver of the first train to arrive stopped their train at the station and reported to the network control officer (NCO) it had arrived and was clear of the block section to its rear. However, several wagons from the train still occupied the block section.
The NCO then contacted the driver of the second train and extended their authority. The authority allowed the driver to continue through Oonoomurra station. As the driver rounded a sweeping left curve at the western end, they saw wagons from the other train were obstructing the block section ahead. The driver made an emergency brake application but was unable to avoid a collision with the side of the wagons. The lead locomotive derailed, uncoupled from the trailing locomotive and overturned. The driver sustained a minor injury.
This analysis will discuss factors associated with selection of the stopping point by the driver of the first train to arrive, local environmental conditions at the western end of Oonoomurra station and the application of the direct traffic control procedures. It will then discuss other factors identified during the investigation that increased safety risk to the crew following the derailment and rollover of a locomotive.
Stopping point
The cross between trains 9227 and 9M48 was initially planned to occur at Cloncurry station but was changed due to the late running of train 9M48. This change meant the driver of 9227 was now required to stop at Oonoomurra station.
The driver stated that, when undertaking a cross, they would typically aim to stop the locomotive around 50 m from the limit of authority. However, sun glare had reduced their visibility of the track ahead, and the limit of authority block limit board (BLB) OA 25. Although both crew of train 9227 commented on the presence of sun glare on arrival, this was inconsistent with the observations of the ambient light conditions by the driver of train 9M48 and the Geoscience Australia calculations of the sunrise time at that location.
Regardless of the extent of the ambient environmental conditions present at that time, the driver was concerned they could misjudge the available braking distance to the limit of authority, potentially leading to a signal passed at danger. The driver chose an alternative trackside landmark (Oonoomurra location sign) for their stopping point reference. The sign was a familiar landmark to the driver (prior to BLB OA 25) and was situated adjacent to the track on the driver’s side of the locomotive, and likely relatively visible to the driver.
After stopping and providing the release to the network control officer (NCO), the crew of 9227 then discussed the train length and the assistant driver’s concern that the stopping point meant the train may not be clear of the single line block section to the rear. The driver could not see the rear of the train in the locomotive mirrors due to the track alignment and surrounding vegetation but could see road traffic travelling over the level crossing. Although the level crossing was located approximately 200 m from the western end of the Oonoomurra station, the driver believed sighting the road traffic supported their conclusion that the train was in-clear.
This, combined with the belief the train was shorter than usual, likely influenced the driver’s decision to not move the train closer to their typical stopping point within a station, around 50 m from the limit of authority. Although the assistant driver was uneasy about the stopping point, they did not insist the driver move the train closer to the limit of authority.
On this occasion, the driver based their decision on whether the train was in-clear on several assumptions. These were not verified by other means, particularly as the distance travelled after entering the western end of Oonoomurra was not measured or estimated. The locomotive remained stopped at a point about 317 m from the limit of authority with the rear of train 9227 occupying the block section between Cloncurry and Oonoomurra.
Contributing factor
To mitigate the potential of exceeding their limit of authority, the driver stopped train 9227 at a location about 317 m from block limit board OA 25. However, they then erroneously determined their complete train had passed block limit board OA 16. This resulted in the block section between Cloncurry and Oonoomurra remaining occupied by the rear of the train when they passed ownership of the block section to the network control officer, which was not in accordance with the procedure for when crossing rail traffic.
Driver expectation
When the driver of train 9M48 was advised that the location of the cross with train 9227 had changed from Cloncurry to Oonoomurra stations, they received an authority to stop at OA 18 at the western end of Oonoomurra station. However, prior to their arrival, they received an extension to their authority to continue through the station. This meant that the driver was no longer required to stop at OA 18 and they would be controlling their train speed through the station to satisfy the specified applicable maximum speed of 25 km/h.
The method of safeworking on the Mount Isa line was direct traffic control (DTC). Under the DTC system the ownership of block section resided either with the NCO or the rail traffic crew. The system specified that only one train movement would be authorised to travel on any one block section, at any one time.
The driver of 9M48 had an authority to enter the Oonoomurra to Cloncurry block section and held the belief that they had exclusive possession. Although this understanding was consistent with the absolute block working method of safeworking on the Mount Isa line, it did not mean that the track within the block was physically available and clear from any fault or obstruction. That is, an authority under the DTC system was not a ‘green light’ for the availability of the track.
To address a potential obstruction from rail vehicles, the rules required the driver of train 9M48 to check that all vehicles of the other rail traffic had cleared the block section, before they entered.
The driver was cognisant of the need to check the rear of train 9227 and advise its crew that it was in-clear and complete. The driver recalled that, when approaching train 9227 at 23 km/h, the train seemed to have stopped short of its limit of authority, but rather than contacting the opposing train crew they assumed the train was shorter than normal. While the driver recognised an anomaly with the location of train 9227, they discounted it and likely continued with the expectation that having received their authority all the rail vehicles from train 9227 were in-clear, the train continued at a speed below the specified maximum in the DTC rules.
When the track alignment transitioned from the left curve to straight on approaching the Landsborough Highway level crossing, the driver sighted the rear wagons of train 9227 obstructing the track. On identifying the obstruction, the driver applied emergency braking but there was insufficient distance available for them to stop the train and avoid a collision.
Contributing factor
The driver of 9M48 in receipt of an authority expected the track ahead to be clear and continued through the Oonoomurra up track at a speed of 23 km/h. Local geographic and ambient conditions meant the driver did not see the occupied track section ahead at a distance sufficient to enable them to stop their train and avoid a collision.
Direct traffic control train cross procedures
When undertaking a cross, the Queensland Rail procedures for DTC method of safeworking required the crew of the first train to arrive to approach the station at a controlled speed and then proceed at a maximum of 25 km/h until their train had completely traversed the points. Once stopped just prior to the limit of authority, they were to ensure their train was positioned in-clear and complete at the location. Similarly, for the second rail traffic to arrive, the crew were required to approach at a controlled speed, then proceed at 25 km/h and stop at their limit of authority. When stopped, the crews of both trains had time available to check the opposing train was in‑clear and complete, and communicate with its crew, before contacting the NCO to pass ownership of the applicable block section. This likely addressed the collision hazard from the first train not being in-clear and complete.
However, requiring both trains to stop when crossing at every location would likely be impractical, as it could introduce additional time delays and operating costs to train services. Therefore, to facilitate traffic flow, the procedures enabled the NCO to extend a limit of authority, allowing the driver of the second train to continue through the station at 25 km/h without stopping. Although, the procedure still required them to check the opposing train was in-clear and complete.
It was noted that the DTC workstations did not have functionality to trigger an alarm for the NCO if the rear of the first rail traffic was not clear when the block section was released to them. This meant, an error by one crew in providing a release code when their rail vehicle was not in-clear increased reliance on the second (opposing) crew checking the other rail traffic to detect the occupied block section in sufficient time to avoid a collision. Therefore, correct implementation of the DTC procedures by the first crew to arrive was important, as the NCO had limited information available to independently verify a train or portion of a train was in-clear before transferring ownership of a block section to the second crew to arrive.
While the second rail traffic travelling at 25 km/h reduced the potential for a collision, it did not eliminate the risk. Situations arising from adverse environmental conditions or track alignment could reduce a driver’s opportunity to sight the vehicle(s) of the opposing train in sufficient time to avoid a collision. This was the case for this, and a similar accident that occurred on 27 February 2018 at the western end of Oonoomurra.
Further reducing speed by requiring the second train to then travel at a controlled speed toward the western end of Oonoomurra station would likely be operationally impractical, given the sighting distance available, and the effective response times of a train’s braking system. The controlled speed required would likely be so low the crew would effectively be required to stop, negating any benefit from the extension of their authority.
In summary, the Queensland Rail DTC system provided limited functionality for the NCO to verify the physical availability of a released block section prior to issuing an authority to the second rail traffic crew to arrive. With an extension of authority, this limitation placed increased reliance on the ability of the crew on the second train to detect the obstructed track at a distance sufficient to avoid a collision. This may not always be achievable, particularly at locations such as the western end of Oonoomurra station.
Contributing factor
There was limited functionality for a Queensland Rail network control officer to physically verify the availability of a released section block prior to issuing an authority in the direct traffic control system. With an extension of authority, increased reliance was placed on the second train crew detecting the section was obstructed at a distance sufficient to avoid a collision, which may not be achievable in all situations. (Safety issue)
On board information
The Queensland Rail DTC procedures for arriving at a station required the crew to stop their train within the clearance point boards, in this instance between BLB OA 16 and BLB OA 25. Locomotive PRL201 from train 9227 was fitted with an electronic distance counter measurement device, which, when used in combination with the known train and station lengths, could have assisted the crew with verifying the train was within these limits. However, there was no specific requirement in either the DTC or Qube procedures that required the driver to use the counter to confirm the rear of the train was in-clear. Also, the driver reported they were unfamiliar with the operation of that type of counter and did not use it during their arrival at Oonoomurra station.
Alternative methods for confirming the train was in-clear included selecting a stopping point close to the limit of authority, using a familiar landmark that worked previously for a train of similar length, and/or estimating the distance travelled after entering the station or remaining to the limit of authority, accounting for the train and station track lengths. In this instance, the driver stopped the train about 317 m prior to the limit of authority and had not previously used the location sign as a landmark to stop a similar length train. Instead, they selected the stopping point based on a landmark rather than estimating the distance travelled or remaining, relied on their assumption the train was shorter than normal, and a visual check of the level crossing to confirm the train was in-clear of BLB OA 16.
Regardless of the method used to determine the stopping location, it was the responsibility of the crew to confirm that the locomotive had travelled sufficient distance to ensure the block to the rear of the train was no longer occupied before contacting the NCO to pass ownership of a block section.
If conditions were such that the crew were unsure whether the rear of their train was in‑clear they could opt to retain ownership of the block section and communicate their concern to the NCO and crew of the second train to arrive. However, the discussion between the crew of train 9227 on whether the train was in‑clear occurred after reporting to the NCO that the rail traffic was in-clear and complete, leading to the release of the Cloncurry to Oonoomurra block section. Given ownership of the block section had been transferred it was unlikely that the crew would then revisit their decision as to whether the train was in-clear without opposing information that could have been provided by the distance counter.
Other factor that increased risk
The driver of 9227 did not use, nor were they familiar with the operation of, the on‑board electronic measurement device fitted to the PRL201 locomotive. This would have provided another mechanism to confirm that, at the chosen stopping point, the rear of the train was in-clear at Oonoomurra.
Worker competency
The Qube rail safety worker competency assessments for train crew was a performance‑based assessment. The train operations performance assessment included items related to the DTC safeworking system and tasks associated with operating a Qube train service. This encompassed the correct application of rules and procedures for undertaking a train cross.
The assessment of the driver of train 9227 was undertaken exclusively by a mentor driver/assessor observing the driver’s on-the-job application of the required procedures and related tasks while operating a train service over a series of trips between Cloncurry and Hughenden and return. The final assessment recorded the locomotive used was a PRA/PRL class. The assessment did not record which specific locomotive class was leading nor the type of distance counter device fitted.
Qube advised the training provided on the PRL class locomotive included the crew being shown the counter device as part of their instruction. However, there was no specific training on both types of devices (analogue and electronic). Similarly, while the locomotive operations manual referred to the analogue counter, there was no information provided on the use of the electronic counter. Rather, information on the operation of the electronic device was reported to be captured holistically within the overall locomotive competency training.
The driver of train 9227 was aware of the distance counter devices and had used the analogue type previously. However, they stated they were not shown how to operate the more complicated electronic device fitted to locomotive PRL201.
Following the completion of the competency assessment, the driver had operated train services for 6 months, which would have involved completing numerous crosses with other trains. The driver was likely familiar with stopping at those stations and targeted a stopping point closer to the limit of authority.
However, without training and instruction on how to use the more complex electronic device fitted to PRL locomotives, it was unlikely it would be used. This removed an alternative means for drivers to confirm that the rear of the train was in‑clear at a location, thereby increasing the potential for the ownership of a block section to be erroneously released to the NCO.
Other factor that increased risk
The competency procedures for Qube train crew did not verify that drivers attained the required skills, knowledge or ability to operate the electronic distance counter device installed on some PRL locomotives. This increased the likelihood that drivers, uncertain in the operation of the device, may not use it to confirm the rear of the train was in-clear.
Emergency egress
After derailing to the right side of the track in the direction of travel, the locomotive rolled onto the right side (‘A’ side). The driver was ejected from their seat and was standing on the wall/window in darkness.
The train borne radio communication system ceased operating following the collision and rollover and the locomotive was not fitted with an emergency lighting system. The disarrangement of equipment within the darkened cab hindered the driver’s ability to assess their situation or readily locate emergency equipment such as the handheld radio or emergency hammer.
The driver did find their personal mobile telephone and contacted the NCO to notify them of the emergency. The NCO checked on the driver’s welfare while other network control personnel arranged for the emergency response.
A crew member from 9227 had alighted from the train and was making their way back to check the welfare of the driver of 9M48. In this instance, 2 members of the public accessed the rail corridor from the Landsborough Highway level crossing, climbed onto the overturned locomotive and lifted the driver free of the cab before the crew member arrived.
The driver of 9M48 sustained a minor injury during the accident sequence. Due to the rollover, they were unable to reach the emergency exit provided by the assistant driver’s side window that was now overhead. They did not attempt to egress the cab via the rear facing door to the vestibule area, opting instead to try to kick out the windscreen of the locomotive. This was unsuccessful as the windscreen was not designed to be removed therefore was not available as an alternative exit.
Crewing the train as driver-only operation meant the driver had no other crew to assist in alerting network control of the emergency, assessing/treating injury, or aiding in egress from the overturned locomotive cab. The driver experienced conditions in the locomotive cab following the collision and derailment that increased risk to their welfare. On exiting the overturned locomotive cab, and jumping from height, the driver observed diesel leaking from the ruptured tank on the lead locomotive.
In this instance, it was fortunate that bystanders, who were prepared and able to provide timely assistance, were close by and there was no post-accident fire. This may not always be the case.
Other factor that increased risk
After the collision, the lead locomotive came to rest on its side. The driver was in darkness and unable to readily locate safety equipment, make an emergency radio call to network control or exit the cab without the assistance from members of the public.
Collision survivability – locomotive
Emergency equipment – lighting and communications
The Aurizon rolling stock standards cross‑referenced relevant Australian Standards published by the Rail Industry Safety and Standards Board (RISSB). The RISSB standards were developed to broadly address rolling stock related hazards across multiple rail transport operators. Aurizon standards were developed to address hazards specifically applicable to the Aurizon operations and rolling stock fleet (including locomotives). As the standards were developed by Aurizon and RISSB independently, variance between the version dates and specified requirements contained in the respective standards were likely.
Additionally, for older locomotive classes such as the 2800, which were constructed prior to the published date of referenced RISSB standards, variance between the existing locomotive construction or equipment fit out and the requirements of the standard may also arise. Variances were typically addressed through the scope of RISSB standards being applicable only to new or modified locomotives.
Both the Aurizon standard for rolling stock fire performance and interior environment referred to requirements contained in the RISSB lighting and rolling stock visibility standard. To protect people, the Aurizon fire performance standard specified rolling stock was to have adequate capacity to evacuate within a suitable time, adequate normal and emergency lighting (with reference to AS 7531) and back-up power supplies with adequate capacity. The back-up power supplies applied to both lighting and communications systems. As there was no distinction between the communication systems fitted to locomotive or passenger rolling stock, this indicated that the train borne radio communication system should have a back-up power supply in the event of a main battery failure.
The scope of standard AS 7531 applied to existing locomotives and included requirements for spaces (cabins, rooms, vestibules, aisles) to be fitted with emergency lighting. The Aurizon 2800 class locomotive, including 2808, was not fitted with an emergency lighting system or back-up power supplies. Rail traffic crew (including driver‑only operations) responding to an emergency during the hours of darkness were then reliant on locating, in the disarranged cab of an overturned locomotive, a hand-held torch carried as part of rolling stock emergency equipment.
Similarly, in the event of damage to the train borne radio or failure of the main battery, rail traffic crew were also reliant on locating a serviceable 2-way radio or mobile telephone, if issued to the locomotive and mobile service was available, to notify network control of an emergency and for ongoing welfare communications during an emergency response.
Egress pathways
Locomotive 2808 was being operated from the No 1 end when it overturned. Although the driver was ambulatory, they realised they would not be able to readily reach the alternative emergency exit, which was the assistant driver’s side window that was now on the high side of the overturned 2.87 m wide locomotive cab. In the darkness, they instead attempted to kick the windscreen out, which would have allowed them to exit the cab at ground level. However, the laminated windscreen in the 2800 class locomotive could not be broken out using the window breakout hammer and was not designed to be removed from inside the locomotive cab.
On this occasion, 2 bystanders had witnessed the collision from the Landsborough Highway, entered the rail corridor and climbed onto the side of the locomotive to assist the driver. The bystanders were able to slide open the assistant driver’s side window and reach in to lift the driver from the enclosed cab. The rigidity of the side window glass and frame to withstand the forces applied by a rail traffic crew member, or responders, using this pathway was unknown.
Should the driver (and other crew) be required to self-extricate they may be required to use the window breakout hammer to remove the window glass above their head. Their pathway would likely be difficult due to the hammer being fixed by a short tether to the overhead console, the necessity to climb and the layout of the console, and other fixtures and contents within the cab that are likely disarranged. The crew members may also have incurred injuries that potentially affect their mobility.
As the 2800 class locomotive cab did not have any footholds or climbing arrangements to aid crew egress via the alternative pathway, this potentially increased their exposure to known evacuation hazards. This was particularly relevant to driver-only operations where no other train crew, or responders, were immediately available to provide assistance to egress the overturned locomotive cab in an emergency.
Once the crew members had exited to the high side of the overturned locomotive, they then had to descend safely to the surrounding ground level. Similar to the above, there were no external footholds or climbing arrangements to assist in descending from the locomotive to the ground level. Unless emergency services were present with a ladder, the crew would likely need to climb down onto the locomotive bogie, if attached, or jump. In this case, the driver and bystanders jumped to the ground level, exposing them to the additional hazard of falling from height.
Similarly, ATSB investigations RO-2015-028 and RO-2022-003 found the Aurizon emergency egress arrangements for rail crew from the 2800 class locomotive were not effective in all foreseeable circumstances. In response to the RO-2022-003 safety issue, Aurizon advised it had developed an access and egress compliance strategy to outline the steps it was taking to align its diverse locomotive fleet to the requirements of the RISSB Access and Egress (AS 7522:2021) standard. The proactive safety action identified by Aurizon is ongoing.
As previously acknowledged in ATSB investigation RO-2022-003, a collision or derailment can result in structural damage to the cab and/or result in the locomotive rolling onto its side. This can hinder egress pathways normally used to access the cab and expose rail traffic crew to a range of evacuation hazards. This exposure is increased when operating the locomotive in the driver-only configuration, where no immediate support is readily available to assist a potentially injured driver to egress from an overturned locomotive.
Risk management
This and previous ATSB investigations have identified findings related to the adequacy of egress pathways and emergency equipment, such as lighting and back-up power supplies, on the 2800 class locomotive. While Aurizon had an established risk management framework, neither a risk assessment or other supporting documentation was available to sufficiently demonstrate to the ATSB that the emergency exit and equipment arrangements for this locomotive class were assessed. Consequently, exposures to foreseeable evacuation hazards may remain.
Other factor that increased risk
The emergency exit pathway through a side window, and the emergency equipment available in the enclosed cab of an Aurizon 2800 class locomotive were inadequate to ensure a prompt escape by crew and potentially limited access by emergency services in the event of a locomotive overturning. Aurizon provided limited assurance the risk controls implemented to mitigate these known evacuation hazards were sufficient to reduce the potential of further injury to the crew. (Safety issue)
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the collision between Aurizon train 9M48 and Qube train 9227, Oonoomurra, Queensland, on 17 August 2022.
Contributing factors
To mitigate the potential of exceeding their limit of authority, the driver stopped train 9227 at a location about 317 m from block limit board OA 25. However, they then erroneously determined their complete train had passed block limit board OA 16. This resulted in the block section between Cloncurry and Oonoomurra remaining occupied by the rear of the train when they passed ownership of the block section to the network control officer, which was not in accordance with the procedure for when crossing rail traffic.
The driver of 9M48 in receipt of an authority expected the track ahead to be clear and continued through the Oonoomurra up track at a speed of 23 km/h. Local geographic and ambient conditions meant the driver did not see the occupied track section ahead at a distance sufficient to enable them to stop their train and avoid a collision.
There was limited functionality for a Queensland Rail network control officer to physically verify the availability of a released section block prior to issuing an authority in the direct traffic control system. With an extension of authority, increased reliance was placed on the second train crew detecting the section was obstructed at a distance sufficient to avoid a collision, which may not be achievable in all situations. (Safety issue)
Other factors that increased risk
The driver of 9227 did not use, nor were they familiar with the operation of, the on‑board electronic measurement device fitted to the PRL201 locomotive. This would have provided another mechanism to confirm that, at the chosen stopping point, the rear of the train was in-clear at Oonoomurra.
The competency procedures for Qube train crew did not verify that drivers attained the required skills, knowledge or ability to operate the electronic distance counter device installed on some PRL locomotives. This increased the likelihood that drivers, uncertain in the operation of the device, may not use it to confirm the rear of the train was in‑clear.
After the collision, the lead locomotive came to rest on its side. The driver was in darkness and unable to readily locate safety equipment, make an emergency radio call to network control or exit the cab without the assistance from members of the public.
The emergency exit pathway through a side window, and the emergency equipment available in the enclosed cab of an Aurizon 2800 class locomotive were inadequate to ensure a prompt escape by crew and potentially limited access by emergency services in the event of a locomotive overturning. Aurizon provided limited assurance the risk controls implemented to mitigate these known evacuation hazards were sufficient to reduce the potential of further injury to the crew. (Safety issue)
Safety issues and actions
Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.
Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the Rail industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.
All of the directly involved parties were provided with a draft report and invited to provide submissions. As part of that process, each organisation was asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they had carried out or were planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.
Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.
Safety issue description: There was limited functionality for a Queensland Rail network control officer to physically verify the availability of a released section block prior to issuing an authority in the direct traffic control system. With an extension of authority, increased reliance was placed on the second train crew detecting the section was obstructed at a distance sufficient to avoid a collision, which may not be achievable in all situations.
Safety issue description: The emergency exit pathway through a side window, and the emergency equipment available in the enclosed cab of an Aurizon 2800 class locomotive were inadequate to ensure a prompt escape by crew and potentially limited access by emergency services in the event of a locomotive overturning. Aurizon provided limited assurance the risk controls implemented to mitigate these known evacuation hazards were sufficient to reduce the potential of further injury to the crew.
Glossary
ATP
Automatic train protection
BLB
Block limit board
DTC
Direct traffic control
GPS
Global positioning system
NCO
Network control officer
RISSB
Rail Industry Safety and Standards Board
RTO
Rail transport operator
SFAIRP
So far as is reasonably practicable
SMS
Safety management system
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator. (2019). ONRSR Guideline Safety Management System.
Rail Industry Safety and Standards Board. (2012). Australian Standard AS 7522:2012 – Railway Rolling Stock Access and Egress – Part 1 Locomotive Rolling Stock.
Rail Industry Safety and Standards Board. (2023). Australian Standard AS 7531:2023 – Lighting and Visibility.
Rail Industry Safety and Standards Board. (2024). Code of Practice - Risk Management for Driver Only Operation.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
the train crew of train 9227
the train crew of train 9M48
Qube Logistics
Aurizon
Queensland Rail
Office of the Rail Safety Regulator.
Submissions were received from:
Qube Logistics
Aurizon
Queensland Rail
Office of the Rail Safety Regulator.
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
About ATSB reports
ATSB investigation reports are organised with regard to international standards or instruments, as applicable, and with ATSB procedures and guidelines.
Reports must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner.
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this report is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International licence.
The CC BY 4.0 licence enables you to distribute, remix, adapt, and build upon our material in any medium or format, so long as attribution is given to the Australian Transport Safety Bureau.
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
^To go past another rail traffic travelling in the opposite direction.
^The ATP system supervises train speed and target speed, alerts driver of the braking equipment, and enforces braking when necessary. The system may be intermittent, semi-continuous or continuous according to its track-to-train transmission updating characteristics.
^An absolute block safeworking system used to control the movement of trains in non-signalled territory. This prevents more than one train being authorised into a defined section or block at any one time. Central to DTC is a computer within the locomotive cab that displays authorities to train crew stored in its database. The relevant authority is activated by the train crew following an exchange of codes between the crew and NCO. Codes are exchanged verbally using the train control radio.
^An instruction displayed on a computer screen, or on a prescribed form issued for rail traffic movement.
^Rail traffic crew are required to report the time through each station location to the NCO.
^Trains travelling east to Stuart Yard were in the down direction, while trains travelling west to Mount Isa were travelling in the up direction.
^Trailable points were designed to permit a trailing movement through points closed against the intended move. The points are mechanically locked in position for a facing move but can be thrown to the reverse position by the wheel flanges of a train travelling in the trailing direction, which spring back to the normal position after the wheelset is through. The points are not controlled by the NCO.
^Unauthorized passing of a signal displaying a stop indication as follows: 1. completely missed 2. driver misjudged 3. restored as train approached 4. other.
^Braking that uses the momentum of the locomotive and train to cause a braking effect. The traction motors are in effect turned into generators and the power is dissipated as heat through fan blown grids on the locomotive.
^When a train comprised of more than one vehicle coupled together is in compression.
^The line between the departure end yard limit of one location and the arrival end yard limit of another location. A section consists of one or more blocks.
^Term in-clear means all vehicles were located between the block limit boards at either end of the station. Term complete means the last vehicle is coupled to the rail traffic, indicated by an attached end of train marker.
^A safety‑critical zone is the area forward of a restrictive signalling aspect, is 2,500 m from a known stopping location, and starts from a location where the next signal aspect cannot be confirmed.
^The distance along the track between points of minimum allowable clearance where rolling stock is permitted to stand.
^Drivers typically dim/extinguish headlights when approaching to avoid glare for the opposing train crew.
^Wagons GOAF 0016, 0052, 0050, 0060, 0059, 0102, 0012 and 0017 totalling about 85 m of train 9227 were not in-clear of block limit board OA 16.
^Bystanders (members of the public) had accessed the rail corridor from the Landsborough Highway level crossing.
^Emergency services included the Queensland ambulance, police, and fire and emergency services.
^Operation of a rail traffic by a driver without another driver or other person in the driver’s cabin or rail traffic who is qualified in, and has suitable experience in, the operation of the rolling stock and the safeworking system that form part of the network rules (Rail Industry Safety and Standards Board, 2024).
^The drivers could arrange for Aurizon operations to provide a wake-up call prior to the commencement of their rostered shift. The driver in this instance requested a wake-up call 1.5 hours prior to the commencement of their shift.
^The Samn-Perelli 7-level fatigue scale was a subjective method for evaluating fatigue state. Where level 1 was assessed as fully alert and level 7 completely exhausted.
^Seated at the assistant driver’s position in the locomotive cab.
^The effective train crossing loop length was also recorded as 809.33 m, which included an allowance for train slack and handling safety (comparison length).
^The locomotive manufacturer’s Operators manual 2800 class did not provide any guidance on emergency egress pathways. The manual was to be used only for the servicing and maintenance of the locomotive.
^The train inspector’s seat was a small fold‑down seat located on the rear wall of the locomotive cab.
^GQGY and GOAF wagons were respectively 13.63 m and 10.33 m in length.
^Qube records the effective train crossing loop length, which included an allowance for train slack and handling safety (comparison length).
^Progress Rail GT22C-3 Operators manual PRL class locomotives, M2022-07-004 revision 1.0, July 2022.
^Australian Government Geoscience Australia, geodetic calculator application.
^An ideal horizon exists when the surface forming the horizon is at a right angle to the vertical line passing through the observer's position on the Earth.
^A station at which the points are normally set to allow simultaneous entry and exit of trains through the up and down lines.
^Queensland Rail Standard MD-10-113 Direct traffic control Manual, version 3.1, dated 28 October 2019.
^Clearance point boards were typically not provided at directional travel stations on the Mount Isa Line.
^Queensland Rail Standard MD-10-107 General operational safety manual, version 5.2, dated 13 September 2021.
^Qube PCE-217 Rail safety worker assessment and certification, version 8.0 dated 7 December 2021.
^Qube FM-780 Train operations performance checklist, version 3.0, dated 10 October 2017.
^Performance checklist tasks were generic, conditions/variables (weather, route complexity, traffic density, safeworking system and vehicle class) present at the time of assessment were recorded individually.
^Aurizon Emergency and abnormal situation response for rail traffic crew, version 1.1 dated 29 April 2022.
On 15 July 2022, a Bell Textron 505 helicopter registered VH-VTB was conducting a scenic flight near Double Island, Queensland, with a pilot and 2 passengers on board. About 30 minutes into the flight, the pilot heard 2 brief, loud ‘grinding noises’ and elected to proceed to Cairns Airport.
While over the airfield, the grinding began again and did not stop. After 10-12 seconds, approximately 10 ft off the ground, the pilot heard 2 loud bangs, and the helicopter yawed to the right. In response, the pilot moved the throttle to idle, which stopped the yaw. A run-on landing was performed on the grass short of the assigned helipad. Subsequent inspection of the helicopter revealed that the tail rotor driveshaft had failed.
What the ATSB found
A section of the tail rotor driveshaft failed due to a bearing that seized and overheated in flight. The reason for the bearing seizure could not be determined. An examination of the bearings 2 days previously found no problems, and the adjacent bearing was well lubricated, with some very small points of damage on the bearing race indicating potential contaminants.
The pilot’s decision to adopt a shallow approach into Cairns, and to reduce throttle immediately following the tail rotor failure both assisted in controlling the helicopter following the uncommanded yaw, and allowed a safe landing.
Safety message
Unusual sounds and responses from an aircraft can be an indication of an imminent system failure. In this instance, the pilot’s decision to return to Cairns was probably influenced by the initial short duration of the unusual noises and overwater operation. While a safe landing on an airfield resulted, the occurrence also illustrates how quickly failures can occur.
Therefore, pilots experiencing any unusual vibration or noise should land as soon as possible and have the aircraft inspected prior to further flight. If an immediate landing is not possible then pilot should be prepared to conduct an emergency landing or ditching if the situation deteriorates.
The investigation
Decisions regarding the scope of an investigation are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation and the associated resources required. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.
The occurrence
On the afternoon of 15 July 2022, a Bell Textron 505 helicopter registered VH-VTB departed with a pilot and 2 passengers for a scenic flight from a helipad in Cairns, Queensland. Approximately 30 minutes later, while flying near Double Island, the pilot heard a loud ‘grinding noise…like metal‑on‑metal’ that lasted for 1-2 seconds. A minute later, another 1-2 second long grinding noise was heard and the pilot decided to proceed to Cairns Airport.
The pilot elected to perform a shallow return approach and, as the aircraft approached overhead the airfield, the grinding noise began again. The noise continued as the pilot neared the designated helipad. After 10-12 seconds, while approximately 10 ft above the ground, the pilot increased the power slightly to transition into a hover for landing and a ‘couple of big bangs’ were heard from the rear of the helicopter. It immediately yawed approximately 45° to the right, and the pilot responded by moving the throttle to idle. The uncommanded yaw stopped as a result, and the helicopter’s forward motion combined with a 10‑12 kt headwind aligned it with the direction of travel.
With the main rotor RPM decreasing, the pilot lowered the collective and executed a run-on[1] landing on a grass strip in the undershoot of the assigned helipad. The passengers disembarked and the helicopter was shut down normally. A subsequent inspection found that the tail rotor driveshaft had failed and separated at a bearing near the aft firewall.
Context
Managing tail rotor failures
The United States Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) recommends shallow approaches followed by a run-on landing in circumstances where there is insufficient power to hover.[2] This allows the helicopter to gain additional lift from its forward motion up until it touches down.
In the specific event of a tail rotor drive system failure the FAA notes that the severity of the resulting yaw is reduced by low power and high airspeed. Less power means a smaller reaction from the airframe due to main rotor torque, and more airspeed allows the aerodynamics of the fuselage and vertical stabiliser to mitigate the yaw effect. Following an in-flight tail rotor failure, the FAA recommends an immediate reduction of power and lowering of collective to land the helicopter (via an autorotation if necessary).[3]
Component examination
A section of the tail rotor driveshaft assembly known as the fan shaft was sent to the ATSB for detailed technical examination (Figure 1). This section of the driveshaft also drove the oil cooler fan, as well as cabin air-conditioning via a pulley and drive belt. In a functional fan shaft assembly, the engine drives the fan shaft which connects to the rest of the tail rotor driveshaft and ultimately, the tail rotor itself. The forward and aft hangers restrain the fan shaft via ball bearings that are clamped in each hanger using a nut.
Figure 1: The fan shaft and associated components removed from VH-VTB
Source: ATSB
The driveshaft failed adjacent to the bearing seated inside the forward hanger. Blackening of the hanger, shaft and bearing components was present, indicative of exposure to high heat. The fracture surface closest to the bearing also appeared to be deformed due to heat exposure (Figure 2, D). Metal transfer on the bearing seat was likely from the adjacent inner race. No grease was observed in the bearing, though it might have been slung out or dissociated due to the high temperatures.
The outer race of the bearing was intact, but showed signs of corrosion (Figure 2, A). The inner race of the bearing had disintegrated, and only a small portion was found, along with only 5 bearing balls (Figure 2, B). Deep rotational scoring was observed on the inner face of the hanger and the outside of the outer race—normally clamped together during operation (Figure 2, C). The nut used to clamp the hanger to the bearing was still present, and a stripe of torque seal on the nut indicated that it had not backed off since it was last tightened. Metal was transferred onto the surface of the fan shaft, where the inner bearing sat during operation.
Figure 2: Damaged components of the failed bearing (A, B), hanger (C), and fan shaft (D)
Source: ATSB
For comparison, the aft bearing was sectioned and examined for signs of damage (Figure 3). There were no signs of rotational scoring between the bearing and the aft hanger. The bearing contained sufficient grease, which had the same appearance as Mobilgrease 28. The grease showed no signs of contamination.
Figure 3: The aft fan shaft bearing, sectioned and disassembled.
Source: ATSB
On the aft bearing, surfaces of the inner and outer bearing race were in good condition, with some very small points of spalling damage[4] on the inner race where contact would be made with the balls (Figure 4). No other mechanical damage associated with bearing degradation was observed (Figure 3, A and B). Likewise, there was no damage to the bearing balls or the ball cage retaining them (Figure 3, C).
Figure 4: Inner race spalling damage seen through an optical microscope (left) and electron microscope (right)
Source: ATSB
Aircraft maintenance
At the time of the incident, the helicopter had accrued 1,392.5 hours total time in service. The tail rotor driveshaft and associated bearings were the original parts installed when the operator received the new helicopter from Bell. The forward and aft fan shaft bearings were lubricated 246 flight hours previously using Mobilgrease 28, as part of the helicopters most recent 300-hourly inspection. This was done in accordance with Bell Textron’s maintenance schedule.
Two days before the incident, a different pilot heard a strange noise coming from what was thought to be the engine of VH-VTB. After an engine shutdown and restart the noise persisted. The helicopter was grounded for an inspection by maintenance personnel, but the noise could not be replicated. The helicopter was examined, including the tail rotor driveshaft. Bearings were inspected for signs of heat damage, excessive temperature, or noise, but no abnormalities were found and the helicopter returned to service. The pilot from the incident flight heard a recording of the initial noise, but did not believe it was the same ‘metal-on-metal’ sound heard during the incident, describing it as more of a vibration.
Comments from Bell Textron
Bell was not aware of any previous instances of bearing failure in 505 fan shaft bearings. Nor was it aware of any bearing failures in the 206 model helicopters, which use a similar drivetrain. Bell raised the possibility of air-conditioner belt tension or damage to the air-conditioner pulley splines as potential contributing factors. However, the splines were found to be in good condition and the operator reported that the belt had been installed in accordance with Bell’s maintenance schedule.
Other bearing issues
The failed bearing on VH-VTB associated with this incident was replaced with one from another 505, but after some time in service, maintenance personnel heard a ‘slight rumbling sound’ coming from the replacement bearing. It was subsequently sent to Bell for examination. The bearings and fan shaft assembly from the incident flight were also sent to Bell following the ATSB’s examination. At the time of writing the results of these examinations were not available.
The ATSB was also notified of another instance where an operator informed their maintainer of a strange and intermittent noise coming from one of the forward fan shaft bearings of a 505. Water was also found in the bearing when it was purged. The maintainer replaced the bearing in question, and there was no further examination of the removed bearing.
Safety analysis
During landing, a combination of heat and torque due to a seized forward fan shaft bearing resulted in failure of the fan shaft just aft of the bearing. The bearing seizure was evidenced by the disintegrated inner race, metal deposited on the bearing seat and signs of excessive heat around the bearing components and fan shaft. As a result of the bearing seizure, the fan shaft spun independently of the bearing, resulting in disintegration of the inner race. Scoring on the outer race and hanger indicated that at some stage, the bearing and fan shaft were also spinning together. It could not be determined when the bearing seized, but the noises heard by the pilot were likely either the fan shaft spinning on the bearing, or bearing spinning on the hanger. It could also not be determined whether the noise heard 2 days before the incident was related to the bearing failure.
Due to the amount of damage on the failed bearing, the reasons for its seizure could not be identified. The disintegrated inner race, corrosion within the outer race and damage to the hanger could all have been a result of the seizure, rather than factors contributing to it. No grease was observed following the failure, but it could have been slung out or dissociated due to the excessive heat. If the bearing was not properly greased, it would likely have resulted in abnormal noise or excessive heat when it was visually inspected 2 days previously, but neither were detected.
The aft fan shaft bearing showed no signs of corrosion or damage associated with improper lubrication. The only damage observed were small regions of spalling. Such localised damage was most likely due to a foreign contaminant within the bearing, since other possibilities such as poor tolerances, misalignment or manufacturing defects would have resulted in more widespread damage within the bearing. The forward bearing failure could have resulted from exposure to similar contaminants, but the faces of the inner and outer race were too damaged to permit an assessment of the failure mechanism.
The pilot reacted quickly to the fan shaft failure, reducing the throttle in accordance with Federal Aviation Administration guidelines. Despite having sufficient power for a normal approach, the pilot’s decision to take a shallow approach provided the helicopter with the advantages of ground effect and translational lift, which reduced the required power. The combination of higher airspeed and lower power provided by the shallow approach and running landing mitigated the yaw effect and enabled the helicopter to be landed safely.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the control issues involving Bell Textron 505, registration VH-VTB at Double Island, Queensland on 15 July 2022.
Contributing factor
During landing, the forward fan shaft bearing seized and overheated, resulting in failure of the fan shaft.
Other (key) finding
A shallow approach combined with timely and appropriate control inputs enabled the pilot to safely perform a run-on landing following the shaft failure.
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
the pilot and operator
Bell Textron Inc.
United States Federal Aviation Administration
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
the pilot and operator
Bell Textron Inc.
Civil Aviation Safety Authority
Transportation Safety Board of Canada
Submissions were received from:
Bell Textron Inc.
Transportation Safety Board of Canada
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1] A run-on/running landing is one in which a helicopter lands with significant forward motion, as opposed to landing from a hover, and maintains some forward motion after touching down. It is generally used when there is insufficient power to sustain a hover.
[4] Spalling is the shedding of material, or ‘spall’ from a surface, In a bearing, spalling at a single point is typically due to nicks, dents, or hard-particle contaminants.
On the morning of 9 April 2022, the fully laden capesize bulk carrier Hagen Oldendorff departed its berth in Port Hedland, Western Australia with a harbour pilot on board and 4 tugs assisting. The first of the tugs was cast off shortly after departure and the ship continued its passage of the port’s navigational channel. As the pilot navigated the ship through a turn in the channel, the 2 shoulder tugs were cast off and retained as passive escorts while the aft tug remained tethered as an active escort. Shortly after the turn was completed, the ship experienced a loss of electrical power supply to all the ship’s analogue rudder angle indicators and, a few minutes later, struck the western batter of the channel. The pilot manoeuvred the ship back into the centre of the channel and, with the assistance of additional tugs and a second pilot, resumed the outbound passage and conducted the ship to an anchorage outside port limits.
Subsequently, the ship was found to be taking on water in the number 1 and 2 port double‑bottom water ballast tanks. Surveys and inspections conducted over the following days identified substantial damage to the ship’s bottom shell plating including hull breaches of the shipside shell plating of the damaged tanks and the failure of the transverse bulkhead between the tanks. There were no reported injuries or pollution of the sea as a result of the grounding.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB investigation found that a short circuit in a bridge rudder angle indicator tripped the common circuit breaker for the ship’s rudder angle indicators resulting in a loss of electrical power and illumination to all the analogue indicators. Following the power supply failure to the indicators, the ship’s pilot initiated emergency procedures for a steering failure, with manoeuvring orders issued to maintain directional control of the ship resulting in an uncontrolled turn to port and the subsequent grounding.
The ATSB also identified that the pilot had cast off the ship’s port and starboard shoulder tugs, which limited their ability to reduce the ship’s speed or to arrest the turn to port. The pilot’s decision to cast off these tugs was found to be inconsistent with the recommended practices of the port’s implemented escort towage strategy. Furthermore, this best practice escort towage guidance was not integrated into the port user guidelines and procedures or into the pilotage provider’s safety management system.
Finally, the ATSB determined that neither the applicable international regulations, nor the responsible classification society’s rules, required that rudder angle indication systems be protected against a single point of failure in their electrical power supply, nor was there a requirement for audible or visual alarms to alert crew to such a failure.
What has been done as a result
Following this incident, the Pilbara Ports Authority (PPA) updated the port user guidelines and procedures to incorporate the tug retention and utilisation practices, and guidance recommended in the port’s escort towage strategy. The PPA also issued a marine notice requiring a suitably qualified and competent person be present in the steering gear room during ship transits of the Port Hedland channel.
Port Hedland Pilots (PHP) advised that, following the grounding, pilots keep the forward 2 tugs fast as recommended for the relevant channel zones unless prevented from doing so by weather or other factors. The PHP safety management system procedures for towage requirements were updated to reflect the tug retention and tug utilisation guidelines of the port's escort towage strategy including specific directions to pilots on where, and under what conditions, tugs were to be released.
Hagen Oldendorff’s ship managers, Wah Kwong Ship Management Hong Kong, advised the ATSB that an audible and visual alarm was fitted to the ship to alert crew if and when the ship’s rudder angle indicators lose electrical power. In addition, the ship managers installed closed circuit television cameras in the ship’s steering gear room to allow direct monitoring of the physical rudder angle from the bridge.
Lloyd’s Register advised that alternate design solutions may effectively address the risk associated with a single point of failure in electrical power supply for ship's rudder angle indicators and that the Machinery Panel of the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) may consider a unified interpretation (UI) of SOLAS requirements.
The Liberia Maritime Authority (LiMA) advised the ATSB that the Liberian Administration was considering issuing a marine advisory and that it was addressing this safety issue with the ship's classification society, Lloyd's Register, and, if necessary, with the International Association of Classification Societies (IACS).
The Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) advised that it would consider any requests for support from the Liberian Administration should the Administration seek to take action to address this safety issue at the International Maritime Organization (IMO). However, due to the absence of detailed proposals and a timeframe to seek safety action aimed at the resolution of the safety issue, the ATSB has issued safety recommendations to Lloyd’s Register, AMSA and the LiMA. The ATSB will continue to monitor the safety issue while working to highlight and promote awareness of the issue.
Safety message
Pilotage and towage often serve as primary risk control measures in ensuring the safety of port operations. Where demonstrated techniques and practices have been identified that increase the effectiveness of towage in preventing incidents and in mitigating the consequences when they occur, it is imperative that they are appropriately documented, disseminated and implemented.
Summary video
The occurrence
Overview
On the morning of 9 April 2022, the fully laden capesize bulk carrier Hagen Oldendorff departed its berth in Port Hedland, Western Australia with a harbour pilot on board and 4 tugs assisting. The first of the tugs was cast off shortly after departure and the ship continued its passage of the port’s navigational channel. As the pilot navigated the ship through a turn in the channel, the 2 shoulder tugs were cast off and retained as passive escorts while the aft tug remained tethered as an active escort. Shortly after the turn was completed, the ship experienced a loss of electrical power to all the ship’s analogue rudder angle indicators and, a few minutes later, struck the western batter of the channel. The pilot manoeuvred the ship back into the centre of the channel and, with the assistance of additional tugs and a second pilot, resumed the outbound passage and conducted the ship to an anchorage outside port limits.
Subsequently, the ship was found to be taking on water in the number 1 and 2 port double‑bottom water ballast tanks. Surveys and inspections conducted over the following days identified substantial damage to the ship’s bottom shell plating, including hull breaches of the shipside shell plating of the damaged tanks and the failure of the transverse bulkhead between the tanks. There were no reported injuries or pollution of the sea as a result of the grounding.
Pre-departure activity
On the morning of 7 April 2022, the 300 m Liberian-registered bulk carrier Hagen Oldendorff (Figure 1) arrived at Port Hedland, Western Australia, from Tianjin, China, to load a cargo of iron ore. By 0900 local time, the ship was all fast, port side alongside at Stanley Point berth number 2 (SP2), operated by Roy Hill Iron Ore. Shortly after, the ship commenced loading.
Figure 1: Hagen Oldendorff at anchor off Port Hedland
Source: Australian Maritime Safety Authority
By 1544 the following day, Hagen Oldendorff hadcompleted loading 205,465 tonnes of iron ore and was drawing forward and aft draughts of 18.34 m and 18.42 m, respectively. The ship’s departure was planned for 0045 on 9 April.[1]
By 0001 on 9 April, Hagen Oldendorff had its main engine on standby for departure, having completed pre-departure checks, which included the testing of the steering gear, main engine, and other navigational equipment. At about 0018, a harbour pilot boarded the ship. Shortly after, the master-pilot information exchange was completed on the ship’s navigation bridge (bridge) and the pilot confirmed the master was satisfied departing with a minimum under keel clearance of 0.69 m. The steering gear checks and main engine ahead and astern movement were then repeated with the pilot observing. By 0031, 3 tugs were made fast in preparation for departure with a fourth to be made fast after unberthing.
At 0048, Hagen Oldendorff departed the berth and shortly after, the fourth tug was also made fast. Tugs RT Inspiration and RT Atlantis were fast on the port and starboard shoulders[2] respectively, RT Clerke through the centre lead aft, and RT Darwin on the starboard quarter.[3] The ship’s bridge team for the departure consisted of the master, third mate, helmsman and pilot, whowas situated at the front of the bridge, separated from the rest of the bridge team by the bridge console. The engine room was manned by the chief engineer, second engineer and duty oiler.
The weather at the time was fine with south-westerly winds at force 3 (between 7 and 10 knots),[4] 1 m seas and good visibility.
The pilotage
At about 0118, when Hagen Oldendorff was about 3.5 cables[5] (648 m) south of Hunt Point (Figure 2), RT Darwin was cast off and dismissed. The ship proceeded north-east along the channel. The pilot then offered RT Clerke’s master a training opportunity in helping turn the ship into the Goldsworthy channel using ‘indirect towing’[6] (a routine practice in the port to train, and maintain the skills of, tug masters). RT Clerke’s tug master accepted the pilot’s offer.
At about 0126, the pilot commenced a turn to port using RT Clerke to provide steering forces (to pull the ship’s stern to starboard) and the ship’s rudder as necessary (port 10° and port 20°). At this time, the ship’s speed[7] was about 6.4 knots.[8]
At about 0133, the pilot ordered the release of the tug RT Atlantis on the starboard shoulder and by 0135, the crew of RT Atlantis had recovered the tug’s towline (Figure 2). RT Atlantis continued to maintain station off the ship’s starboard shoulder as a 'passive escort’.[9] Shortly after, the pilot ordered the release of the tug RT Inspiration on the port shoulder as Hagen Oldendorff approached beacons 36-37 in the Goldsworthy channel (Figure 2). Recorded data from the ship’s voyage data recorder (VDR)[10] showed that, at the time, the ship was turning to port at a rate of turn (RoT)[11] of about 9° per minute and its speed was 6.7 knots, with the main engine set to manoeuvring full ahead (51 RPM).
By 0137:22, the RoT had reduced, and the ship was largely steady on the Goldsworthy leading lights (leads) line (aligned 156°‑336°), slightly to the west of the channel centreline. The aft tug, RT Clerke, was now positioned off the ship’s port quarter, having assisted with steadying the ship as the turn to port was completed.
Figure 2: Section of navigational chart Aus 53 showing location of key events
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB
At 0137:25, the ship was steady on a heading[12] of about 334° with a course over ground of 336°, when the pilot ordered starboard 10° of rudder, likely to regain the channel centreline. At about the same time, the pilot advised RT Clerke’s master of the completion of the indirect towage training. The tug masteracknowledged the completion of the training and asked the pilot for feedback on their performance.
Meanwhile, the ship had started to turn slowly to starboard at a RoT of about 2° per minute, and the pilot ordered the rudder to midships, followed immediately by a heading order of 335° (for a tabular sequence of events, see Appendix A). By this time, RT Inspiration had been cast off and had assumed the role of a passive escort. The starboard RoT increased to about 3.6° per minute and at 0137:47, the pilot ordered port 10° of rudder.
The grounding
At 0137:49, the pilot and bridge team heard ‘clicking sounds’ (from the electrical cabinet on the bridge), followed by the loss of illumination of the rudder angle indicators (see the section titled Rudder angle indicators). The pilot recalled that before the rudder angle indicator went dark it was indicating that the rudder was amidships. However, by the time illumination of the indicators was lost, the helmsman had executed the pilot’s previous order of port 10° and VDR data showed the rudder was at port 10° while the starboard RoT had increased slightly to 3.7° per minute.
The pilot then ordered port 20° of rudder and also ordered the aft tug, RT Clerke, to pull the ship’s stern to starboard with a force of 40 tonnes[13] (to counteract the ship’s starboard RoT). The helmsman immediately executed the pilot’s order of port 20° and RT Clerke began to move from the ship’s port quarter to the starboard quarter.
Moments later, at 0138:08, the pilot ordered ‘non-follow-up, port 20°’ (see the section titled Steering gear) while the master and rest of the bridge team attempted to determine what had happened.
At 0138:10, the pilot informed RT Clerke’s master of a ‘rudder failure’ and ordered the tug to take the ship’s ‘stern to starboard, 60 tonnes’. This was followed by the pilot ordering RT Inspiration to make fast on the ship’s port shoulder. VDR data indicated that at 0138:21 non-follow-up (NFU)[14] mode was engaged. By this time, the starboard RoT had largely been eliminated and the ship was steady on a heading of 336° with the rudder at port 20°.
By 0138:28, the ship had started turning to port. Closed-circuit television (CCTV) footage from RT Clerke and RT Inspiration showed the aft tug, RT Clerke, crossing the ship’s stern as it transitioned to the starboard quarter to execute the pilot’s last order of ‘stern to starboard, 60 tonnes’. At 0138:30, the pilot rescinded their previous order to RT Clerke by ordering ‘Clerke, no weight, Clerke’, which RT Clerke’s master acknowledged. About 5 seconds later, at 0138:35, the helmsman applied port NFU helm input, and the rudder angle slowly increased to port 27°.
At 0138:36, on the pilot’s orders, the master started reducing the main engine telegraph setting from ‘full ahead’ to reduce the ship’s speed which was about 6.9 knots. A few seconds later, the pilot ordered RT Clerke ‘stern to port, 20 tonnes’ and then, shortly after, ‘stern to port, full’, in an attempt to counteract the increasing port RoT which was now about 7° per minute. At 0139:20, RT Inspiration was ordered to push with full power on the port bow.
At 0139:24, the pilot ordered ‘stop engines’ and the ship’s speed started to reduce. At 0139:28, the port RoT peaked at 13.6° per minute and then started decreasing. At 0139:30, RT Atlantis was tasked to push on the starboard quarter, after initially being instructed to make fast between cargo holds 2 and 3 on the starboard side. Meanwhile, the third mate and master had contacted the chief engineer (in the engine control room) and the second mate (manning the aft mooring stations) and directed them to the steering gear room to investigate.
At 0139:35, the pilot queried if the rudder was responding and then ordered ‘hard to port’. The helmsman complied by applying port NFU input and VDR data showed that the rudder moved from its initial position of about port 27° to hard over to port (35°). At this time, RT Clerke was using full power to bring the stern to port and the ship’s port RoT was 13.4° per minute and decreasing. The ship’s master queried the pilot’s order of ‘hard to port’ while the pilot reported to the Port Hedland vessel traffic service (VTS) that the ship had experienced a ‘rudder failure’ and declared a ‘Port Emergency’.[15] About 15 seconds after the pilot’s order of hard to port, the master queried the rudder order again. The pilot immediately ordered the rudder amidships followed by an order of hard to starboard. VDR data showed that by 0140:11, the rudder was hard over to starboard.
Shortly after 0140, on the pilot’s order, the master put the main engine astern. At 0140:21 the pilot asked if the rudder was hard to starboard, and the master confirmed that it was, indicating that the ship’s steering gear room was probably manned.
At 0140:30, Port Hedland VTS made a radio broadcast on the port’s very high frequency (VHF) working channel (channel 12) requesting available tugs to assist with Hagen Oldendorff’s emergency and notified the harbour master about the incident. Over the next 5 minutes, the masters of 5 tugs (FMG Dusky, Iron Ibis, IronWhistler, RT Darwin and Iron Kestrel)[16]confirmed they were responding.
From about 0140:34 onwards, there was a sharp reduction in both the ship’s speed and its RoT to port. VDR data confirmed that the ship had contacted the western channel batter (the steep side of the navigable channel), about 4 cables south-east of beacon 35 (Figure 3)at a speed of about 6.1 knots. The ship’s bow then swung away from the side of the channel to starboard.
Figure 3: Hagen Oldendorff at the time of the grounding
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB using VDR data
Response and recovery
At 0140:40, the pilot instructed RT Atlantis, which was pushing on the ship’s starboard quarter, to proceed to the starboard bow. The pilot also ordered RTClerke to pull the stern to starboard using full power and instructed RTInspiration, which was on the port bow, to stop pushing. RT Clerke’s master did not acknowledge the pilot’s order and continued pulling the stern to port while RT Atlantis proceeded forward. By about 0141, RT Inspiration was fast on the port shoulder and the pilot once again ordered RT Clerke to stop pulling, which the tug master then acknowledged. Meanwhile, the ship’s starboard RoT had increased to a maximum of about 19° per minute and then started reducing while the ship’s speed had decreased to about 4.3 knots.
Shortly after 0142, the pilot informed VTS that the ship may have grounded, that the engine was operational, that there was a rudder failure and the steering gear was not responding in any mode, including NFU. The pilot also asked VTS to call the duty pilot and the next pilot on the roster. At 0144, the pilot ordered RT Atlantis to make fast on the ship’s starboard shoulder.
At 0145:23, the master informed the pilot that the rudder indicator did not appear to be working. About a minute later, the master confirmed that the rudder indicator was not working, and that the ship’s crew had engaged the emergency local steering controls in the steering gear room. VDR data indicated that the changeover to emergency local steering control occurred at 0148:42.
In the meantime, the tugs FMG Dusky and Iron Ibis had arrived at the ship’s location. At 0147:20, the pilot informed VTS that the ship’s emergency steering system was available, and that they planned to take the ship to the anchorage.
By 0148, FMG Dusky and Iron Ibis were fast on the starboard quarter and centre lead forward, respectively. By this time, Hagen Oldendorff was stopped and had been recoveredto the middle of the channel, south of beacon 35 (Figure 2). Shortly after, the tug Iron Whistler was made fast on the port quarter and RT Atlantis was fast on the starboard shoulder.
At about 0152, the ship began moving along the channel under its own power with 6 tugs fast. About a minute later, the pilot asked for the ship’s forward, port ballast tanks to be sounded (to check for water ingress). At 0157, Iron Kestrel arrived and was instructed to take up station amidships on the port side and follow the ship.
At 0158, VTS advised the pilot that the harbour master had been informed that the ship had engaged emergency steering, and it was cleared to proceed to the anchorage. At 0204, RT Darwin arrived and was directed to take up station amidships on the starboard side.
At about 0212, when the ship was past beacons 32-33, a second pilot boarded the ship by helicopter (Figure 2). The second pilot took charge of communications with external parties while the pilot maintained conduct of the ship. Shortly after, VTS advised the pilot that sufficient tidal window remained for the ship to proceed and exit the channel at the C1 beacon.
At 0239, after several inquiries by the pilot, the master advised that the forward ballast tanks had been sounded and that the soundings indicated no water ingress. The pilot asked for the tanks to be sounded again after 30 minutes.
At about 0303, the ship cleared beacons 15-16 (about 8.8 miles north-north-west of Hunt Point). Shortly after, FMG Dusky was cast off and dismissed and Iron Kestrel was made fast in its place on the starboard quarter.
At about 0327, the master reported that the latest tank soundings had confirmed no water ingress.
Shortly after 0430, the ship cleared the channel (at beacons C1-C2) and all tugs, except RT Clerke, were dismissed. By 0530 on 9 April, the ship had anchored outside the port limits in a position 24 miles north-north-west of Hunt Point (Figure 4). Soon after, RT Clerke was dismissed, and the pilots left the ship by helicopter.
Figure 4: Hagen Oldendorff's track overlaid on chart of Port Hedland
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB
Post-incident actions
At 0530 on 9 April, the harbour master notified the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) of Hagen Oldendorff’s grounding and that the ship was at the anchorage. At 0600, AMSA issued the ship’s master with a detention order.[17]
At about 1000, the master notified Port Hedland VTS that the ship was taking on water in number 1 and 2 port double‑bottom water ballast tanks, had developed a trim by the head, and requested assistance. In response, the harbour master ordered 2 dive boats to the ship’s location and notified AMSA of the water ingress. Shortly after, the master reported that one ballast pump was coping with pumping out the water from the breached tanks. Later that day, the master advised that all other compartments (ballast and fuel tanks) were intact.
On 10 April, an AMSA surveyor, accompanied by a representative of the ship’s owners, boarded the ship at anchorage by helicopter. The surveyor conducted an inspection of the ship and an assessment of the ship’s steering system, seaworthiness condition and crew’s welfare.
On 11 April, an underwater hull inspection identified substantial damage to the ship’s port side bottom shell plating. The hull was breached in 2 locations – a 0.65 m by 0.95 m breach and a 0.3 m by 0.4 m breach about 10 m forward of the first breach. Additionally, the transverse bulkhead between the 2 tanks had failed, allowing flooding between them. Subsequent inspections also identified extensive impact damage with the most significant damage extending over a length of about 53 m along the forward, port side of the ship’s hull near the turn of the bilge (Figure 5). Several structural frames and internal strength members had also buckled or fractured.
Figure 5: Damage to Hagen Oldendorff's hull
Source: Wah Kwong Ship Management HK, annotated and modified by the ATSB
On 18 May, following temporary repairs at the anchorage, the ship’s flag State (Liberia) approved the ship to undertake a direct voyage to its discharge port in China before proceeding to a shipyard for permanent repairs.
At 2000 on 19 May, AMSA released Hagen Oldendorff from its detention. At 2154, the ship departed for Lianyungang, China, to discharge its cargo. After discharging the cargo, the ship sailed to a shipyard in Zhoushan, China, where permanent repairs were carried out.
ATSB investigation
The ship’s initial incident alert and incident report notifications[18] submitted in April 2022 reported that Hagen Oldendorff had experienced an issue with its steering due to faulty rudder indicators during its outbound transit of the Port Hedland channel. An initial ATSB review of those notifications resulted in a decision not to investigate the occurrence.
Subsequently, reports from AMSA’s Port Hedland port marine surveyors indicated that the ship had grounded in the channel and sustained hull damage as a result. A few weeks later, in May 2022, BHP[19] also reported to the ATSB (via telephone) that the ship had grounded and sustained substantial damage. In late July, BHP presented the ATSB with additional information, including recorded data.
The ATSB reassessed the available information, obtained further information from the Pilbara Ports Authority (PPA) and Port Hedland Pilots (PHP), and commenced an investigation into this serious incident. Subsequently, ATSB investigators attended the offices of PPA, PHP and BHP in Port Hedland in October 2022 to interview relevant persons and collect available evidence. The ATSB also obtained VDR and other relevant digital and documentary evidence from the ship’s managers, PPA, PHP and BHP.
Context
Hagen Oldendorff
The ship
Hagen Oldendorff was a Liberian-registered, capesize[20] bulk carrier built in 2020 by Cosco Shipping Heavy Industry (Yangzhou, China). At the time of the grounding, the ship was owned by CL Marina, managed and operated by Wah Kwong Ship Management Hong Kong (HK) and classed with Lloyd’s Register (LR).
The ship was equipped with the necessary navigational and manoeuvring equipment required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS)[21] for a ship of its size. This included radar, electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS) and a Highlander HLD‑VDR600 voyage data recorder (VDR), from which information useful to the investigation was recovered, including bridge voice recordings.
The ship’s propulsion was provided by a 6-cylinder, MAN B&W G70ME-C9.2 engine developing 15,131 kW driving a single, 4-blade, fixed‑pitch, right-handed propeller.
Ship’s crew
At the time of the incident, Hagen Oldendorff was crewed by 20 Chinese nationals, including the master.
The master held a Chinese master’s certificate of competency and had about 28 years of seagoing experience, with about 11 years as master. This was the master’s first time working with Wah Kwong Ship Management HK and also their first time on board Hagen Oldendorff, having joined the ship about 5 months before the grounding.
The third mate held a Chinese third mate’s certificate of competency and had about 15 years of seagoing experience, with about 6 months as third mate. This was also their first time working with Wah Kwong Ship Management HK and their first time on board Hagen Oldendorff, having joined the ship about 5 months before the grounding.
The helmsman held a Chinese able-bodied seaman’s qualification and had about 9 years of seagoing experience. This was also their first time working with Wah Kwong Ship Management HK and their first time on board Hagen Oldendorff, having joined the ship about 5 months before the grounding.
Hagen Oldendorff had previously called at Port Hedland in November 2021 with the same master, third mate and helmsman on board.
There was no evidence to indicate that the master, third mate or helmsman were experiencing a level of fatigue known to have a demonstrated effect on performance.
Steering gear
Hagen Oldendorff was fitted with a Kawasaki FE21-288 electro-hydraulic 4-ram steering gear. The steering gear consisted of a single rudder and 2 identical hydraulic systems (systems number 1 and 2), each powered by an LV-180 hydraulic pump. The rudder could be put hard-over to a maximum rudder angle of 35° on either side.
The steering gear could be remotely operated from the bridge in 3 main control modes:
In an emergency, the steering gear could also be operated locally from the steering gear room.
In autopilot mode, the autopilot compares the operator-selected heading against the ship’s heading and transmits rudder angle orders such that the ship remains on, or returns to, the selected heading. There were 2 rudder angle feedback units, which transmitted the rudder angle signal from the rudder to the bridge steering control stand unit. This rudder angle feedback signal was compared to the rudder angle orders issued by the autopilot with the deviation signal driving the torque motor and hydraulic pump to obtain or maintain the commanded rudder angle.
Similarly, in hand steering mode, when the helm (wheel) is moved manually (Figure 6) to port or starboard, a signal is transmitted to move the rudder. A follow-up or feedback signal is received at the bridge steering control stand and compared to the helm order to stop the rudder at the commanded angle.
In the NFU mode, when the spring-loaded lever (Figure 6) is operated in the port or starboard direction, the rudder moves in that direction until the lever is released or the mechanical rudder limit is reached. When operating in NFU mode, the helmsman depends upon the rudder angle indicator or other means of knowing what the rudder angle is so that the lever can be released when the desired rudder angle is reached.
The mode of steering operation was selected by means of push-button switches on the bridge console (Figure 6).
An examination of the ship’s planned maintenance system records for the steering gear identified no deficiencies and showed that the scheduled checks and maintenance had been performed.
Source: Wah Kwong Ship Management HK, annotated and modified by the ATSB
Rudder angle indicators
The ship was fitted with a Yokogawa RAIS 100 rudder angle indicator system, which included a rudder angle transmitter (in the steering gear room), and 6 analogue rudder angle indicators located as follows:
a 3-face (omnidirectional) rudder angle indicator mounted on the bridge deckhead (along the ship’s fore and aft centreline and above the bridge manoeuvring console) (Figure 7)
a rudder angle indicator mounted on the bridge front instrument cluster (Figure 7)
port bridge wing
starboard bridge wing
engine control room
steering gear room.
The 6 rudder angle indicators had a common power supply protected by one circuit breaker located in a junction box in an electrical cabinet on the bridge.
There were no audible or visual alarms installed to alert crew to the tripping of this breaker or of the loss of electrical power supply to the rudder angle indicators.
Source: Wah Kwong Ship Management HK, annotated and modified by the ATSB
Rate of turn indicator
Hagen Oldendorff was equipped a rate of turn (RoT) indicator as required by the regulations. The bridge RoT indicator was mounted on the bridge front instrument cluster (Figure 7). The RoT indicator remained operational throughout the incident.
Shipboard investigation
The post-incident shipboard investigation identified that the tracking motor of the omnidirectional rudder angle indicator (Figure 8, inset) had burnt out and caused a short circuit. This short circuit tripped the common circuit breaker in the bridge cabinet resulting in a loss of electrical power to all the ship’s analogue rudder angle indicators. Consequently, all 6 of the ship’s analogue rudder angle indicators and their associated illumination stopped functioning.
When the omnidirectional indicator was isolated post‑incident (when the ship was at anchor), all other rudder angle indicators were found to be functional.
Figure 8: Burnt out tracking motor of rudder angle indicator
Source: Pilbara Ports Authority, modified and annotated by the ATSB
Following the incident, Wah Kwong Ship Management HK conducted a survey of the rudder angle indicator power supply arrangement on all the ships managed or operated by the company. The survey identified that almost all the ships (over 20 ships) had a similar rudder angle indicator circuit breaker arrangement to Hagen Oldendorff.
Autopilot system
In addition to the 6 analogue rudder angle indicators, the ship’s Yokogawa PT900 autopilot system display unit (Figure 9) also displayed rudder order and feedback (rudder angle). The autopilot system’s power supply and rudder angle feedback signal were independent of the analogue rudder angle indicators’ power supply and rudder angle signal transmitter. The autopilot rudder angle display remained operational throughout the course of the incident. However, neither the ship’s officers, nor the pilot were aware of this functionality.
Figure 9: Autopilot rudder angle display
Source: Wah Kwong Ship Management HK, annotated and modified by the ATSB
Steering gear drills and tests
SOLAS regulations[22] required that the ship’s steering gear be checked and tested by the ship’s crew within 12 hours before the ship’s departure from port. The testing was to include, among other things, operation of the:
steering gear and steering gear power unit failure alarms
remote steering gear control systems and power failure alarms
steering positions located on the bridge
emergency power supply
rudder angle indicators in relation to the actual position of the rudder.
The checks and tests were to include checking the movement of the rudder over its full range of movement, a visual inspection of the steering gear and the operations of the means of communications between the bridge and steering gear room. Hagen Oldendorff’s third mate conducted the ship’s pre-departure steering test with the assistance of a ship’s engineer (in the steering gear room) at about 2330 on 8 April, about an hour before the ship’s departure.
The steering gear tests were conducted using a steering gear test checklist and completion of the test was logged in the bridge and engine room pre-departure checklists. There were no steering gear deficiencies identified as part of the pre-departure steering tests. The steering, including NFU steering, was briefly tested once again in the presence of the pilot at about 0025 on 9 April with no issues noted.
The regulations also required crews to carry out emergency steering gear drills at least once every 3 months to practice direct control of steering gear from the steering gear compartment and the communications procedure with the bridge. Shipboard drill records showed that emergency steering gear drills were last carried out on 24 November 2021 and on 23 February 2022 (about 6 weeks before the grounding).
The drill record indicated that several crew, including the ship’s navigational ratings, practiced operating the local emergency steering and communicating with the bridge using the emergency telephone. Additionally, a review of shipboard training records showed that a training session on emergency steering was conducted on 21 March 2022 in preparation for the port call at Port Hedland.
Emergency steering procedure
The International Safety Management (ISM) Code[23] required shipping companies to develop, implement and maintain a safety management system (SMS), with instructions and procedures to ensure the safe operation of ships and to prepare for, and respond to, emergencies.
Hagen Oldendorff’s SMS included an emergency procedure manual, which contained procedures to be employed in various emergency scenarios, including for a steering failure and grounding. There was no specific emergency procedure for a rudder angle indicator failure.
The steering failure emergency procedure directed crew to carry out the ship-specific emergency steering procedure. It also directed crew to undertake other standard actions such as to inform the engine room and master, consider reducing speed and to make the appropriate broadcasts and communications. Hagen Oldendorff’s emergency steering procedure, posted on the ship’s bridge and in the steering gear room, provided a series of sequential actions and steps aimed at restoring steering control. At each step, crew were to check whether control had been restored and, if not, move to the next step.
The procedure stated that in the event of a loss of steering control:
if in autopilot mode, change to manual steering mode
change from system 1 to system 2 (or vice versa)
check both hydraulic pumps are ON [both pumps were kept ON for departure and the pilotage]
change to NFU steering
public address system broadcast to crew to muster in the steering gear room
change to local steering and steer using the pump control knob.
Following the loss of electrical power and illumination to the bridge omnidirectional rudder indicator and the bulkhead-mounted indicator, the ship’s bridge team assumed they had lost steering control of the ship. Subsequently, the pilot and master initiated actions consistent with a response to a steering failure, including ordering the steering gear room be manned and switching to NFU steering and then local steering.
The ship’s bridge team were unaware of the autopilot’s rudder angle indicator display and the pilot could not see the display from their location forward of the bridge console. Furthermore, following the loss of rudder angle indication, there was no attempt to check whether any of the other rudder angle indicators (on the bridge wings or on the autopilot display) were operational before initiating steering failure response procedures. Therefore, the possibility of a rudder angle indicator failure was probably not considered, and it is unlikely that knowledge of the autopilot indicator display would have significantly altered the sequence of events that led to the grounding.
Shipboard steering-related emergency procedures also do not typically distinguish between a steering/rudder failure and a rudder angle indicator failure, nor do steering failure procedures include a check to first rule out indicator failure before seeking to restore steering control. In emergency situations, where valuable time may be lost trying to first rule out a rudder angle indicator failure, initiating steering failure procedures and establishing a crew presence in the steering gear room is a reasonable response.
Shipboard working language
Hagen Oldendorff’s bridge logbook documented that the ship’s working languages were ‘English’ and ‘Chinese’.
SOLAS regulations[24] required that a working language be established and recorded in the ship’s logbook and that the crew be able to understand, give orders and instructions, and report back in that language. The regulations also required that English be used as the working language for bridge-to-bridge and bridge-to-shore communications as well as for communications between pilots and bridge watchkeeping personnel (unless they spoke another common language). This requirement was also reflected in the Bridge Procedures Guide,[25] an internationally recognised publication reflecting watchkeeping best practice.
The pilot stated that the master’s command of English was reasonable although the helmsman and third mate’s was less so. VDR audio recorded that the helmsman and third mate’s responses to the pilot’s rudder and main engine orders were intelligible and consistent with standard marine phraseology.
Following the rudder angle indicator failure, communication between the master, third mate and helmsman was predominantly in Mandarin. Furthermore, communications with other crew over hand-held radios and conversations with engineers over the telephone were similarly in Mandarin. Although the master continued to address the pilot and respond to their queries in English, the pilot was unable to understand the operational communications between the rest of the bridge team and between the bridge team and engineers.
SOLAS requirements impose an obligation on seafarers to learn and communicate in English when it may not be their native language. While most seafarers, in particular senior deck and engineering officers, can be expected to have a working knowledge of English, other crew such as ratings may not. During a shipboard emergency, quick, concise and clear communication is required when issuing orders to, or receiving reports from, crew. Under these circumstances, the master, and others in positions of authority, often resort to communicating with crew in the language they comprehend best. While this may optimise crew communications, it can leave the pilot out of the communication loop.
A review of recorded VDR audio did not identify any critical information communicated among the crew and engineers in Mandarin that would have significantly improved the pilot’s mental model of the situation in the limited time before the grounding. However, this does not preclude the possibility that there were other conversations, radio traffic or telephone communications in Mandarin not captured by the VDR that may have been useful to the pilot. While the crew’s use of Mandarin excluded the pilot from the communication loop, it probably did not contribute to the grounding.
Rules and regulations
SOLAS regulations
Regulations for steering gear
SOLAS regulations, specifically Chapter II-1,[26] set out the requirements for ships’ steering gear arrangements. The regulations required that every ship be provided with a main steering gear and an auxiliary steering gear, arranged so that the failure of one will not render the other inoperative. In most merchant ships, including Hagen Oldendorff, the steering gear comprised 2 or more identical power units to meet the requirements for main and auxiliary steering gear.
Steering gear control systems were required to be provided for the steering gear, both on the navigating bridge and in the steering gear compartment. Steering gear control systems were defined as the equipment by which orders were transmitted from the navigating bridge to the steering gear power units and included transmitters, receivers, hydraulic control pumps and their associated motors, motor controllers, piping and cables. Any steering gear control system operable from the navigating bridge had to be equipped with short circuit protection and with audible and visual alarms in the event of an electrical power failure.
SOLAS Chapter V[27] covered the carriage requirements for shipborne navigational systems and equipment. It required that ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards be provided with rudder indicators or other means to determine and display rudder angle (to be readable from the conning position) and ships of 50,000 gross tonnage and above be provided with a RoT indicator.
The regulations stated that the angular position of the rudder was to be indicated on the navigating bridge and in the steering gear compartment. The regulations also stated that the rudder angle indication systems were to be independent of the steering gear control system.
Code on Alerts and Indicators
The International Maritime Organization (IMO) Code on Alerts and Indicators provided general design guidance to promote uniformity of type, location and priority for alerts and indicators required by SOLAS. The guidance in the Code stated that rudder angle indicators were to be powered from the main source of electrical power and should have an automatic changeover to the emergency source of electrical power in case of loss of normal power supply.
The Code did not require rudder angle indicating systems be fitted with alarms to alert crew to a loss of electrical power.
Classification society rules
Lloyd’s Register rules
SOLAS regulations also required that ships be designed, constructed and maintained in compliance with the structural, mechanical and electrical requirements of a classification society recognized by the Administration.
Lloyd’s Register (LR) rules and regulations for the classification of ships replicated SOLAS requirements for steering gear arrangement, control systems and rudder angle indicators.[28]
LR advised that, while the automatic power supply changeover arrangements outlined in the Code on alerts and indicators was not reflected in the minimum requirements of LR rules, there were optional notations available to shipowners that allowed for increased resilience in navigational systems (including rudder angle indicator systems).
For example, ships bearing the ‘NAV1’ notation were required to have an automatic changeover to an alternative main source of electrical power supply for navigational aids. Similarly, LR advised that the rules for the integrated bridge systems, ‘IBS’ notation could be interpreted to require ships bearing that notation to have each item of electrically operated navigational equipment be individually connected to its distribution panel and that failure of any power supply to the distribution panels were to initiate an audible and visual alarm.
Hagen Oldendorff did not hold the NAV1 or IBS notations, nor was it required to.
Other classification society rules
Different classification societies had different requirements for rudder angle indicator systems. For example, Det Norske Veritas (DNV) rules for some ships included a requirement that the rudder angle indicating system be arranged such that a single failure in power supply or anywhere in the indicating system did not cause loss of rudder angle indication on the bridge.
Summary
Hagen Oldendorff complied with the minimum requirements of the SOLAS regulations and LR classification society rules for rudder angle indicators.
The applicable rules and regulations did not require the ship’s rudder angle indicators be protected against a single point of failure, such as the tripping of the common circuit breaker, which resulted in a loss of electrical power supply to all the indicators. Additionally, they did not require installation of audible or visual alerts to notify the bridge team of a loss of power supply affecting the indicators.
Port Hedland
Introduction
Port Hedland, located in the Pilbara region of Western Australia (WA), is the world’s largest bulk export port, with more than 6,000 shipping movements (inbound and outbound) annually. The port predominantly serves the mining industry of the Pilbara and facilitates an annual throughput of more than 500 million tonnes of cargo.[29] While iron ore is the port’s dominant export trade, its trade base also includes salt, manganese, copper concentrates, livestock, lithium mineral and tourism (cruise ships).
Port Hedland has 19 operational berths. Of these, BHP[30] owns and operates 8 berths while Fortescue Metals Group (5 berths), Roy Hill Infrastructure (2 berths) and the Pilbara Ports Authority (4 berths) own and operate the remaining berths. Port Hedland is the sole export route for the Pilbara iron ore assets of BHP, Fortescue Metals Group (FMG) and Roy Hill Iron Ore.
Port Hedland Channel
The port is served by a 22-mile (40 km) dredged channel that allows a single ship to traverse it at any given time. The 10-mile section of the channel closest to the port is highly confined with insufficient depths immediately adjacent to the channel to allow vessels to exit during an emergency. The channel is also tidally restricted for most laden ships including capesize ships such as Hagen Oldendorff.
These characteristics make the risk associated with a channel blockage significant. Furthermore, given the time between consecutive ship departures, separation distances between ships and depending on where in the channel the ship experiences the failure and founders, there could be up to 3 other vessels committed to, or within the channel, that would also be at risk as the tide recedes.
The Port Hedland navigation channel was divided into 6 zones (Figure 10) based upon navigational or environmental characteristics that would impact the risk within that zone. These characteristics included location, channel alignment, bathymetry, channel slopes and sea conditions.
The channel was divided as follows:
Zone 1 – the inner harbour and berths
Zone 2 – the inner harbour and berths to the south-west of zone 1
Zone 3 – from the outer limit of the inner harbour at Hunt Point to beacons 36-37
Zone 4 – from beacons 36-37 to 30-31
Zone 5 – from beacons 30-31 to beacons 15-16
Zone 6 – from beacons 15-16 to the termination of the channel at beacons C1-C2.
Ships in zones 1 and 2 were generally manoeuvred at low speed, although subject to large tides and currents when manoeuvring or berthed. Depths in the inner harbour were reported to be maintained at about 14.9 m.
In zone 3, the channel is narrow with steep channel batters and the potential for strong currents. This zone features a turn requiring a 71° course alteration into the Goldsworthy section of the channel and water depths outside the channel can be less than 1 m deep at lowest astronomical tide (LAT).
The section of channel in zone 4 is straight but also narrow with steep batters and the water adjacent to the channel is generally less than 6 m deep at LAT. Inbound vessels in ballast generally enter the channel from seaward of beacons 30-31. The channel depth in zones 3 and 4 are reported to be maintained at about 15 m. The transition from zone 4 into zone 5 involves an 18° course alteration into the Newman section of the channel.
The section of channel in zone 5 is relatively straight with a 13° course alteration of course for outbound vessels. The channel batters become significantly shallower from zone 5 onwards and water depths outside the channel are predominantly greater than 10 m with scattered shoal patches.
In zone 6, water depths outside the channel are predominantly greater than 15 m and, in places, exceeds the maintained channel depths which vary between 16.2 m and 18 m. This zone has the added benefit of an emergency passing lane, along the western edge of the channel.
The channel has a minimum width of about 162 m in the Goldsworthy and Newman sections (zones 4 and 5). The batter slope along the channel margins are a significant factor influencing the risk of a ship grounding on the seabed, as opposed to the ship contacting the seabed and being deflected away from the channel batter. Zones 5 and 6 have shallower batter slopes compared to zones 3 and 4. As a result, if a ship grounds in zone 5, the contact area between the ship hull and seabed is larger, making the ship harder to re-float.
The wave conditions in the Port Hedland channel steadily increase from zone 3 through to the end of zone 5, which is generally where the most severe sea conditions are experienced. Wave conditions are generally most severe in December and January, and most mild in July and August.
Hagen Oldendorff grounded on the western side of the channel in zone 4, between beacons 37 and 35 (Figure 3).
Figure 10: Port Hedland channel zones
Source: Pilbara Ports Authority
Channel damage
On 11 April 2022, the Pilbara Ports Authority (PPA) commissioned a survey of the area of the channel between beacons 36-37 and beacons 34-35. The survey data identified that Hagen Oldendorff had impacted an area of the western batter about 500 m long (Figure 11) resulting in bank collapses extending between 7–21 m into the channel.
Figure 11: Survey data showing channel batter impact damage
Source: Pilbara Ports Authority, modified and annotated by the ATSB
Management of channel risk
The Pilbara Ports Authority (PPA) (see the section titled Pilbara Ports Authority) maintained a risk management policy and a port strategic risk register (see the section titled Port strategic risk register) to identify and manage risks to the port, including the risk of a channel blockage. In order to effectively manage this risk, the PPA and other major stakeholders, including BHP, invested significant effort to define the drivers of incidents that could lead to a channel blockage and to identify preventative and mitigating controls.
The primary drivers of a marine incident that could contribute to a blockage of the Port Hedland channel were assessed to be main engine failures/slowdowns, steering incidents, mooring failures and hull/structural failures. Of these, incidents arising from main engine failures/slowdowns and steering incidents resulting in a loss of navigational control were assessed as being most likely to result in a channel blockage.
The port’s assessment of past incident and near-miss data showed that engine-related incidents were far more likely than steering incidents but that steering incidents were more likely to result in a channel blockage. A 2019 channel blockage mitigation study by BHP identified that the likelihood of steering incidents was about 0.024% per manoeuvring hour with past incident data indicating an incidence of about 1–2 steering incidents per year. However, the study also acknowledged that there was insufficient information to identify the root causes of these steering incidents and that they broadly included rudder failure, system fault and human error.
A review of the port’s risk register identified that the PPA had several risk controls in place to prevent incidents that could result in a loss of navigational control and to mitigate the risk of a ship grounding or stranding blocking the channel in the event such an incident occurred. These controls included:
pre-arrival declarations by ships to confirm the operational status of all critical machinery
testing of emergency engine and steering control systems (such as NFU steering)
vessel traffic services
the use of a dynamic under keel clearance system
vessel quality assurance processes
incident emergency response procedures
emergency exercises to train pilots and tug masters
pilotage
towage.
Towage in Port Hedland
The tugs in Port Hedland were operated under towage licences granted by the PPA to BHP Towage Services (BHPTS) and Pilbara Marine (a subsidiary of FMG). Rivtow were contracted to operate the tugs under the BHPTS licence, while KOTUG operated tugs under the Pilbara Marine towage licence. Table 1 below outlines the composition of the Port Hedland tug fleet at the time of the grounding.
Table 1: Port Hedland tug fleet
Licensee
Type of tug
Bollard pull (tonnes)
Number of tugs
BHPTS
Z-Tech
63 t
2
BHPTS
RT80-32
80 t
5
BHPTS
ART80-32
80 t
4
BHPTS
RAstar85
85 t
6
Pilbara Marine
RT80-32
80 t
1
Pilbara Marine
ART85-32W
85 t
8
The Z-Tech tugs were equipped with 2 azimuth thrusters[31] located aft, each driven by a 1,864 kW main engine in a z-drive configuration.[32] The tugs were designed with a relatively low forward sheer to allow the tugs to work in close proximity under the flare of ship’s bows.
The RT80-32 rotortug used a propulsion arrangement with 2 azimuth thrusters forward and a third azimuth thruster aft in place of the traditional skeg arrangement. Each azimuth thruster was driven by a 1,654 kW main engine in a z-drive configuration.
The ART80-32 advanced rotortug used a similar propulsion arrangement to the RT80-32 but with hybrid propulsion, enhanced manoeuvrability and greater redundancy. The ART80-32 tug’s azimuth thrusters were each driven by a 1,765 kW main engine in a z-drive configuration.
The ART85-32W evolved from the ART 80-32 design and offered a modified hull form for increased stability during escort duties, improved manoeuvrability and higher bollard pull.[33]
The RAstar85 tugs were azimuth stern drive tugs with 2 azimuth thrusters located aft, each driven by a 2,550 kW main engine in a z-drive configuration. These tugs were designed with improved winches and with an increased bollard pull similar to that of the ART85-32Wtugs.
Environmental conditions
The prevailing environmental conditions at the time of the grounding were within normal operating parameters for ship movements at Port Hedland.
A PPA monitoring station at beacon 42 recorded conditions at the time of the incident as being south-south-westerly winds at about 6 knots, with a south-south-easterly near-surface current of about 0.45 knots and estimated wave heights of about 0.5 m. The monitoring station further north at beacon 31 recorded southerly winds at about 10 knots, gusting to 14 knots and a south‑south‑easterly near-surface current of about 0.4 knots with estimated wave heights of about 1 m.
Anemometer readings recorded on Hagen Oldendorff’s VDR showed that wind in the inner harbour at the time of the ship’s departure was south-south-westerly at about 6 knots while the wind at the time and location of the grounding was west-south-westerly between 10–12 knots.
Port Hedland escort towage strategy
Background
In 2008, following the grounding of the capesize bulk carrier Iron King in Port Hedland (see the section titled Similar occurrences), the port authority identified that in emergency situations under adverse operating parameters the benefit of the port’s then 65 tonne tugs was marginal, even when fast. With projected increases in ship size and numbers calling at Port Hedland, escort towage was identified as a viable mitigating strategy against channel blockage due to incidents such as Iron King’s grounding.
In 2013, BHP developed a detailed risk framework to quantify the channel blockage risk at Port Hedland and to recommend a mitigation strategy. The study identified adequate escort towage as the most effective strategy. BHP subsequently commissioned Baird Australia to review and assess the towage capacity requirements for Port Hedland. This project included extensive analyses and consultation to determine the size, type and number of tugs necessary to mitigate potential channel blockage incidents. The analyses included:
physical modelling of vessel grounding at the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) in South Africa
desktop and full-mission navigation simulations of emergency scenarios involving capesize ships at FORCE Technology in Denmark
sea trials at Port Hedland.
The physical modelling assessed the outcomes of grounding and contact with the channel batter at various speeds and impact angles. The results indicated that at higher speeds and greater angles of impact, greater damage resulted, and a larger force was required to remove the vessel from the channel batter.
The results of the analyses identified that optimisation of the use and configuration of the port’s existing tug fleet could reduce the impacts of main engine or steering failures of capesize ships during departures. Additionally, data from sea trials indicated that tug towlines were experiencing shock loads of up to 40 t when towing in sea states over 1.5 m. Analysis of the safe working loads (SWL) of bitts[34] on capesize ships showed that the most common SWL was between 65–70 t and that the port’s tugs could generate tow forces well in excess of this value.
The project recommended that BHP invest in tugs with improved escort towage capability (RAstar85 tugs) to further mitigate the risk of channel blockage and, in the meantime, develop and implement an interim escort towing strategy. The port subsequently also mandated an increased SWL for bitts on ships calling at Port Hedland.[35]
Interim escort towing strategy (2013)
The interim escort towage strategy provided guidance to optimise the use of the port’s existing Z‑Tech and RT80-32 tugs while the RAstar85 tugs were built. The number of tugs and their configuration were based on the channel zone that the ship was navigating in. The tug arrangements recommended as part of the interim strategy for departing capesize ships in zone 3, zone 4 (where Hagen Oldendorff grounded) and zone 5 were:
Zone 3
An RT80-32 tug was to be tethered to the stern of the ship and a Z-tech or RT80-32 tug tethered to either shoulder of the vessel. All tugs were to remain tethered to the ship until beacons 36-37.
The escort tug utilisation procedures in the event of an emergency (such as a steering failure) in zone 3 called for the pilot to initially use the main engine and the 2 tethered shoulder tugs as a brake, to reduce the ship’s speed. The aft tug could then be used in the indirect towing mode to control the RoT and, once the ship was under control, to provide steering forces to conduct the ship to a safe location.
Zones 4 and 5
In zones 4 and 5, an RT80-32 tug was to be tethered to the stern of a departing ship until beacons 15‑16 with an untethered tug (a Z-Tech or RT80-32 tug), off either the port or starboard quarter.
The procedures in the event of a steering failure in zones 4 or 5 were largely dependent upon the prevailing sea state, specifically, the significant wave height (Hs).[36] The conventional (static brake) winches installed on board the Z-Tech and RT80-32 tugs generally resulted in a reduction in effective towline force as sea states increased. Additionally, actively operating tugs with such conventional winches in moderate sea states presented safety hazards for the tug and crew.
When wave heights were less than 1 m, the pilot was to use the tethered aft tug in indirect towing mode to control the ship’s heading and then slow the ship to allow the passive escort tug to make fast at the bow. In wave heights between 1 m and 1.5 m, the aft tug was to initially provide indirect braking forces only (to avoid shock loading of the towline) until the ship had been slowed sufficiently to apply direct steering forces.
Once the vessel’s heading was controlled and the ship’s speed was less than 6 knots, the passive escort tug could be tethered at the bow. In wave heights above 1.5 m, the aft tug was to provide whatever assistance was deemed possible by the tug master until the ship’s heading was controlled, and speed reduced to less than 6 knots, when the passive escort standby tug could be made fast at the bow.
Other measures and outcomes
Other key measures recommended as part of the interim strategy included:
restricting ship speeds to 8 knots when tugs were made fast
ensuring pilots and tug masters were aware of the SWL of the aft towing bitts
implementing indirect towing training programmes for tug crews.
Following implementation, the effectiveness of the interim escort towing strategy was reviewed and evaluated. After further studies and simulations, the specifications for the proposed RAstar85 tugs were refined. In September 2014, further simulations were undertaken to assess various tug configurations using the anticipated RAstar85 tug in the active escort role tethered aft of the ship.
The simulations identified that a single escort tug tethered aft, and a tug tethered to each shoulder of the ship, was the preferred configuration in zones 3 and 4. A final design for the new tugs was submitted for construction tender in October 2014.
Escort towage strategy (2015)
Introduction
In June 2015, construction of the new tugs and a new tug harbour in Port Hedland was approved. As part of the tug and tug harbour project, BHP developed an escort towage strategy to ensure that the future RAstar85 tugs were operated in conjunction with the existing tugs in a manner that would most effectively mitigate the risk of channel blockage from capesize ships. Additionally, BHP added 4 new ART80-32 tugs to the Port Hedland fleet that same year. The ART80-32 tugs were equipped with an improved sea-keeping and rendering winch with the capability to provide effective towage in sea states up to 1.5 m.
The BHP escort towage strategy (2015), developed by Baird Australia, documented the procedures, guidelines and tug allocations developed as an outcome of the various studies, simulations, exercises and consultation conducted as part of tug and tug harbour project and channel blockage risk mitigation initiatives. The document noted that the guidelines were developed with input from the PPA and Port Hedland Pilots (PHP), among others, and that adopting these guidelines could materially reduce the risk of a ship grounding and blocking the channel at Port Hedland.
The strategy required that, while tugs were tethered to the ship, the ship’s speed should not exceed 8 knots, and the ship was to be maintained on a track as close to the centreline of the channel as possible.
The document noted that, in the event of an emergency scenario, such as a rudder or engine failure, minimising the time between the onset of the emergency and the recognition and initiation of procedures by the pilot (stopping the ship’s engine and issuing commands to the tugs) was of extreme importance. In particular, it emphasised that measures to quickly assert control over the RoT of the ship was key to a successful outcome.
The strategy defined the following specific tug allocation guidelines and escort towing procedures for outbound capesize ships in zones 3 and 4:
Zone 3
A RAstar85 tug was to be made fast aft with a Z-Tech, RT80-32 or ART80-32 tug fast on each shoulder.
During an emergency in zone 3, the vessel’s speed was to be reduced using the main engine astern and the shoulder tugs to pull back and provide a braking force. To control the RoT, the aft tug was to rapidly move into the required position and apply an indirect steering force. Once the RoT was controlled and the ship was aligned parallel to the channel batter, the aft tug could be used to provide further braking forces. Once the vessel was fully under control, and the speed less than 4 knots, the shoulder tugs could be used to manoeuvre the vessel towards the channel centreline, while the aft tug provided steering forces, as required.
Zone 4
The guidelines stated that a RAstar85 tug may remain tethered aft if required to provide steering forces. Additionally, providing sea conditions were suitable, the shoulder tugs were to remain tethered to the ship to provide braking forces or to tow a disabled ship to safety. The shoulder tugs could be cast off at the end of zone 4 (beacons 30-31) and one of the tugs dismissed with the other retained as a passive escort at the bow through zone 5.
In the event of a steering emergency in zone 4 in sea states less than 1.5 m, the aft tug was to rapidly move into the required position and apply an indirect steering force while the shoulder tugs were used as a brake. Once the vessel’s heading was controlled, the pilot could use the aft tug to further reduce the speed to less than 6 knots, allowing the shoulder tugs to move to a towing position.
The shoulder tugs could then tow the vessel to a suitable anchorage, or to the end of the channel, while the aft tug provided steering forces. The strategy document noted that the RAstar85 tugs should be able to effectively perform the same manoeuvres in sea states greater than 1.5 m, although the tug masters of the shoulder tugs would need to determine whether they could remain tethered during moderate sea conditions and the extent of the assistance possible.
Summary
The strategy recommended that, for all sea states up to 3 m, a RAstar85 tug remain tethered to the stern of departing capesize ships until beacons 15-16 (end of zone 5). Between Hunt Point and beacons 30-31 (zones 3 and 4), tugs were to be tethered to both shoulders and, under normal conditions, both these tugs could be cast off at beacons 30-31 (end of zone 4), with one dismissed and the other retained as a passive escort until beacons 15-16 (end of zone 5). At beacons 15-16, both the active escort tug aft and the passive escort tug could be dismissed. Ships were not generally escorted in zone 6, except in the case of an emergency or if the ship was deemed to require escort towage until clear of port limits.
Implementation of the escort towage strategy
In 2016, a risk review was undertaken to assess the potential to further reduce the risk of, and impacts associated with, a channel blockage at Port Hedland. The study identified several initiatives to be explored for further channel risk mitigation namely:
engineering controls, such as channel modifications and the possibility of a bypass channel
operational controls, such as further towage improvements and mitigation plans to restore partial channel capacity in the event of a channel blockage.
In 2017, the Port Hedland working group (PHWG) was established with representatives from the PPA, BHP (and their technical representative - Baird Australia), PHP and other stakeholders, to review channel blockage risk, identify new risk management options and evaluate ongoing controls. That same year, the new tug harbour at Hunt Point and new RAstar85 tugs became operational with the first 2 tugs delivered in April 2017. The RAstar85 tug was equipped with a render/recover winch,[37] designed to be capable of performing the necessary indirect towing manoeuvres in sea states up to 3 m.
Following the introduction of the RAstar85 tugs in 2017, the recommended guidelines in the escort towage strategy began to be trialled and implemented to various degrees.
By April 2018, the BHPTS tug fleet at Port Hedland comprised 6 RAstar85 tugs, 4 ART80-32 tugs, 7 RT80-32 tugs and 2 Z-Tech tugs.
On 23 September 2019, during a PPA forum titled ‘Safe Ships – Safe Ports’, a BHP presentation titled ‘Best Practice Towage Standards’ stated:
The Port continues to work in a collaborative way with Pilots and Towage to find operational improvements that can be implemented without significant cost or investment.
Trials for enhanced escort towage include:
Shoulder tugs being kept fast to B30/31 (where possible)
Similarly, on 18 November 2019, at a quarterly strategic review meeting of the BHP towage license, covering the quarter from August to October 2019, under the heading Continuous improvement – Channel risk reduction trials’, the meeting minutes recorded the following:
Shoulder tugs remaining fast to B30/31
No concerns have been raised during the quarter and this is being achieved where conditions are favourable.
Updated escort towage strategy (2020)
Introduction
In July 2020, BHP consolidated and updated the escort towage strategy into a stand-alone document titled ‘Escort Towage Strategy – Port Hedland Working Group’. The document’s stated intent was to present information and guidelines related to escort towage at Port Hedland and to assist the PPA, pilots, tug masters, towage operators and other stakeholders to understand the rationale for escort towage and provide guidelines to support effective escort towage operations.
The document noted that the strategy had been updated to reflect current and potential future escort towage practices as a result of a number of enhancements in the port’s towage capabilities, including:
completion of BHP’s tug and tug harbour project and commencement of operation of the RAstar85 tugs
commencement of Pilbara Marine’s towage under the FMG towage licence, including the use of the ART85-32W tugs
improvements in tug master training and competency assessment
incremental enhancement to escort towage practices led by the PPA, pilots, tug masters and towage operators
increased knowledge, escort towage performance information and development of improved escort towage guidelines through the work completed to date by the PHWG on channel blockage risk.
Objectives
The strategy document’s listed primary objectives, among others, were to:
provide a summary of the drivers behind escort towage at Port Hedland, which is to assist an escorted ship to maintain manoeuvrability and navigate within water of sufficient depth to prevent a ship grounding, and the potential consequential impact of channel blockage
document escort towage procedures that have been identified as effective at preventing a ship grounding and potential channel blockage through research, simulation and on-water trials.
The document noted that escort towage was a critical mitigative control to prevent a ship grounding in Port Hedland and that steering- or main engine-related incidents resulting in loss of navigational control were the likely causes for a grounding incident leading to channel blockage.
Escort tug fleet
The updated towage strategy stated that the primary escort-capable tugs at Port Hedland were the RAstar85 tugs (6) and ART80-32 tugs (4) operated by Rivtow, and the ART85-32W (8) tugs operated by KOTUG. It also noted that, of these tugs, the RAstar85 tugs and the ART85-32W tugs were the primary aft active escort tugs for laden capesize ships.
Tug allocation guidelines
The escort towage strategy document stated that the most up-to-date information on tug allocations were those in the Port of Port Hedland - Port User Guidelines and Procedures available on the port’s website (see the section titled Pilbara Ports Authority).
The strategy largely replicated the tug allocations outlined in the 2015 escort towage strategy.
Zone 3
It stated that, in zone 3, laden outbound ships would typically require 3 tugs and that the primary escort tug aft was to be the most capable tug asset available for the ship movement. It stated that the other 2 tugs should have their towlines tethered on the port and starboard shoulders of the ship prior to, and throughout zone 3, except where weather or other conditions made it unsafe to do so (Figure 12).
The strategy document noted that, in the event of a steering incident, navigation simulations had consistently demonstrated that pilots should initially instruct the aft escort tug to provide steering forces to counteract the rudder and control the heading before considering using the aft tug to provide braking forces to reduce speed. The shoulder tugs were to initially be used to provide braking forces and as ship’s speed reduced to less than 4 knots, the shoulder tugs could be used to control the ship’s bow.
The escort strategy emphasised that the shoulder tugs should maintain their towlines tethered as long as they could safely do so depending on the prevailing sea state. It also stated that, in all emergency scenarios in zone 3, having the shoulder tugs with their lines tethered was preferable so the tugs could immediately provide braking forces and assist with controlling the ship’s bow.
Zone 4
The towage strategy stated that the tug allocation in zone 4 was the same as zone 3 (Figure 12). Similarly, the escort towage procedure in the event of a steering incident in zone 4 was largely identical to that in zone 3, although the strategy noted that the channel was straight but narrower in zone 4 with ships generally making way at a higher speed (7–8 knots).
Importantly, the escort strategy stated that:
The shoulder tugs should maintain their towlines tethered as long as they can safely do so depending on their exposure to the prevailing sea state and interaction with the ship.
It also stated:
In all emergency scenarios in Zone 4, having the shoulder tugs with their lines tethered is preferable so that they can immediately provide braking forces and also be positioned to assist with controlling the position of the ship’s bow when the speed of the ship reduces.
Figure 12: Recommended tug configuration for capesize ships in zones 3 and 4
Source: BHP, modified and annotated by the ATSB
Stakeholder actions
The escort towage strategy directed the following actions, among others, be implemented by the key stakeholders involved in executing the strategy:
Pilots to adopt the recommended escort tug configuration as presented in the strategy and use the escort tugs appropriately during emergencies
Tug masters to seek towage practice opportunities and continually improve towing techniques
Pilots and tug masters to conduct regular emergency training simulator sessions
PPA to monitor pilot and towage operator competency and performance and conduct ongoing reviews of operating procedures and guidelines to support best practice pilotage and towage operations.
BHP subsequently submitted the escort towage strategy document to the PPA for review and official endorsement (see the section titled Pilbara Ports Authority).
BHP towage scheduling guidance
The BHP towage scheduling guidelines directed that the ideal tug allocation for an outbound ship was to assign an RAstar85 tug as the active escort tug aft and ART80-32 tugs for the shoulder tugs. However, the guidelines also acknowledged there would be exceptions and circumstances when the ideal allocation could not be achieved (for example, assignment to other ships, unplanned maintenance or tug crew training and availability). Under those circumstances, ART80‑32 tugs could be used as active escort tugs and RT80-32 tugs could be used as passive escorts.
Hagen Oldendorff’s aft active escort tug, RT Clerke, was an ART80-32 tug. At interview, the ship’s pilot advised that while it was unusual not to be assigned a RAstar85 tug for the aft active escort role, they were satisfied that the assigned tugs were adequate for the pilotage.
Table 2 below details the specifications of the 4 tugs assigned to Hagen Oldendorff on the morning of the grounding:
Table 2: Hagen Oldendorff's tugs
RT Clerke
RT Atlantis
RT Inspiration
RT Darwin
Type of tug
ART80-32
ART80-32
RT80-32
RT80-32
Bollard pull (t)
80
80
80
80
Position deployed
Stern
Starboard shoulder
Port shoulder
Starboard quarter
BHP stated that RAstar85 tugs and ART80-32 tugs were both routinely deployed as the aft active escort tug for capesize ship movements. BHP advised that the capabilities of both tug types were largely similar in the relatively moderate sea conditions prevailing on the night and that the improved escort performance of the RAstar85 tugs was only significant on those days when sea and wave conditions in the channel were particularly adverse.
BHP also advised that both tug types were certified for open water escort with on-water escort performance notations (EPN) issued by Lloyd’s Register (see Appendix B) and that all 4 assigned tugs and their crews were appropriate, capable and experienced. Furthermore, during the indirect towage training, when RT Clerke was being used to assist Hagen Oldendorff’s turn in the channel, the tug master reported generating tow forces of up to 81 tonnes. This was not significantly different to the maximum bollard pull of the RAstar85 tugs and therefore, it is unlikely that the allocation of a RAstar85 tug for the aft active escort role would have resulted in a significantly different outcome on the night.
Escort towage performance
RT Clerke
Following the rudder indicator power failure, the pilot ordered RT Clerke to apply indirect steering force to pull the stern to starboard. RT Clerke’s master acknowledged the order and set about manoeuvring the tug to the starboard quarter. About 30 seconds later, the tug passed astern of the ship to starboard and although not in its optimal towing position probably started applying some tow force. The tug’s approximately 30-second transition time from the port quarter across the ship’s stern to the starboard side was reasonable, within the observed response times in BHP and the port’s towage studies’ sea trials.
Similarly, when the pilot ordered RT Clerke to take the stern to port, the time for the tug’s transition from the starboard quarter until it crossed the ship’s stern to the port side and began applying tow force was about 38 seconds. The tug was in its optimal towing position and likely applying full indirect steering forces on the port quarter about 20 seconds later.
Following the ship’s impact with the channel batter, the pilot ordered RTClerke to pull the stern to starboard. However, RT Clerke’s master did not immediately acknowledge the pilot’s order and continued pulling the stern to port possibly because they did not hear the VHF transmission, or because they were focused on the task at hand. About a minute later, the pilot ordered RT Clerke to stop applying any force, which the tug master then acknowledged. The ship was recovered to the centre of the channel and stabilised shortly after and therefore, it is unlikely that the brief period when RT Clerke continued to pull the stern to port unduly increased risk.
RT Inspiration
About 30 seconds after the power supply to the rudder angle indicators failed, the pilot ordered RT Inspiration’s master to make fast again. As the tug master and ship’s crew worked to reconnect the tug, the pilot ordered RT Inspiration to ‘push full’ on the ship’s port bow. The tug master acknowledged the order and immediately began pushing. RT Inspiration continued pushing on the ship’s port side until about 20 seconds after the ship struck the channel batter when the pilot ordered the tug to stop. Hagen Oldendorff’s master informed the pilot that RT Inspiration was made fast at 0141, just over 2.5 minutes after the pilot’s order to make fast. This was a reasonable response time and less than then the average time to make fast (3 m 52 s) observed in BHP and the port’s towage studies’ sea trials.
RT Atlantis
About a minute after the indicator failure, the pilot ordered RT Atlantis to make fast on the starboard bow. However, before the tug could be made fast, the pilot ordered RT Atlantis to move to the starboard quarter and push. About 40 seconds later, as RT Atlantis was getting into position, the pilot ordered the tug to ‘push full’ on the starboard quarter. About 10 seconds later, the tug was in position and pushing. The tug continued to push until ordered by the pilot to stop and make fast on the starboard bow shortly after the ship struck the batter. The time taken by the tug to transition from the starboard bow to get into its optimal position to push on the starboard quarter was just under 1 minute.
Pilbara Ports Authority
The port of Port Hedland is managed by the Pilbara Ports Authority (PPA),[38] which has overarching responsibility for safety and efficiency of port operations and the environment under the Western Australia state legislation. The jurisdictional responsibilities of the PPA are exercised through the designated port harbour masters.
Port Hedland operated a vessel traffic service (VTS) delivering information, advice and instructions to vessels, including scheduling, berthing and pilot transfer information. The port also operated a dynamic under keel clearance (DUKC) system to optimise cargo loading and determine sailing windows.
The PPA published several documents providing information and guidance on port operations and shipping movements. These included:
Port of Port Hedland – Port User Guidelines and Procedures
Port of Port Hedland – Vessel Movement Protocols
Port Handbook.
The latter 2 documents both directed port users to the port user guidelines and procedures as the authoritative document regarding shipping movements and towage requirements.
Port user guidelines and procedures
The port user guidelines and procedures document was intended for use by all personnel and organisations engaged in shipping and provided guidelines governing the movement of vessels at the Port of Port Hedland. The PPA had the statutory authority to give effect to these guidelines and procedures within port limits.
The document included a section on tug allocation and towage strategy. The document advised that vessels departing the Stanley Point berths (where Hagen Oldendorff departed from) required a minimum of 4 tugs. The procedures stated that a dedicated active escort tug was to be positioned and secured aft for all departing deep-draught capesize vessels from the berth to beacons 15-16 (end of zone 5). It also stated that a dedicated passive escort tug may be positioned forward for all departing deep-draught capesize vessels from the berth to beacons 15‑16.
The port procedures provided no further detail on the disposition, retention or use of the escort tugs.
Port strategic risk register
The port strategic risk register was formally reviewed on an approximately biannual basis by the port strategic risk review committee, which included representatives from the PPA, BHP, FMG, PHP and the towage providers. Channel blockage was an identified risk in the register with several associated risk controls documented including the escort towage strategy.
The risk register documented that a business continuity plan (BCP) for channel blockage was first added as a proposed risk control in May 2018. In June 2019, a risk treatment action plan was added to the register relating to the channel blockage aspect of business continuity and in November 2019, the register noted that the PPA harbour master had presented the BCP to the committee.
A review of records of minutes of the port strategic risk review committee from 2020, 2021 and 2022 showed that the channel blockage risk and associated risk controls, including the BCP, were a common subject of discussion.
Business continuity plan (2020)
In May 2020, the PPA issued a document titled ‘Port of Port Hedland Business Continuity Plan for Channel Blockage.’ The business continuity plan (BCP) outlined the port’s risk management approach for channel blockage. It was intended as a summary document that provided information, options and recommendations to maintain continuity of operations in the event of a channel blockage and to guide ongoing preparedness for such an incident. The BCP noted that, in addition to a large array of information prepared by the PHWG, the BCP also utilised technical information from the various studies, simulations and trials conducted by BHP as part of the tug and tug harbour project and the development of the escort towage strategy.
The BCP reiterated risk assessment evaluations from previous studies, which confirmed that main engine slowdowns/failures and steering incidents that result in a loss of navigation control were the most likely incidents that could result in a channel blockage. It also stated that historical incident data and simulations indicated that the time available to respond to a steering incident and prevent a ship grounding was typically 60–90 seconds, if the escort towage risk controls were not implemented.
The BCP noted that there were 2 primary mitigating risk controls in the event of a ship control failure in the channel – shipboard emergency response procedures (initiated by the pilot and ship’s crews) and the tug fleet at Port Hedland.
The BCP also stated that work completed by the PPA and the PHWG had identified a number of opportunities to further reduce the risk of channel blockage. Among these measures, the BCP identified improvements in towage procedures and stated the following as a ‘recently implemented towage practice’:
In Zone 4, improvement in towage for inbound and outbound ship movements has been implemented. For outbound ship movements, tugs are tethered to each shoulder of the ship with their towlines remaining attached thru to B30/31, whenever possible. In so doing, simulations have indicated that the effectiveness of the deployed tug fleet improves, and Pilots have more options to manage ship control failures, including engine and rudder failures. In some moderate sea state conditions, certain tugs within the fleet may not be able to maintain their towlines on the windward side of the ship; however, for the majority of ship movements, shoulder tugs should be able to maintain their towlines to B30/31.
In the event of a channel blockage, the BCP stated that the PHWG had identified 2 options to provide partial business continuity – the development of a shallow water bypass channel and a slow speed passing of a grounded ship. The BCP documented considerations of the feasibility of the 2 options and identified further actions and recommendations to support the development and future implementation of these options.
Draft escort towage strategy (2020)
Following BHP’s submission of the escort towage strategy to the PPA in July 2020, the entire contents of the document was transferred to a PPA document template. This ‘draft’ PPA escort towage strategy document did not progress further and remained in draft format at the time of the Hagen Oldendorff grounding.
During the ATSB investigation, the Port Hedland harbour master acknowledged receipt of the BHP escort towage strategy but advised that it remained a draft PPA document. The harbour master stated that towage allocation and strategy was to be conducted as directed by the port user guidelines and procedures and the BCP. The harbour master advised that, while pilots retained operational discretion, the contents of the BCP required that the shoulder tugs be kept fast until beacons 30-31 unless prevented from doing so due to environmental conditions.
Port Hedland Pilots
Provision of pilotage services
Port Hedland Pilots (PHP) was established in 1995 and were contracted by the PPA to provide pilotage services in Port Hedland. The individual pilots were employed by PHP and licensed by the PPA. The PHP contract with the PPA provided for 14 permanent pilot posts, with 2 pilots employed to fill each post, for a total strength of 28 pilots. PPA consideration and approval for additional pilot posts was contractually linked to projected shipping movements and the PHP fatigue risk management plan.
PHP typically maintained 14 pilots in Port Hedland at any given time to provide pilotage services, although the actual number available for duty could be less due to pilots being away for training or due to delays in filling posts of pilots who had retired or resigned or due to other circumstances.
Pilots typically worked a 4‑week duty period in Port Hedland followed by 4 weeks off and most pilots, including the incident pilot, operated on a fly-in-fly-out basis.
The pilot
The pilot on board Hagen Oldendorff hadabout 14 years’ sea going experience prior to taking up the role of a pilot in 2004. They had worked as a pilot in several ports around Australia, before joining PHP in 2015 and obtaining their unrestricted pilots license in 2018. At the time of the occurrence, the pilot held an Australian master’s certificate of competency, an unrestricted pilot’s licence for Port Hedland and had conducted over 1,700 ship movements in the port.
The pilot had commenced a 4-week duty period in Port Hedland on 28 March 2022, 10 days before the Hagen Oldendorff grounding.
Fatigue
As outlined in Appendix C, the ATSB conducted a detailed analysis of the potential for pilot fatigue to have contributed to this serious incident. In summary, while there were factors that potentially reduced the pilot’s ability to obtain sufficient, restful sleep of the required quality, there was insufficient evidence to establish that the pilot’s sleep quantity and quality was impaired to the point where they were likely experiencing a level of fatigue known to have an effect on performance.
Safety management system
PHP operated under an SMS as a condition of the pilotage services contract with the PPA.[39] The SMS comprised various policies, procedures and forms relevant to PHP operations including procedures related to passage planning, conduct of towage and emergency procedures.
Passage planning procedure
The SMS procedure on passage planning was aimed at ensuring that all pilots met a minimum standard for pilotage passage planning. The procedure covered considerations for planning the ship movement, the content of the master-pilot information exchange and procedures for the pilotage transit, which stressed the importance of bridge resource management and communications.
The passage planning procedure did not include any specific guidance or direction on the disposition, retention or use of towage assets. It directed pilots to refer to the port’s towage requirements, PPA guidelines and relevant marine notices on pilotage in Australia.[40]
Towage procedures
The SMS included several procedures on the subject of towage including the following (with the procedure’s approval date in brackets):
Towage requirements (28 December 2016)
Making tugs fast (1 July 2019)
Tug escort towage requirements (1 July 2019)
Indirect towage procedure (1 July 2019).
The SMS procedure titled Towage requirements stated that the harbour master advised tug requirements for different vessel categories and directed pilots to the PPA’s port user guidelines and procedures. It also stated that pilots should:
Maintain tugs in the position where they are most likely to be of greatest effect in the event of likely emergency situations.
Similarly, the procedure titled Making tugs fast directed pilots to:
Keep tugs fast for as long as it is safe for the tug to do so depending on environmental conditions, speed, and the particulars of the vessel. For capesize vessels the port’s recognised escort towage strategy should be adhered to.
The procedure titled Tug escort towage requirements covered the general procedures relating to escort towage. On the subject of capesize ship departures, the procedure stated that a RAstar85 tug (or an ART80-32 tug if a RAstar85 tug was unavailable) should be made fast aft and used in the active escort role until beacons 15-16. The procedure also stated:
One tug to be made fast on either shoulder in a position that is suitable for laying back alongside, i.e. two tugs fast forward. The shoulder tugs are to be kept fast until at least beacon 36/37 weather/sea conditions permitting.
The procedure also directed pilots to maintain the ship’s speed below 7 knots when the shoulder tugs were fast and less than 8 knots when the aft active escort tug was fast.
The Indirect towage procedure acknowledged the importance of pilots and tug masters practicing indirect towage during ship arrivals and departures to maintain competence. The procedure covered the circumstances under which indirect towage practice could take place and communication procedures for use during the practice. It stated that indirect towage practice could take place during the transit from the inner harbour to beacons 30-31 and between beacons 23-24 and beacons 15-16. It also required pilots to advise ship masters of the intention to conduct indirect towage practice, and to provide masters with an indirect towage notice form. The form identified the environmental parameters under which towage practice could occur, confirmed that the SWL for bitts and leads was adequate and directed the master to advise the pilot if there were any concerns.
There was no evidence that the pilot issued the indirect towage notice form to Hagen Oldendorff’s master. However, it is almost certain that the master was aware that indirect towage practice was taking place and did not object to it. Furthermore, Hagen Oldendorff’s aft bitts complied with the port’s SWL requirement of 120 t. Therefore, it is unlikely that the pilot’s oversight in not issuing the indirect towage practice notice to the ship’s master unduly increased risk.
Emergency procedures
The SMS included emergency procedures for various scenarios including groundings and steering failures.
The emergency procedure for a steering failure directed pilots to:
inform VTS
notify tugs in attendance and direct them as required
call for additional tugs
consider stopping the main engine and consider indirect towage
check that crew were standing-by at anchors and following their emergency steering procedures
look for a suitable anchorage or berth to avoid blocking the channel.
The emergency procedure for a ship grounding directed pilots to:
inform VTS and any other affected vessels
notify tugs in attendance, make fast and direct them as required
call for additional tugs
check that crew were standing-by at anchors and sounding spaces to determine damage
have a tug or other vessel check for external damage and report ship’s drafts
confirm which navigation and propulsion equipment was still functioning
look for a suitable anchorage or berth to avoid blocking the channel (if the ship was still afloat or could be refloated).
About 2 minutes after the indicator failure, the pilot made a broadcast on the port’s working channel (VHF channel 12), which stated, ‘Port emergency. Rudder failure. Not looking good’. The pilot’s declaration of a port emergency did not specify the ship’s name, which prompted the duty vessel traffic services operator (VTSO) to issue a query, addressed using the pilot’s initials, to verify the origin of the broadcast. In response to the VTSO’s query, the pilot on board KN Amethyst,[41] an outbound ship ahead of Hagen Oldendorff, confirmed that it was Hagen Oldendorff’s pilot who had declared the port emergency. The VTSO subsequently broadcast a call directed to all ships advising that the pilot required assistance near beacon 35 and directed any available tugs to respond. At about the same time, Hagen Oldendorff struck the channel batter.
The pilot’s actions following the loss of rudder angle indication was broadly consistent with the emergency response procedures in the SMS for a steering failure (see the section titled Response to the rudder angle indicator failure). There was no specific emergency procedure for a rudder indicator failure. Similarly, the pilot’s actions following the grounding were largely consistent with the associated procedure in the SMS.
Implementation of the escort towage strategy
The pilot ordered both Hagen Oldendorff’s shoulder tugs to cast off their towlines before the ship had passed beacons 36-37. Table 4 below sets out the time when the tugs were ordered to cast off, when their towlines were recovered and the respective locations of the ship at the time.
Table 4: Hagen Oldendorff tug release times and locations
Time
Event
0133:30
Pilot orders RT Atlantis to cast off towline (Ship’s bow abeam of beacons 38-39)
0135:00
Ship’s stern clear of beacons 38-39
0135:41
RT Atlantis master confirms towline recovered (Ship about midway between beacons 38-39 and 36-37)
0135:45
Pilot orders RT Inspiration to cast off towline (Ship’s bow approaching abeam of beacons 36-37)
0137:32
Ship’s stern clear of beacons 36-37
0137:42
CCTV footage from RT Inspiration shows towline cast off and being recovered on board the tug
0137:49
Rudder angle indicator circuit breaker trips and rudder angle indication lost
0138:18
RT Inspiration master confirms towline recovered
0140:34
Ship grounds about 4 cables south-east of beacon 35
At interview, the pilot stated that the decision on where to cast off the shoulder tugs depended on several factors but was essentially at the discretion of each individual pilot. The pilot advised that their standard practice on outbound ships was developed over time and entailed having the shoulder tugs fast until about (or just before) beacons 36‑37. Both shoulder tugs would then be retained as a passive escort until beacons 30-31 when one would be dismissed and the other retained until beacons 15-16 when both remaining tugs (the passive escort tug forward and the aft active escort tug) would be dismissed.
Interviews with other pilots indicated a general consensus that decisions on tug retention and utilisation were largely at their discretion, with pilots variously casting off the shoulder tugs between beacons 38-39 and 30-31. While several of the interviewed pilots, including the incident pilot, expressed a general awareness the escort towage strategy and its recommended practices, they did not believe there was an obligation to comply with it. There was only a limited awareness of the BCP or of its contents among the interviewed pilots.
Check pilotage
The PPA undertook annual audits of pilots which took the form of a check pilotage and involved a PPA representative (usually the harbour master or a deputy harbour master) accompanying and observing the pilot’s conduct of a pilotage task. The pilot’s performance was assessed against several criteria and documented in a marine pilot audit form. The performance criteria included application of bridge resource management, clarity of conning orders and the management of tugs, among others.
A review of Hagen Oldendorff’s pilot’s check pilotage forms for 2020, 2021 and 2022 showed that they consistently performed satisfactorily with respect to the relevant performance criteria. The 2020 check pilotage involved an outbound ship movement while the 2021 pilotage involved an inbound ship. The 2022 check pilotage was conducted after the Hagen Oldendorff grounding, in June 2022.
Simulation training
PHP pilots were required to undertake simulator training every 2 years. The training involved the pilot undertaking several exercises conducting various ship types in and out of Port Hedland with various pre-briefed emergency scenarios evolving during the exercise. The number and nature of the scenarios exercised were determined by an agreed training procedure with the scenarios drawn for a database of standard exercises. The training was typically conducted jointly with tug masters from Port Hedland towage providers and with a PPA representative present.
A review of the pilot’s simulator training report from their most recent simulator training session in July 2021 showed that the emergency scenarios exercised included main engine failures, steering failures (rudder lock at various rudder angles) and electrical blackouts. A rudder angle indicator failure was not among the exercised scenarios, nor was it part of the database of exercise scenarios.
Pilot equipment
The pilot was equipped with a Navicom Dynamics portable pilotage unit (PPU).[42] The pilot’s PPU was set up to comply with the requirements of a Class-A PPU. It provided very high accuracy, independent position, heading, speed and RoT data[43] while automatic identification system (AIS)[44] data was sourced from the ship by connecting the PPU to the ship’s pilot plug.
The pilot’s PPU was set up to display RoT as a numerical value with positive values indicating a RoT to starboard and negative values indicating a RoT to port. The PPU also displayed the ship’s track and a ‘predictor’ to indicate where the ship would be 1 minute and 2 minutes into the future based on the vessel’s current course, speed and RoT. The pilot reported that their PPU was fully functional and was their preferred source of navigational data, both generally and during the Hagen Oldendorff pilotage. A review of the PPU replay of the pilotage and grounding determined that the data displayed by the PPU was accurate and consistent with that displayed on the ship’s equipment.
Similar occurrences
Iron King
On 31 July 2008, the fully laden, capesize, Isle of Man-registered bulk carrier Iron King, departed from its berth in Port Hedland with a pilot on board. As the ship made its way through the harbour, the towlines of the 4 assisting tugs were cast off. Shortly after, the rudder failed to respond to the pilot’s helm commands and the ship grounded to the east of Hunt Point, near beacon 44. The ship remained aground for about 12 hours until the next high tide when it was refloated, recovered to the centre of the channel and conducted to the outer anchorage. An underwater survey of the ship’s hull identified damage to the ship’s bow shell plating but no hull breaches or pollution of the sea.
The ATSB transport safety investigation report MO‑2008‑008 found that, on 2 occasions shortly before the ship grounded, Iron King’s rudder failed to respond to helm orders because the steering system hydraulic pressure was limited by a leaking actuator relief valve whenever the rudder moved to port. The investigation also found that it was normal practice for assisting tugs to be released before departing ships reached Hunt Point and that the pilot had not been provided with training in the implementation of a suite of ‘risk analysed’ responses to reasonably foreseeable emergency scenarios in a simulated environment.
Additionally, the investigation identified that Iron King’s SMS did not include procedures that adequately ensured that the ship’s master and crew were aware of, and drilled in, the emergency steering system change over procedure to be followed in the event of a loss of steering control.
Dumun
On 29 April 2011, the Panama-registered bulk carrier Dumun grounded while departing the port of Gladstone, Queensland with a pilot on board. After the ship departed the berth, the pilot released the 2 assisting tugs and dismissed them. About 30 minutes later, the ship’s steering appeared to stop responding to bridge commands. The bridge team assumed that the steering had failed, and the pilot ordered the main engine stopped and then started astern. However, these actions were not enough to prevent the ship from departing the Auckland Channel and grounding. There was no structural damage sustained by the ship, but the hull coating was scored and abraded with exposed metal in some areas.
The ATSB transport safety investigation report MO‑2011‑004 found that the ship's steering appeared to stop responding to bridge commands because the linkage between the tiller and rudder angle transmitter had become detached. The steering gear remained operational and continued to respond to helm orders, but the rudder angle transmitter lost its input signal and, as a result, the bridge mounted rudder angle indicator stopped working.
The ATSB determined that the ship's builders did not identify that the rudder angle indicator transmitter and tiller linkage were not installed correctly. The ATSB also found that the analysis of shipping operations in Gladstone, carried out by the relevant authorities, had not appropriately considered all that could be done to prevent the grounding of a ship as a result of steering gear or main engine failure. Additionally, a comprehensive SMS, with the aim of identifying, evaluating and controlling pilotage related risk, had not been implemented in the port.
Safety analysis
Introduction
On the morning of 9 April 2022, the fully laden capesize bulk carrier Hagen Oldendorff departed its berth in Port Hedland, Western Australia with a harbour pilot on board and 4 tugs assisting. The first of the tugs was cast off shortly after departure and the ship continued its passage of the port’s navigational channel. As the pilot navigated the ship through a turn in the channel, the 2 shoulder tugs were cast off and retained as passive escorts while the aft tug remained tethered as an active escort. Shortly after the turn was completed, the ship experienced a loss of electrical power supply to all the ship’s analogue rudder angle indicators and, a few minutes later, struck the western batter of the channel. The pilot manoeuvred the ship back into the centre of the channel and, with the assistance of additional tugs and a second pilot, resumed the outbound passage and conducted the ship to an anchorage outside port limits.
Subsequently, the ship was found to be taking on water in the number 1 and 2 port double‑bottom water ballast tanks. Surveys and inspections conducted over the following days identified substantial damage to the ship’s bottom shell plating including hull breaches of the shipside shell plating of the damaged tanks and the failure of the transverse bulkhead between the tanks. There were no reported injuries or pollution of the sea as a result of the grounding.
This analysis will consider the triggering event for the grounding – the loss of rudder angle indication – and the resilience of the system protections in place to mitigate such an event. The analysis will also cover the manoeuvring of the ship leading up to the grounding, the pilot’s use of the available tugs and, the port authority and pilotage organisation’s procedures and guidance for the effective use of those tugs. Finally, the effect of fatigue on the pilot’s performance was examined in detail however there was insufficient evidence to establish that the pilot was experiencing a level of fatigue known to have an effect on performance.
Events leading up to the grounding
Loss of rudder angle indication
As part of pre-departure checks, Hagen Oldendorff’s steering had been successfully tested in manual and non-follow-up (NFU) steering modes including under the observation of the pilot. After departure from the berth the ship’s passage through the inner harbour was uneventful, with all systems operating normally. However, following a turn to port, conducted with the assistance of the aft active escort tug (as part of routine training), the bridge rudder angle indicators stopped working and experienced a loss of illumination. While the autopilot rudder angle indicator display remained operational, neither the ship’s crew, nor the pilot were aware of it. Consequently, the bridge team, including the pilot, had no way of knowing the position of the rudder or if the steering gear was operational.
In the moments leading up to the loss of rudder angle indication, the pilot was in the process of correcting a slight but developing turn to starboard using port helm. At the time of the power failure, the rudder (and rudder angle indicator) was at about midships. Subsequently, when the pilot’s helm order of port 10° was executed by the helmsman, the rudder indication remained amidships. The pilot, who remained concerned about the starboard rate of turn (RoT), increased their helm order to port 20°. Although unknown to the crew, the steering remained operational, and the rudder moved to port 20° while the indicator remained amidships. In the absence of any audible or visual alarms alerting the crew to an indicator failure, the bridge team reasonably perceived that there was a steering failure and acted accordingly. The loss of the rudder angle indication triggered the subsequent sequence of events which resulted in a turn to port and subsequent grounding.
A shipboard investigation carried out over the following days identified that the tracking motor of the ship’s bridge-mounted omnidirectional rudder angle indicator had burnt out and failed. The motor failure resulted in a short circuit, which tripped the common protective circuit breaker in the bridge electrical cabinet. That in turn, resulted in a loss of electrical power supply to all 6 of the ship’s analogue rudder angle indicators without any associated audible or visual alerts.
Contributing factor
During an outbound pilotage, the tracking motor of Hagen Oldendorff's bridge-mounted omnidirectional rudder angle indicator failed resulting in a short circuit which tripped the common circuit breaker for all the ship's analogue rudder angle indicators, with an associated loss of power to these rudder indicators. Consequently, the bridge team assumed that the ship’s steering had failed and implemented steering failure emergency procedures.
Response to the rudder angle indicator failure
The pilot and master’s response to the perceived steering failure included switching to NFU mode, applying port NFU input and ordering the steering gear room be manned. The helmsman’s port NFU input resulted in the rudder moving further to port, to about port 27°. However, in the absence of a working analogue rudder angle indicator and, being unaware of the autopilot indicator display, neither the pilot or the helmsman was able to determine what the rudder angle was or if steering control had been restored. The apparent ineffectiveness of the NFU input likely further convinced the bridge team that there was a steering failure. While the ship and pilot’s RoT indicators remained operational, it was probably challenging to infer that the steering remained operational based on the ship’s developing RoT alone.
The pilot also issued orders to the aft active escort tug, RT Clerke, to take the stern to starboard, that is, to apply indirect steering forces at the stern to eliminate the starboard RoT. As the port rudder took effect, and the ship started turning to port, the pilot rescinded the tug’s order and instructed the tug to return to the port quarter and apply indirect steering forces to arrest the port turn. However, the pilot did not issue orders to return the helm to amidships. This may have been because the pilot believed issuing helm orders was futile or because they were now occupied with directing the available passive escort tugs, RT Inspiration and RT Atlantis.
The pilot also did not begin reducing the ship’s main engine setting until about 47 seconds after the rudder indicator failure. Nevertheless, once the main engine was stopped and the efforts of the 3 tugs began to take effect, the ship’s port RoT peaked at about 13.6° and then started decreasing. The initial order to RT Clerke to take the stern to starboard probably did not contribute to the ship’s port turn as the order was rescinded before the tug could get into optimal position for indirect towage on the starboard quarter. However, valuable time was lost as the tug moved from the port to the starboard quarter and then back again, which likely limited the pilot’s ability to arrest the port turn.
The port RoT continued to decrease slowly despite a subsequent order by the pilot, which resulted in the rudder being put hard over to port for about 20 seconds. This order was an error on the part of the pilot likely due to the combined effects of acute stress and high workload and was corrected shortly after upon being challenged by the master. However, by this time, the grounding was unavoidable, and the ship struck the batter shortly after at a speed of about 6.1 knots.
Contributing factor
Following the initiation of emergency procedures for a steering failure, the pilot's manoeuvring orders, aimed at maintaining directional control of the ship, resulted in an uncontrolled turn to port. Despite attempts to arrest this turn, Hagen Oldendorff's port bow collided with the western side of the channel, at a speed of about 6.1 knots.
Escort towage strategy
Use of tugs
Following the introduction of tugs with improved escort towage capability in Port Hedland in 2017, a documented escort towage strategy was implemented to best utilise these tugs to mitigate the risk of channel blockage. For capesize ships, the towage strategy recommended pilots maintain the shoulder tugs fast on the port and starboard shoulders prior to, and throughout zone 3 and zone 4. The strategy acknowledged that, while weather or other conditions may render it unsafe to keep these tugs fast, it emphasised that the shoulder tugs should maintain their towlines tethered as long as they could safely do so. The weather on the morning of the grounding was relatively benign with winds at force 3–4 and 1 m seas and the conditions did not preclude the tugs being kept fast until beacons 30-31, as recommended by the strategy.
The pilot had ordered Hagen Oldendorff’s shoulder tugs cast off well before beacons 30-31 (near beacons 36-37) as this was their preferred practice. While the pilot was aware of the escort towage strategy, they believed that adherence to its recommendations remained at their discretion. This view was also shared by other pilots with tugs being released at various locations between beacons 36-37 and 30-31 based on individual preferences.
The escort towage strategy noted that, in the event of a steering incident, simulations had consistently demonstrated that initially, the aft escort tug should be used to provide steering forces to counteract the rudder and control the heading while the shoulder tugs were used to provide braking forces to slow the ship. However, when the rudder indicator failed, shortly after the ship passed beacons 36-37, both shoulder tugs, RT Inspiration and RT Atlantis, had been cast off and were passive escorts.Had these tugs been fast at the time, the pilot would have had more options at their disposal, including using both tugs to provide braking forces to slow the ship.
Based on the ship’s speed and forward momentum, the shoulder tugs would likely have been of limited effectiveness in influencing the ship’s heading and it is also likely that using RT Atlantis to push on the starboard quarter was a more effective technique to reduce the port RoT than pulling on the starboard bow. Nevertheless, the ship’s port turn could not be arrested and the ship grounded, with consequent breaches of the hull and flooding.
Hagen Oldendorff’s tug masters largely complied with the pilot’s orders effectively and within acceptable timeframes given the circumstances. It is reasonable to conclude that had the shoulder tugs remained fast and been used to provide braking forces as recommended in the escort towage strategy, that the ship may have struck the channel batter at a lower speed. Although difficult to quantify, even minor reductions in impact speed would likely have resulted in reductions in the impact energy thereby reducing damage to the ship.
Contributing factor
The pilot’s decision to cast off the port and starboard escort tugs before the ship passed beacons 30 and 31 was inconsistent with the port’s identified and implemented best practice escort towage strategy. Consequently, when the rudder angle indicator failed, the pilot was unable to make the fullest possible use of these tugs to either reduce the ship’s speed or arrest the turn to port.
Port escort towage documentation
The blockage of the Port Hedland navigation channel was identified as a strategic risk to the port’s operations. Port Hedland is a key export port in the supply chains of several major Australian seaborne iron ore exporters and the economic consequences of a ship grounding and blocking the channel had the potential to be severe and far-reaching. Consequently, significant effort was invested into identifying and implementing measures to prevent, and to mitigate the effects of, a channel blockage. While these efforts identified several channel improvements and risk mitigation measures, the primary risk controls took the form of pilotage and escort towage for ships.
As part of the procurement and introduction of escort-capable tugs at Port Hedland, BHP (one of the primary stakeholders with an interest in maintaining navigability of the channel), conducted various studies, simulations and trials aimed at identifying the most effective means of utilising these tugs. These studies, simulations and trials involved the assistance and participation of the Pilbara Ports Authority (PPA), Port Hedland Pilots (PHP), tug masters and other stakeholders. This core group of stakeholders evolved into the Port Hedland Working Group (PHWG), which oversaw the review, development and assessment of several channel blockage risk control measures including the escort towage strategy.
In 2013, an initiative was launched to procure tugs with improved escort towage capability and an interim escort towage strategy was developed to optimise the use of the port’s existing tugs. The interim strategy recommended that the shoulder tugs be kept fast until beacons 36-37 (end of zone 3). In 2015, an escort towage strategy was developed to supersede the interim strategy. The escort towage strategy identified that the most effective use of the escort tugs involved using an active escort tug fast aft until beacons 15-16 (end of zone 5) and 2 escort tugs tethered on the port and starboard shoulders until beacons 30-31 (end of zone 4) unless prevented from doing so by adverse environmental conditions. By 2017, a number of the improved escort towage tugs had been introduced and the measures in the escort towage strategy began to be implemented with evidence of shoulder tugs being kept fast by pilots until beacons 30-31 where conditions were favourable.
In 2020, BHP submitted an updated version of the escort towage strategy to the PPA for official endorsement as an operational port document. The strategy remained largely unchanged with respect to the use of tugs for capesize ships and recommended that tugs should have their towlines tethered on the port and starboard shoulders throughout zones 3 and 4, except where conditions made it unsafe to do so. However, the document remained in draft format with the PPA. The PPA directed port users to a public document, the port user guidelines and procedures, as the authoritative source of information on port operations including towage. However, the port user guidelines and procedures document did not include detail of the escort towage strategy’s recommended tug allocation and towage procedures or of the port’s expectations with regard to their implementation.
In 2018, a port business continuity plan (BCP) for channel blockage was introduced as a proposed risk control measure. Records of the port’s strategic risk review committee meetings, which were attended by PHP representatives, showed that the harbour master first presented a BCP to the committee in 2019 and in 2020, an updated version of the document was published. The BCP reiterated risk evaluations for channel blockage from previous studies and summarised elements of the escort towage strategy. It stated that the strategy had been implemented in the port and that in zone 4 tugs were tethered to each shoulder of outbound capesize ships with towlines attached through to beacons 30-31, whenever possible. It further stated that, in doing so, simulations indicated that the effectiveness of the deployed tug fleet was improved, and that pilots had more options to manage engine and rudder failures. The BCP was not a public document, and interviewed pilots expressed only limited awareness of its existence and of its contents.
The PHP safety management system (SMS) included several procedures on the subject of towage. The procedures primarily directed pilots to the Port Hedland port user guidelines and procedures document for information on tug requirements. In general, the SMS directed pilots to maintain tugs where they would be of greatest effect in the event of an emergency and to keep tugs fast as long as it was safe to do so depending on factors such as weather, speed and the ship’s characteristics.
The SMS also stated that, for capesize ships (such as Hagen Oldendorff), pilots were to adhere to the port’s recognised escort towage strategy and the PHP SMS procedure on escort tug towage requirements stated that tugs were to be kept fast until at least beacons 36-37. However, this reflected the practices in interim escort towage strategy and not the updated escort towage strategy implemented after the introduction of the improved escort tugs in 2017, which directed pilots to keep the shoulder tugs fast until beacons 30-31.
Neither the port user guidelines and procedures or the PHP SMS included clear directives or reference to the tug retention and usage recommendations of the escort towage strategy. Consequently, there was no consistent understanding or application by the pilots of the demonstrated, effective towage practices identified in the escort towage strategy.
Contributing factor
Pilbara Ports Authority's port user guidelines and procedures did not reflect the best practice escort towage guidance detailed in the port's draft escort towage strategy and business continuity plan. The detail of these improved towage practices, designed to reduce the risk of channel blockages, were also not integrated into the Port Hedland Pilots' safety management system and were consequently, inconsistently applied by pilots. (Safety issue)
Regulations and standards
The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) specified minimum standards for the construction, equipment and operation of ships to ensure an adequate level of safety. Flag States are responsible for ensuring that ships under their flag comply with the requirements of SOLAS. In practice, this is achieved by designing, constructing and maintaining ships in compliance with the requirements of a classification society recognized by the flag State and Hagen Oldendorff was classed with Lloyd’s Register (LR).
SOLAS regulations and class rules for steering gear required that steering gear control systems be equipped with short circuit protection and, audible and visual alarms to alert crew to an electrical power failure in the system. However, rudder angle indication systems were not considered a component of steering gear control systems and were required to be independent of control systems.
Hagen Oldendorff was appropriately equipped with 6 rudder angle indicators spread across various locations on the ship. However, all 6 indicators were protected by a single circuit breaker located in the bridge electrical cabinet. Consequently, when the omnidirectional indicator on the bridge experienced a short circuit, it tripped the circuit breaker which removed power to all the ship’s rudder angle indicators. The protection of the ship’s mounted, analogue rudder angle indicators with a common circuit breaker constituted a single point of failure, which rendered the power supply to all the ship’s analogue indicators vulnerable to a fault in any one of them.
Some classification societies, such as Det Norske Veritas (DNV), required that rudder angle indicating systems on some ships be arranged such that a single failure in power supply or anywhere in the indicating system did not cause a loss of rudder angle indication on the bridge. However, neither the minimum SOLAS regulations, nor the standard LR rules for ships, required such protection from single points of failure in rudder angle indication systems.
Instead, LR offered optional notations, such as the ‘IBS’ notation, which could offer improved resilience by requiring each item of electrically operated navigation equipment be individually connected to its distribution panel. For example, had only the omnidirectional indicator failed, and the bridge front instrument cluster indicator remained operational, it is almost certain that the bridge team would have maintained awareness of the rudder angle and that the pilotage would have continued with only limited disruption. However, Hagen Oldendorff was not required to hold this notation and, in any event, the application of the requirement for individual connection to a distribution board to rudder angle indicators would rely on a favourable interpretation of the rules.
Furthermore, in the absence of protections against single points of failure, the rules and regulations also did not require audible or visual alarms to alert crew to a failure of power supply or to other failures in the rudder angle indication system. Hagen Oldendorff’s autopilot display offered a redundant source of rudder angle information, which remained operational after the electrical power to the analogue indicators had failed. However, this system was not required by either SOLAS or LR and neither the pilot, nor the ship’s crew were aware of this capability. While certainly a valuable resource had the pilot and crew utilised it, the ship’s bridge team assumed a steering failure and responded accordingly.
An audible/visual alarm that alerted crew specifically to a power failure of the rudder angle indicators would have provided the bridge team with assurance that the failure was limited to the indicators and that the steering gear remained operational. This would likely have inhibited the development of the sequence of events that culminated in the grounding.
Contributing factor
Although Hagen Oldendorff’s steering and rudder angle indicator systems complied with the applicable rules and regulations, neither the SOLAS regulations, nor the rules of the ship’s responsible classification society, Lloyd’s Register, mandated protection of the ship's rudder angle indication systems against a single point of failure in electrical power supply, nor did they require installation of audible or visual alerts to notify the bridge team of a power failure affecting the indicators. (Safety issue)
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition, ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
Safety issues are highlighted in bold to emphasise their importance. A safety issue is a safety factor that (a) can reasonably be regarded as having the potential to adversely affect the safety of future operations, and (b) is a characteristic of an organisation or a system, rather than a characteristic of a specific individual, or characteristic of an operating environment at a specific point in time.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the grounding of Hagen Oldendorff in Port Hedland, Western Australia on 9 April 2022.
Contributing factors
During an outbound pilotage, the tracking motor of Hagen Oldendorff's bridge-mounted omnidirectional rudder angle indicator failed, resulting in a short circuit which tripped the common circuit breaker for all the ship's analogue rudder angle indicators with an associated loss of power to these rudder indicators. Consequently, the bridge team assumed that the ship’s steering had failed and implemented steering failure emergency procedures.
Following the initiation of emergency procedures for a steering failure, the pilot's manoeuvring orders, aimed at maintaining directional control of the ship, resulted in an uncontrolled turn to port. Despite attempts to arrest this turn, Hagen Oldendorff's port bow collided with the western side of the channel, at a speed of about 6.1 knots.
The pilot’s decision to cast off the port and starboard escort tugs before the ship passed beacons 30 and 31 was inconsistent with the port’s identified and implemented best practice escort towage strategy. Consequently, when the rudder angle indicator failed, the pilot was unable to make the fullest possible use of these tugs to either reduce the ship’s speed or arrest the turn to port.
The Pilbara Ports Authority's port user guidelines and procedures did not reflect the best practice escort towage guidance detailed in the port's draft escort towage strategy and business continuity plan. The detail of these improved towage practices, designed to reduce the risk of channel blockages, were also not integrated into the Port Hedland Pilots' safety management system and were consequently, inconsistently applied by pilots. (Safety issue)
Although Hagen Oldendorff’s steering and rudder angle indicator systems complied with the applicable rules and regulations, neither the SOLAS regulations, nor the rules of the ship’s responsible classification society, Lloyd’s Register, mandated protection of the ship's rudder angle indication systems against a single point of failure in electrical power supply, nor did they require installation of audible or visual alerts to notify the bridge team of a power failure affecting the indicators. (Safety issue)
Safety issues and actions
Central to the ATSB’s investigation of transport safety matters is the early identification of safety issues. The ATSB expects relevant organisations will address all safety issues an investigation identifies.
Depending on the level of risk of a safety issue, the extent of corrective action taken by the relevant organisation(s), or the desirability of directing a broad safety message to the marine industry, the ATSB may issue a formal safety recommendation or safety advisory notice as part of the final report.
All of the directly involved parties are invited to provide submissions to this draft report. As part of that process, each organisation is asked to communicate what safety actions, if any, they have carried out or are planning to carry out in relation to each safety issue relevant to their organisation.
Descriptions of each safety issue, and any associated safety recommendations, are detailed below. Click the link to read the full safety issue description, including the issue status and any safety action/s taken. Safety issues and actions are updated on this website when safety issue owners provide further information concerning the implementation of safety action.
Safety issue description: The Pilbara Ports Authority's port user guidelines and procedures did not reflect the best practice escort towage guidance detailed in the port's draft escort towage strategy and business continuity plan. The detail of these improved towage practices, designed to reduce the risk of channel blockages, were also not integrated into the Port Hedland Pilots' safety management system and were consequently, inconsistently applied by pilots.
Safety issue description: The Pilbara Ports Authority's port user guidelines and procedures did not reflect the best practice escort towage guidance detailed in the port's draft escort towage strategy and business continuity plan. The details of these improved towage practices, designed to reduce the risk of channel blockages, were also not integrated into the Port Hedland Pilots' safety management system and were, consequently, inconsistently applied by pilots.
Rules and regulations for rudder angle indicator systems
Safety issue description: Although Hagen Oldendorff’s steering and rudder angle indicator systems complied with the applicable rules and regulations, neither the SOLAS regulations, nor the rules of the ship’s responsible classification society, Lloyd’s Register, mandated protection of the ship's rudder angle indication systems against a single point of failure in power supply, nor did they require installation of audible or visual alerts to notify the bridge team of a power failure affecting the indicators.
Safety recommendation description: The Australian Transport Safety Bureau recommends that Lloyd’s Register takes steps to approach the International Association of Classification Societies and seek safety action to address the risk associated with a single point of failure in electrical power supply for ship's rudder angle indicators.
Rules and regulations for rudder angle indicator systems
Safety issue description: Although Hagen Oldendorff’s steering and rudder angle indicator systems complied with the applicable rules and regulations, neither the SOLAS regulations, nor the rules of the ship’s responsible classification society, Lloyd’s Register, mandated protection of the ship's rudder angle indication systems against a single point of failure in power supply, nor did they require installation of audible or visual alerts to notify the bridge team of a power failure affecting the indicators.
Safety recommendation description: The Australian Transport Safety Bureau recommends that the Australian Maritime Safety Authority provides the necessary support and assistance to the Liberia Maritime Authority in its efforts to seek safety action at the International Maritime Organization aimed at addressing the risk associated with a single point of failure in electrical power supply for ship's rudder angle indicators.
Rules and regulations for rudder angle indicator systems
Safety issue description: Although Hagen Oldendorff’s steering and rudder angle indicator systems complied with the applicable rules and regulations, neither the SOLAS regulations, nor the rules of the ship’s responsible classification society, Lloyd’s Register, mandated protection of the ship's rudder angle indication systems against a single point of failure in power supply, nor did they require installation of audible or visual alerts to notify the bridge team of a power failure affecting the indicators.
Safety recommendation description: The Australian Transport Safety Bureau recommends that the Liberia Maritime Authority takes steps to formally raise this safety issue with the International Maritime Organization to seek safety action aimed at addressing the risk associated with a single point of failure in electrical power supply for ship's rudder angle indicators.
Safety action not associated with an identified safety issue
Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Additional safety action by Pilbara Ports Authority
On 29 October 2024, the Pilbara Ports Authority issued a local marine notice requiring all ships calling at Port Hedland to have a suitably qualified and competent person on stand-by in the steering gear room when the ship was navigating in the channel. The marine notice stated that the person on stand-by in the steering gear room was to be:
trained and proficient in emergency steering procedures including switching to local steering and maintaining a direct means of communication to the ship's bridge
able to identify and communicate the actual position of the rudder (rudder angle) to the bridge when requested
able to steer the ship as directed from the ship's bridge
dismissed from steering gear room only after consultation with the pilot.
The marine notice also recommended that ships calling at Port Hedland conduct an emergency steering test before arrival.
On 30 May 2024, the PPA issued a local marine notice requiring all capesize ships be equipped with a closed circuit television (CCTV) camera in the steering gear room with a monitor on the bridge to provide CCTV camera footage of the rudder angle for the bridge team.
On 18 June 2024, the PPA issued a further local marine notice clarifying reporting requirements for machinery events, equipment malfunctions and safety issues for ships calling at Port Hedland.
Additional safety action by Wah Kwong Ship Management Hong Kong
On 28 June 2024, Hagen Oldendorff's managers, Wah Kwong Ship Management Hong Kong, advised the ATSB that, in March 2023, an audible and visual alarm was installed on board the ship to alert crew in the event the rudder angle indicators' circuit breaker tripped resulting in a loss of power supply to the indicators. In addition, closed circuit television cameras were installed in the ship's steering gear room to allow direct monitoring of the physical rudder angle from the bridge.
Additional safety action by Port Hedland Pilots
Following the grounding and the Port Hedland Pilots (PHP) internal investigation, PHP advised that pilots keep the forward 2 tugs fast as recommended for the relevant channel zones unless prevented from doing so by weather or other factors.
On 29 July 2024, Port Hedland Pilots advised that in October 2023, the organisation's fatigue risk management procedure was updated to mandate additional risk fatigue risk controls including:
a maximum FAID score of 75 for pilots who were more than 14 days into their 4-week duty period
a maximum FAID score of 70 for the duty pilot
a requirement that pilots obtain a minimum of 13 hours sleep in the 48-hour period before a pilotage
a maximum of 3 consecutive nights of pilotage work before a mandated rest period from 1900 to 0800 hours
self-declared sleepiness score of 6 to trigger an overnight rest period from 1900 to 0800 hours
self-declared sleepiness score of 7 to trigger an extended overnight rest period acknowledging elevated fatigue risk.
Glossary
AIS
Automatic identification system
AMSA
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
BCP
Business continuity plan
BHPTS
BHP Towage Services
CCTV
Closed circuit television
CSIR
Council for Scientific and Industrial Research
DNV
Det Norske Veritas
DUKC
Dynamic under keel clearance system
ECDIS
Electronic chart display and information system
EPN
Escort performance notation
FAID
Fatigue Audit InterDyne
FMG
Fortescue Metals Group
FRMP
Fatigue risk management procedure
Hs
Significant wave height
IACS
International Association of Classification Societies
IBS
Integrated bridge systems
IMO
International Maritime Organization
ISM
International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, 1995, as amended
LAT
Lowest astronomical tide
LiMA
Liberia Maritime Authority
LR
Lloyd’s Register
NFU
Non-follow-up steering
PHP
Port Hedland Pilots
PHWG
Port Hedland Working Group
PPA
Pilbara Ports Authority
PPU
Portable pilotage unit
PSWM
Prior sleep wake model
RoT
Rate of turn
RPM
Revolutions per minute
SMS
Safety management system
SOLAS
The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended
SP2
Stanley Point berth number 2
SWL
Safe working load
UI
Unified interpretation
VDR
Voyage data recorder
VHF
Very high frequency
VTS
Vessel traffic service
WA
Western Australia
WOCL
Window of circadian low
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
BHP
directly involved officers and crew of Hagen Oldendorff
directly involved tug masters
documents, drawings, manuals, logbooks and photographs from Hagen Oldendorff
Hagen Oldendorff’spilot
Lloyd’s Register
Pilbara Ports Authority
Port Hedland Pilots
recorded information from Hagen Oldendorff’s voyage data recorder (VDR)
Wah Kwong Ship Management, Hong Kong.
References
Akerstedt, T., & Wright, K. P. (2009). Sleep loss and fatigue in shift work and shift work disorder. Sleep medicine clinics, 4(2), 257-271.
Australian Transport Safety Bureau, Report No. MO-2008-008, Independent investigation into the grounding of the Isle of Man- registered bulk carrier Iron King, Port Hedland, Western Australia, 31 July 2008, ATSB, 2009. Available at www.atsb.gov.au
Australian Transport Safety Bureau, Report No. MO-2011-004, Grounding of the Panama‑registered bulk carrier Dumun, Gladstone, Queensland, 29 April 2011, ATSB, 2012. Available at www.atsb.gov.au
Chambers, T. P., & Main, L. C. (2015). Symptoms of fatigue and coping strategies in maritime pilotage. International maritime health, 66(1), 43-48.
Costa G (1996) ‘Effects on Health and Well-Being’, In: Colquhoun WP, Costa G, Folkard S and Knauth P Shiftwork Problems and Solutions, Peter Lang, Germany.
Dismukes R, Goldsmith TE, and Kochan JA (2015) Effects of acute stress on aircrew performance: literature review and analysis of operational aspects, NASA/TM—2015–218930, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California.
Folkard S and Tucker P (2003) ‘Shift work, Safety and Productivity’, Occupational Medicine, 53(2): 95-101.
Gregory, K., Hobbs, A., Parke, B., Bathurst, N., Pradhan, S., & Flynn-Evans, E. (2020). An evaluation of fatigue factors in maritime pilot work scheduling. Chronobiology International, 37(9‑10), 1495-1501.
International Chamber of Shipping 2016, Bridge Procedures Guide, Marisec Publications, London.
International Maritime Organization (IMO) 1995, International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (ISM Code) as amended, IMO, London. Available at www.imo.org
International Maritime Organization (IMO) 2014, The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 as amended, IMO, London. Available at www.imo.org
International Maritime Organization (IMO), 2009, Resolution A.1021(26) Code on Alerts and Indicators, IMO, London. Available at www.imo.org
International Maritime Organization, 2019, MSC.1/Circ.1598 Guidelines on Fatigue, London, United Kingdom. Available at www.imo.org
Lloyd’s Register, 2019, Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Ships, London, United Kingdom.
Pilbara Ports Authority, 2020, Port handbook, Port Hedland, Australia.
Pilbara Ports Authority, 2021, Port user guidelines and procedures, Port Hedland, Australia.
Reale C, Salwei ME, Militello LG, Weinger MB, Burden A, Sushereba C, Torsher LC, Andreae MH, Gaba DM, McIvor WR, Banerjee A, Slagle J and Anders S (2023) ‘Decision-Making During High-Risk Events: A Systematic Literature Review’, Journal of Cognitive Engineering and Decision Making, 17(2): 188-212.
Riethmeister V, Matthews RW, Dawson D, de Boer MR, Brouwer S, and Bültmann U (2019) ‘Time-of-day and days-on-shift predict increased fatigue over two-week offshore day-shifts’, Applied Ergonomics, 78: 157-163.
Rosekind MR, Gander PH, Gregory KB, Smith RM, Miller DL, Oyung R, Webbon LL and Johnson JM (1996) ‘Managing Fatigue in Operational Settings 1: Physiological Considerations and Countermeasures’, Behavioural Medicine, 21: 157-165.
Tait, J. L., Chambers, T. P., Tait, R. S., & Main, L. C. (2021). Impact of shift work on sleep and fatigue in Maritime pilots. Ergonomics, 64(7), 856-868.
Van Dongen HP, Maislin G, Mullington JM and Dinges DF (2003) ‘The cumulative cost of additional wakefulness: dose-response effects on neurobehavioral functions and sleep physiology from chronic sleep restriction and total sleep deprivation’, Sleep, 26: 117-26.
Weaver, M. D., Sletten, T. L., Foster, R. G., Gozal, D., Klerman, E. B., Rajaratnam, S. M., ... & Czeisler, C. A. (2021). Adverse impact of polyphasic sleep patterns in humans: Report of the National Sleep Foundation sleep timing and variability consensus panel. Sleep health, 7(3), 293‑302.
Wickens CD, Hutchins SD, Laux L, and Sebok A (2015) ‘The Impact of Sleep Disruption on Complex Cognitive Tasks: A Meta-Analysis’, Human Factors, 57(6): 930-946.
Williamson A and Friswell R (2011) ‘Investigating the relative effects of sleep deprivation and time of day on fatigue and performance’, Accident Analysis & Prevention, 43(3): 690-697.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
BHP
directly involved tug masters
Hagen Oldendorff’spilot
Lloyd’s Register
Pilbara Ports Authority
Port Hedland Pilots
the ship’s flag State administration, Liberia
Wah Kwong Ship Management, Hong Kong.
Submissions were received from:
Australian Maritime Safety Authority
BHP
Hagen Oldendorff’spilot
Lloyd’s Register
Pilbara Ports Authority
Port Hedland Pilots
the ship’s flag State administration, Liberia.
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Appendices
Appendix A – Key orders and events leading up to the grounding
Time
Rudder angle (deg)
RoT (deg/min)
Heading (True)
SOG (knots)
Events, orders and decisions on 9 April 2022
0048:00
Midships (0°)
0
034
0.0
Hagen Oldendorff departed SP2 berth
0117:45
11° S
1.6° S
042
4.3
RT Darwin cast off and dismissed
0135:41
0°
8.9° P
344
6.6
RT Atlantis cast off
0137:25
0°
1° S
334
6.8
Pilot orders starboard 10°
0137:30
7° S
1.3° S
334
6.8
Indirect towage training completed
0137:41
8° S
3° S
335
6.8
Pilot orders a heading of 335°
0137:42
9° S
3.2° S
335
6.8
RT Inspiration cast off
0137:47
0°
3.6° S
335
6.8
Pilot orders port 10°
0137:49
1° P
3.8° S
335
6.8
Power supply failure to rudder angle indicators
0137:53
10° P
3.6° S
335
6.8
Rudder at port 10°
0137:56
10° P
3.7° S
335
6.9
Pilot orders port 20°
0137:59
16° P
3.7° S
336
6.9
Pilot orders RT Clerke ‘stern to starboard, 40 t’
0138:00
19° P
3.5° S
336
6.9
RT Clerke moving from port to starboard quarter
0138:01
20° P
3.3° S
336
6.9
Rudder at port 20° and starboard RoT decreasing
0138:08
20° P
2.4° S
336
6.9
Pilot orders non-follow-up (NFU) port 20°
0138:10
20° P
2.1° S
336
6.9
Pilot orders RT Clerke ‘stern to starboard, 60 t’
0138:18
20° P
0.7° S
336
6.9
Pilot orders RT Inspiration to make fast
0138:21
20° P
0
336
6.9
Helmsman applies port NFU input
0138:29
20° P
1.3° P
336
6.9
RT Clerke passing astern of Hagen Oldendorff
0138:30
20° P
1.6° P
336
6.9
Pilot orders RT Clerke ‘no weight’
0138:36
24° P
3° P
336
6.9
Pilot orders main engine ‘half ahead’
0138:38
27° P
4° P
336
6.9
Helmsman ceases port NFU input
0138:39
28° P
4.4° P
336
6.9
Pilot orders RT Clerke ‘stern to port, 20 t’
0138:44
28° P
6.1° P
335
6.9
Pilot orders RT Atlantis to make fast
0138:47
28° P
6.9° P
335
6.9
RT Clerke moving from starboard to port quarter
0138:53
27° P
8.5° P
334
6.9
Pilot orders main engine ‘slow ahead’
0138:55
27° P
8.9° P
334
6.9
Pilot orders RT Clerke ‘stern to port, full’
0139:12
27° P
12.2° P
331
6.9
Pilot orders main engine ‘dead slow ahead’
0139:19
27° P
12.9° P
329
6.9
RT Clerke on port quarter starting to apply tow force
0139:20
27° P
12.9° P
329
6.9
Pilot orders RT Inspiration ‘push full’
0139:24
27° P
13.4° P
328
6.8
Pilot orders ‘stop engines’
0139:28
26° P
13.6° P
327
6.8
RoT peaks at 13.6° to port
0139:30
26° P
13.5° P
326
6.8
Pilot orders RT Atlantis ‘push on [starboard] quarter’
0139:35
26° P
13.4° P
325
6.7
Pilot orders rudder hard to port/ Master queries order
0139:38
28° P
13.3° P
325
6.7
Helmsman applies port NFU input
0139:40
35° P
13.4° P
324
6.7
Rudder hard to port
0139:44
35° P
13.3° P
323
6.7
Pilot to VTS, ‘Port emergency. Rudder failure.’
0139:50
35° P
12.8° P
322
6.6
Master queries pilot’s order of hard to port again
0139:54
35° P
12.7° P
321
6.6
Pilot orders rudder hard to starboard
0139:55
35° P
12.7° P
321
6.6
Helmsman applies starboard NFU input
0140:01
11° P
12° P
320
6.6
RT Inspiration confirms pushing full on port bow
0140:05
8° S
11.3° P
319
6.5
Pilot orders ‘dead slow astern’
0140:10
30° S
10° P
318
6.5
Pilot orders RT Atlantis ‘push full’ on quarter
0140:11
35° S
10 °P
318
6.4
Rudder hard to starboard
0140:30
35° S
3° P
316
6.2
VTS broadcasts request for towage assistance
0140:34
35° S
3° P
317
6.1
Hagen Oldendorff grounds
Appendix B – Escort Performance Notation
For escort tugs, Lloyd’s Register offers the specific notation EPN (F,B,V,C) to denote the escort performance numeral of the vessel obtained by full scale testing of the vessels. The EPN is made up of a series of values (F,B,V,C), defined as follows:
F: Maximum steering force, in tonnes
B: Maximum braking force, in tonnes
V: Speed, in knots, at which F and B are determined
C: Time, in seconds, required for the escort tug in manoeuvring from maintained oblique position of the tug giving it a maximum steering force on one side of the assisted vessel to a mirror position on the other side.
The EPN values of the Rivtow (BHP towage service) tug fleet at Port Hedland is detailed in Figure 13 below. In the table, the value of ‘F’ (maximum steering force) is denoted by ‘Fs’ and the value of B (maximum braking force) is denoted by ‘Fb’. The values of Fs and Fb are provided for a ‘V’ of 6 knots, 8 knots and 10 knots.
The value of ‘C’ (transition time from port to starboard or vice versa while providing maximum steering forces) for the RAstar85 tugs at 6 knots and 8 knots was 45 seconds.
Figure 13: Tug escort performance notations
Source: BHP
Appendix C – Pilot fatigue analysis
Fatigue
The International Maritime Organization (2019)[45] defined fatigue as:
A state of physical and/or mental impairment resulting from factors such as inadequate sleep, extended wakefulness, work/rest requirements out of sync with circadian rhythms and physical, mental or emotional exertion that can impair alertness and the ability to safely operate a ship or perform safety-related duties.
Fatigue is a hazard because it affects everyone regardless of skill, knowledge and training and its effects can be particularly dangerous in the transportation sector, including the aviation and maritime industry.
Fatigue can be caused by any one or more of a range of factors including:
lack of sleep (or inadequate restorative sleep)
poor quality of sleep and rest
circadian effects
stress
excessive workload.
Fatigue can have a range of effects on human performance, including:
decreased short-term memory
slowed reaction time
decreased work efficiency
reduced motivational drive
increased errors of omission
lapses in attention
increased distractibility
reduced vigilance and reaction time.
Inadequate quantity and quality of sleep is a primary contributor to fatigue. Most people generally require 7–8 hours of sleep to achieve a maximum amount of alertness and performance.
Pilot rostering
The PHP pilot rostering system involved the rotational allocation of pilots to ships in an ‘endless belt’ rotation where a pilot was allocated a pilotage task, then dropped to the bottom of the list, moving up as pilots further up the list were allocated pilotage tasks sequentially. The pilotage schedule and individual pilotage assignments were usually finalised between 1600–1800 every evening. Hagen Oldendorff’s pilot preferred to be awake at this time to ascertain when their next pilotage task was so they could plan their sleep accordingly.
Fatigue risk management system
Introduction
PHP operated a fatigue risk management system as part of the organisation’s contractual obligations to the PPA. The PHP fatigue risk management procedure (FRMP) formed part of the pilots’ SMS and compliance with the procedure was regularly audited. The procedure acknowledged that a channel blockage was a critical risk to the port, that pilot performance was a key mitigating risk control, and that fatigue-related impairment was a credible risk to pilot performance. The procedure identified that the most effective means to manage the effects of fatigue was to have restorative sleep and that the pilot’s work schedule was the primary means of managing pilot work and rest hours.
The FRMP provided a general overview of several methods, tools and criteria used in fatigue assessment. Of these, the procedure primarily applied the following 3 methods in assessing pilot fatigue and suitability for work:
a biomathematical model fatigue assessment (FAID)
a prior sleep wake model (PSWM)
a fatigue self-assessment declaration.
The outcomes of these 3 elements of the PHP fatigue assessment determined whether a pilot could be assigned a given pilotage task. In the event a pilot breached any of these criteria, other options were considered, with the most common measure being to rotate that pilot out of the roster to a task at a more appropriate time, with the next pilot in line being assigned the ship movement.
Biomathematical fatigue model
Biomathematical models are tools for predicting fatigue levels based on a scientific understanding of the factors that contribute to fatigue. PHP utilised a software tool called Fatigue Audit InterDyne (FAID). The FAID bio-mathematical model of fatigue assessed the predicted level of fatigue based on the pilots’ rostered hours of work. Pilots logged the start and finish times of their pilotage tasks, and the FAID tool generated a predicted score for the expected completion time of the pilot’s following task.
A FAID score of 75 was considered the upper threshold for ‘normal’ pilotage jobs[46] although pilots with FAID scores of up to 80 could be rostered under certain circumstances with additional controls and approvals.
The incident pilot’s predicted FAID score at the completion of the Hagen Oldendorff pilotage was 73. That score was based on the time of day and duration of the pilot’s pilotage tasks over the previous 7 days, subsequent rest opportunities and, time of day and expected duration of Hagen Oldendorff’s outbound pilotage. The ATSB’s biomathematical analysis of the pilot’s roster using FAID produced similar results to the PHP score.
Prior sleep wake model
The prior sleep wake model (PSWM) was designed to account for actual sleep obtained and used 3 simple criteria to estimate when fatigue became an unacceptable risk in the workplace. The PHP PSWM proposed that:
pilots should obtain a minimum of:
5 hours sleep in the previous 24-hour period
12 hours sleep in the previous 48-hour period
time awake (the period from the pilot waking up to the end of their pilotage task) should not exceed the total sleep in the previous 48-hour period.
An automatic phone calling system notified pilots of their scheduled pilotage tasks 90 minutes prior to the planned pilot-on-board time. The pilot’s ‘time awake’ parameter for each shift was therefore calculated from 90 minutes prior to pilot-on-board time. The incident pilot usually set an alarm an additional 15 minutes before the time of the expected automated call.
A review of the pilot’s roster over the 72 hours before they woke to prepare for Hagen Oldendorff’s pilotage identified that the pilot had sufficient opportunity to obtain adequate, restful sleep.
Table 3 below details the pilot’s sleep opportunity over the preceding 3 days. The rest opportunity was calculated from one hour after the completion of a pilotage (to allow for travel back to accommodation) to 105 minutes before the next pilot-on-board time (the 90 minute automatic callout plus the pilot’s 15 minute allowance). The pilot estimated they woke at about 2230 on 8 April and boarded Hagen Oldendorff at 0018 on 9 April.
Table 3: Pilot rest opportunity leading up to the Hagen Oldendorff pilotage
Date
Rest opportunity (From/To)
Total rest opportunity
8 April
0610 on 8 April to 2230 on 8 April
16 h 20 m
7 April
1500 on 7 April to 2351 on 7 April
8 h 51 m
6/7 April
1645 on 6 April to 0833 on 7 April
15 h 48 m
Based on the pilot’s recollection and the PHP investigation report, the pilot estimated they obtained at least 8 hours of sleep in the 24 hours preceding the grounding. About 3–4 hours was reportedly obtained immediately before waking up for the pilotage with the rest obtained earlier during the day. Similarly, the pilot estimated they had obtained at least 8 hours of sleep every 24 hours over the preceding 2 days. While the sleep opportunity identified in Table 3 above demonstrates that it was possible for the pilot to have obtained the reported sleep, the pilot could not recall the exact hours of sleep obtained.
Fatigue self-assessment
The final element in the PHP fatigue assessment involved a subjective pilot self-assessment of their fatigue levels. The self-assessment was made using the Samn-Perelli fatigue scale – a scale from 1 to 7 – where 1 is ‘fully alert and wide awake’ and 7 is ‘completely exhausted, not able to function’.
The pilot self-assessed a fatigue score of 5 (Moderately tired, let down) at the commencement of the Hagen Oldendorff pilotage. However, the pilot also self-assessed the same score of 5 at the conclusion of the pilotage, indicating that the fatigue self-assessment was likely an unreliable risk control for fatigue.
Sleep quality
During their 4-week duty periods in Port Hedland, pilots generally resided in suitable accommodation that was quiet, temperature-controlled and conducive to restful sleep. Nevertheless, the nature of pilotage work meant that the sleep obtained was often not of optimal quality. Marine pilotage is typically characterised by irregular and unpredictable work periods (shifts) around the clock. This is particularly the case for pilotage in Port Hedland where most laden capesize ships can only be sailed out on the high tide.[47]
Research demonstrates that working these types of shifts results in sleep that is significantly shorter and of inferior recuperative value, even though many shifts are not excessive in length (Gregory et al, 2020; Chambers and Main, 2015). Sleep under these circumstances is also fragmented and more difficult to initiate (Weaver et al, 2021: 300). A study of 40 Australian marine pilots found that sleep quality following a night shift, where pilots are attempting to sleep in the early morning or day time, was significantly worse compared to sleep that occurred before working a day shift (Tait et al, 2021).
The pilot’s reported 8 hours of sleep was likely segmented, and the pilot reported that it was often difficult to get to sleep when assigned pilotage tasks in the early hours of the morning. The pilot also acknowledged that their sleep that day was ‘broken’ and ‘not good’. Analysis of the pilot’s mobile phone activity during the day showed that their reported 8 hours of sleep was probably broken into periods of between 2–5 hours’ sleep at a time. Sleep during the circadian peak for alertness (daytime hours), when we are least likely to fall asleep, generally results in a significantly reduced amount of recovery sleep (Akerstedt and Wright, 2009).
Effects of circadian rhythm
The grounding occurred at about 0140, during the nighttime circadian rhythm trough, and just outside the window of circadian low (WOCL, 0200 – 0600). Circadian effects on alertness and performance are well documented. Performance during the circadian trough is associated with lower alertness, slower reaction time, reduced cognitive performance and poorer accuracy compared to during the circadian peak (daytime hours) (Van Dongen and Dinges, 2005; Folkard and Tucker, 2003). However, the pilot’s rest opportunity/sleep over the preceding 72 hours included a period over the nighttime circadian trough (from 1645 on 6 April to 0833 on 7 April). Additionally, the presence of circadian effects in an occurrence is not sufficient on its own to establish the existence of fatigue (Riethmeister et al, 2019:158; Williamson and Friswell, 2011). Nevertheless, the pilot’s ability to manage the increased workload arising from managing the response to the incident was likely affected by the circadian effects of operating in the early hours of morning, just outside the WOCL.
Workload, stress and decision-making
Following the rudder angle indicator failure and the development of the turn to port, the pilot’s workload in managing the emergency naturally increased. Effective decision-making during an emergency is inherently challenging due to the time pressure, uncertainty, novelty, and the dynamic decisional environment (Reale et al, 2023). Research has shown decision-making under stress becomes less systematic and more hurried; fewer alternative choices are considered; and communication is reduced and of poorer quality, disrupting effective team performance (Dismukes, Goldsmith and Kochan, 2015).
For example, shortly after the ship started turning to port towards the side of the channel, the pilot ordered the rudder hard over to port. However, this order conflicted with the orders previously issued to the 3 escort tugs aimed at arresting the turn to port. The pilot’s rudder order of hard to port was an error on the part of the pilot who almost certainly intended to say, ‘hard to starboard’ and not ‘hard to port’. While documented effects of fatigue include increased incident of human error (Wickens et al, 2015), and decrements in vigilance, reaction time, information processing, and decision making (Rosekind et al, 1996:158), these behaviours are also characteristic of the effects of acute stress on decision-making under uncertainty.
Summary
The pilot’s FAID score of 73, PSWM hours of sleep and self-assessed fatigue score of ‘5’ was within the allowable limits of the PHP fatigue management procedure. Although, the pilot’s sleep history leading up to the grounding could not be definitively established, the pilot estimated obtaining at least 8 hours sleep in the preceding 24 hours and a similar amount of sleep each day over the previous 2 days. While the sleep in the 24 hours before the grounding was likely not of optimal quality, the 72-hour period before the grounding included an overnight rest opportunity when good quality sleep was most likely to be obtained.
Therefore, while there were factors that potentially reduced the pilot’s ability to obtain sufficient, restful sleep of the required quality, there was insufficient evidence to establish that the pilot’s sleep quantity and quality was impaired to the point where they were likely experiencing a level of fatigue known to have an effect on performance.
PHP fatigue trends
A PHP assessment of fatigue and roster data over a 3-year period from 2018–2020 identified that the number of alterations of the pilot roster sequence[48] due to unacceptable FAID and PSWM scores was increasingly trending upwards with an average of 21 changes per quarter.
The assessment acknowledged that while the FAID program considered sufficient sleep opportunity, it did not account for actual amount of sleep or sleep quality. Furthermore, it only considered the cumulative effects of a 7-day work history, rather than the entire 4-week duty period. The assessment also noted that the PSWM score did not differentiate between longer, better quality sleep and a series of shorter, lower quality sleep periods, which were often the case.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this report is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International licence.
The CC BY 4.0 licence enables you to distribute, remix, adapt, and build upon our material in any medium or format, so long as attribution is given to the Australian Transport Safety Bureau.
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1]Based on the port’s dynamic under keel clearance (DUKC) system, the tidal window for the ship’s departure was between 0016 and 0156 on 9 April 2022. High water was at 0236 with a tide height of 5.25 m.
[2]The part of the ship where the curve of the bow meets the middle parallel body.
[3]Surface of the of the ship’s hull aft of midship and forward of the stern on either side.
[4]The Beaufort scale of wind force, developed in 1805 by Admiral Sir Francis Beaufort, enables sailors to estimate wind speeds through visual observations of sea states.
[5]One cable equals one tenth of a nautical mile or 185.2 m.
[6]In indirect towing, the tug uses its thrust to maintain a sheered position relative to the ship’s heading and generates towing forces (indirectly) by using a combination of the tug’s weight and drag on the tug’s hull and transmitted via the towline. When working at the stern of a ship, this method can generate substantially higher bollard pull at speeds through the water greater than 6 knots.
[7]All speeds referred to in this report are ‘made good/over the ground’.
[8]One knot, or one nautical mile per hour equals 1.852 kilometres per hour.
[9]A tug that follows a ship closely but is not connected via a towline.
[10]A voyage data recorder is designed to collect and store data from various shipboard systems in compliance with SOLAS requirements.
[11]Rate of turn is the instantaneous rate of change of the ship’s heading, expressed in degrees per minute.
[12]Direction of the bow of a vessel expressed in degrees, either true or magnetic. All ship’s headings in this report are in degrees by gyro compass with negligible error.
[13]The tugs providing indirect towage were equipped with a calibrated towline tension meter to monitor the towline tension and thereby the tow force being generated by the tug.
[14]Non-follow‑up (NFU) is a backup method for steering the ship. In the NFU mode, the rudder turns while the lever is held to port or starboard and remains at this angle when the lever is released.
[15]An event that poses significant risk to the safe or continued operation of the port by affecting safety of personnel in the port area, shipping channel, port assets or infrastructure
[16]FMG Dusky was returning after escorting the outbound ship Ocean Hong Kong and had just passed Hagen Oldendorff. Iron Ibis and Iron Whistler were returning after being dismissed from escorting another outbound ship, KN Amethyst, and were just ahead of Hagen Oldendorff. RT Darwin and Iron Kestrel were in the Hunt Point tug pens with RT Darwin having been earlier dismissed from Hagen Oldendorff, while Iron Kestrel was preparing for the departure of another ship.
[17]A detention is an intervention action taken by the port state when the condition of the ship or its crew does not correspond substantially with the applicable conventions. The action is taken to ensure that the ship will not sail until it can proceed to sea without presenting a danger to the ship or persons onboard, or without presenting an unreasonable threat of harm to the marine environment, whether or not such action will affect the scheduled departure of the ship.
[18]Incident report alert form 18 and incident report form 19, available at www.amsa.gov.au
[19]BHP own and operate 8 berths at Port Hedland for the export of iron ore.
[20]Capesize ships generally have dimensions larger than that allowable for transit of Panama and Suez Canals and therefore have to sail around Cape Horn and the Cape of Good Hope.
[21]International Maritime Organization, 2014, The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974 as amended, IMO, London.
[23]International Maritime Organization, 2018, International Management Code for the Safe Operation of ships and for Pollution Prevention (ISM Code) as amended, IMO, London.
[28]Lloyd’s Register, 2019, Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Ships, Part 5 Main and Auxiliary Machinery, Chapter 19 Steering Systems, Section 4 Steering control systems.
[29]The port’s annual throughput for the year 2021-2022 was 561 million tons from 3,289 vessel visits and with iron ore exports making up 93.4% of the port’s export commodities.
[30]In 2001, BHP Limited merged with Billiton Plc to form BHP Billiton. In 2018, ‘Billiton’ was dropped from the organisation’s name, and it is now known as BHP.
[31]An azimuth thruster is a type of marine propulsion unit where a propeller is integrated into a pod which can be rotated 360° thereby integrating the propulsion and steering functions into a single unit.
[32]A ‘Z-drive’ is a transmission configuration used to connect the mechanically‑supplied driving energy to the azimuth thruster device, such that the rotary motion has to make 2 right angle turns (thus resembling the letter ‘Z’).
[33]‘Bollard pull’ is the most commonly used measure of a tug’s performance. It can be described as the maximum thrust developed by the tug’s propulsion systems when it is stationary in the water. When the tug is making way, the towing force generally decreases due to external factors such as weather and the underwater resistance of the tug’s hull.
[34]A pair of upright cylindrical steel posts projecting above the deck of a ship used for securing lines, in this case, for towing.
[35]In September 2017, the PPA notified ship operators that cape size ships calling at Port Hedland were required to have a set of towing bitts and a Panama lead rated to a minimum SWL of 120 t on the vessel’s aft deck. These requirements came into force on 1 February 2021.
[36]Significant wave height (Hs) is traditionally defined as the average height of the highest one-third of the waves experienced over time and generally corresponds to the wave height visually estimated by a skilled observer such as an experienced mariner.
[37]A render/recover winch is a dynamic, constant-tension winch control system that was capable of automatically hauling in and paying out the towline as required to maintain a constant tension on the line.
[38]The Pilbara Ports Authority (PPA) was established on 1 July 2014, as a result of the Ports Legislation Amendment Act 2014 which consolidated 7 of Western Australia’s 8 port authorities into 4 new regional port authorities. The PPA was formed by the amalgamation of the former port authorities of Dampier and Port Hedland and also encompassed the ports of Ashburton and Varanus Island.
[39]Port Hedland Pilots were required to comply with the relevant requirements of the International Standard for Maritime Pilot Organizations (ISPO) – an international standard of best practice for pilotage organisations with certification carried out by recognised classification societies. ISPO accreditation was maintained through regular audits of PHP operations and the SMS.
[40]Marine notices are published by the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) and provide important safety‑related information, general guidance and details about upcoming changes to legislation to the shipping and maritime community.
[41]KN Amethyst and Ocean Hong Kong were the 2 outbound ships ahead of Hagen Oldendorff. KN Amethyst departed Finucane Island berth ‘B’ about an hour before Hagen Oldendorff departed, while Ocean Hong Kong departed Anderson Point berth 1 about 30 minutes before Hagen Oldendorff.
[42]A PPU is a specialised navigation aid used by pilots and typically consists of a tablet or laptop device loaded with electronic chart software, with associated position reference systems and sensors to provide position, heading and automatic identification system (AIS) data. The PPU may have its own independent sources for this data, or it may rely upon connection to the ship’s pilot plug to source this data from the ship’s navigational equipment.
[43]Australasian Marine Pilots Institute, 2020, AMPI PPU Code of Good Practice – For the implementation and use of Portable Piloting Units, 2nd edition, AMPI, Wollongong, New South Wales.
[44]The automatic identification system (AIS) is a maritime communications system that uses the very high frequency (VHF) radio band to transfer data such as a vessel’s course, speed and other dynamic and static data. The system enables AIS-equipped vessels and shore-based AIS stations to send and/or receive identification information that, in addition to the AIS unit, can be displayed on an electronic chart system, compatible radar or PPU.
[45]International Maritime Organization, 2019, MSC.1/Circ.1598 Guidelines on Fatigue, London, United Kingdom.
[46]The FAID score threshold was reduced to 70 in the event of an ‘abnormal’ pilotage task. An ‘abnormal’ pilotage task was one that involved factors that were likely to increase pilot workload, for example, strong winds, large tidal ranges, reduced visibility or a vessel with poor handling characteristics.
[47]Port Hedland predominantly experiences semi-diurnal tides with 2 high tides (high water) and 2 low tides (low water) every lunar day (24 hours and 50 minutes). Further, the deepest draught ships that call at Port Hedland can often only be sailed out on the spring tides which occur twice every lunar month (approximately 29.5 days). Ships that miss this sailing window may then have to remain in port for the duration of the neap tides until the next spring tide.
[48]An alteration of the pilot roster sequence usually occurred when a pilot in the belt roster had to be skipped and moved further down the sequence due to an exceedance of one of the 3 fatigue criteria (unacceptable FAID/PSWM score or adverse fatigue self-assessment).
Interim report
Report release date: 07/06/2023
This interim report details factual information established in the investigation’s early evidence collection phase and has been prepared to provide timely information to the industry and public. Interim reports contain no analysis or findings, which will be detailed in the investigation’s final report. The information contained in this interim report is released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003.
The occurrence
On the morning of 7 April 2022, the 300 m Liberian registered bulk carrier Hagen Oldendorff (Figure 1) arrived at Port Hedland, Western Australia from Tianjin, China, to load a cargo of iron ore. By 0900 local time, the ship was all fast port side alongside at Stanley Point (SP2) berth, operated by Roy Hill Iron ore. Shortly after, the ship commenced loading.
Figure 1: Hagen Oldendorff
Source: Australian Maritime Safety Authority
By 1544 the following day, 8 April, Hagen Oldendorff hadcompleted loading 205,465 tonnes of iron ore and was drawing forward and aft draughts of 18.34 m and 18.42 m, respectively. The ship’s departure was planned for 0045 during the next tidal window, which was between 0016 and 0156 on the following day.
By 0001 on 9 April, Hagen Oldendorff had its main engine on standby for departure, having completed pre-departure checks, which included the testing of the steering gear, main engine, and other navigational equipment. At about 0018, a harbour pilot boarded the ship, and shortly after, the master-pilot information exchange was completed on the navigation bridge (bridge). The steering gear checks and main engine ahead and astern movement were conducted again with the pilot observing. By 0031, 3 tugs were made fast in preparation for departure with a fourth to be made fast after unberthing.
At 0048, Hagen Oldendorff departed the berth and shortly after, the fourth tug was also made fast. Tugs RT Inspiration and RT Atlantis were fast on the port and starboard shoulders,[1] respectively, RT Clerke through the centre lead aft, and RT Darwin on the starboard quarter.[2]
At about 0118, when Hagen Oldendorff was about 3.5 cables[3] (648 m) south of Hunt Point (Figures 2 and 3), RTDarwin, was cast off and dismissed. The ship proceeded north-east along the channel. The pilot then offered RT Clerke’s master a training opportunity in helping turn the ship into Goldsworthy channel using ‘indirect towing’[4] (a method employed regularly in the port for the ongoing training of tug masters). The tug master accepted the pilot’s offer.
At about 0126 (Figure 3), the pilot commenced a turn to port using the tug and supplemented the turn rate using the ship’s rudder as necessary (port 10° and port 20°). At this time, the ship’s speed[5] was about 6.4 knots.[6]
Figure 2: Hagen Oldendorff’s track overlaid on chart of Port Hedland channel
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB
Figure 3: Hagen Oldendorff’s track showing location of key events
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB
At about 0133, the pilot ordered the release of tug RT Atlantis on the starboard shoulder and by 0135, RT Atlantis was a 'passive escort’[7]. Shortly after, the pilot ordered the release of tug RT Inspiration on the port shoulder and, by 0137, it too was a passive escort.
At about that time, Hagen Oldendorff was passing beacons 36-37 in the Goldsworthy channel (Figure 3), turning to port at a rate of turn (RoT)[8] of about 4° per minute and its speed was 6.7 knots, with the main engine set to full ahead (51 RPM). The aft tug was being utilised to control the RoT and steady the ship on the Goldsworthy leading lights (leads) line (aligned 156°‑336°). At 0137:26, the ship was steady on a heading[9] of about 334° and its course over ground was 336°, when the pilot ordered starboard 10° (Table 1).
At about the same time, the pilot advised RT Clerke’s master of the completion of indirect towing, following which, the tug masterasked the pilot whether significant rudder input had been required to supplement the tug’s input’s during the turn. During the subsequent conversation, the ship started to swing slowly to starboard at a rate of about 2° per minute, and the pilot ordered the rudder to midships, immediately followed by a heading order of 335°.
Table 1: Key events before the grounding
Time
Rudder angle
Rate of turn (deg/min)
Heading (True)
COG (True)
SOG (knots)
Notes
0137:26
Midships (0°)
0
334
336
6.8
RoT was 0 for preceding 5 seconds
0137:30
7° (S)
1(S)
334
336
6.8
By 0137:32, rudder was at starboard 10°
0138:21
20°(P)
0
336
338
6.9
Non follow‑up mode engaged
RoT remained 0 until 0138:27
0138:37
27°(P)
4 (P)
336
340
6.9
Rudder angle change with no helm order
0139:40
36°(P)
13(P)
324
338
6.7
Rudder angle hard port (maximum).
0140:10
35°(S)
10(P)
318
330
6.5
Rudder angle hard starboard
0140:28
34°(S)
5(P)
316
324
6.3
Contact with the channel edge (grounding) shortly after 0140:28
0140:53
35°(S)
19(S)
322
314
4.8
Starboard swing developed after grounding on side of channel
Source: Hagen Oldendorff’s VDR
Shortly after, the pilot heard ‘clicking’ sounds from the electrical cabinet on the bridge, followed by the lighting of the rudder angle indicators extinguishing (see the section titled Rudder angle indicators). The pilot later recalled that the rudder angle indicator was indicating the rudder was midships before it went dark. Recorded data from the ship’s voyage data recorder (VDR) showed that by 0137:47, the ship had developed a RoT of about 3.6° per minute to starboard, and the pilot ordered port 10°, followed by port 20°. The pilot also ordered the aft tug ‘RT Clerke’ to pull the ship’s stern to starboard to counteract the ship’s starboard swing and steady it in the channel. Moments later, at 0138:09, the pilot ordered ‘non follow‑up (NFU),[10] port 20°’ (see the section titled Steering Gear).
At 0138:13, the pilot informed RT Clerke’s master of a ‘rudder failure’ and ordered ‘stern to starboard, 60 tonnes’. Recorded VDR data indicated that a few seconds later, at 0138:21, NFU mode was engaged and alarms sounded on the bridge. At this time, the ship was steady on a heading of 336° (Table 1). This was followed by the pilot ordering RT Inspiration to make fast on the ship’s port shoulder and, a few second later, push at full power.
By 0138:32, the ship had started to develop an increasing RoT to port so the pilot ordered RT Clerke to ease to ‘no weight on the line’. At 0138:36, on the pilot’s orders, the master started reducing the main engine telegraph setting from 'full ahead’ to reduce the ship’s speed. By 0139:25, the engine setting was at ‘stop’. During this time, the rudder moved from port 20° to about port 27°, without a corresponding helm order by the pilot (Table 1). In the meantime, the pilot had ordered RT Clerke ‘stern to port’ to reduce the port RoT. Also, RTAtlantis was tasked to push on the starboard quarter, after initially being instructed to make fast between cargo holds 2 and 3 on the starboard side. The tug then moved aft to the starboard quarter.
At 0139:34, the pilot queried if the rudder was responding and then ordered ‘hard to port’. The recorded data indicated that the rudder moved from its initial position of about port 27° to port 35°. At this time, RT Clerke was using full power to bring the stern to port and the ship’s RoT was 13° per minute to port (Table 1).
The pilot reported to the vessel traffic service (VTS) that the ship had experienced a ‘rudder failure’ and declared a ‘Port Emergency’[11]. Shortly after, the master queried the hard to port rudder order and asked the pilot what rudder angle was needed. The pilot then asked for the rudder to be put hard to starboard. Recorded (VDR) data showed that the rudder angle then moved to 35° starboard.
Shortly after 0140:00, on the pilot’s order, the master put the main engine astern to reduce the ship’s speed, which was 6.2 knots. At about 0140:24, the pilot said, ‘no rudder, no rudder’ and then asked if the rudder was at hard starboard. The master confirmed that it was.
Shortly after 0140:28, there was a sharp reduction in both the ship’s speed and its RoT to port. Recorded data confirmed that the ship had contacted the steep channel batter (the side of the navigable channel) (Figure 4). The ship’s bow then swung away from the side of the channel to starboard. In less than a minute, the RoT had increased to 19°(starboard). The ship’s speed at that time was 4.8 knots (Table 1).
Figure 4: Hagen Oldendorff’s position at 0140:28, close to the time of grounding
Source: Australian Hydrographic Office, annotated by the ATSB
At 0140:35, the VTS made a radio broadcast on the port’s very high frequency (VHF) working channel requesting available tugs to assist with Hagen Oldendorff’s emergency and notified the harbour master about the incident. The masters of 5 tugs (FMG Dusky, Iron Ibis, IronWhistler, RT Darwin and Iron Kestrel)confirmed they were responding.
Meanwhile at Hagen Oldendorff’s location (at about 0140:40), RT Atlantis, was squaring up to push on its starboard quarter. The pilot then instructed it to proceed to the bow and ordered RTClerke to pull the stern to starboard. The pilot also instructed RTInspiration, which was on the port bow to stop pushing. RT Atlantis proceeded forward, while RT Clerke continued pulling the stern to port. At about 0141, RT Inspiration was fast on the port shoulder.
Shortly after 0142, the pilot informed VTS that the ship ‘might have grounded’ and, while the engine was available, the steering gear was not responding in any mode, including NFU. The pilot also asked VTS to call the next duty pilot.
At about 0145, the master informed the pilot that the crew had engaged the emergency steering local controls in the steering gear room.
In the meantime, the tugs FMG Dusky and Iron Ibis had arrived at the ship’s location. At 0147:20, the pilot informed VTS that the ship’s emergency steering system was available, and the plan was to take the ship to the anchorage.
By 0148, FMG Dusky and Iron Ibis were fast on the starboard quarter and forward centre lead, respectively. At this time, Hagen Oldendorff was stopped in the channel, south of beacon 35 (Figure 3). Shortly after, the tug Iron Whistler was made fast on the port quarter.
At about 0152, the ship began moving along the channel under its own power with 6 tugs fast. About a minute later, the pilot asked for the ship’s forward, port ballast tanks to be sounded (for water ingress). Shortly after, the tugs RT Darwin and IronKestrel arrived and were instructed to position themselves off the port and starboard quarters and follow the ship.
At 0158, VTS advised the pilot that the harbour master had been informed that the ship had engaged emergency steering and was cleared to proceed to anchorage.
At about 0211, when the ship was past beacons 32-33, a second pilot boarded the ship via helicopter to assist (Figure 3). The second pilot then took charge of communications with various parties to assist the pilot conducting the ship. Shortly after, VTS advised the pilot that there was sufficient tidal window for the ship to exit the channel at C1.
At 0239, after repeated inquiries by the pilot about ballast tank soundings, the master advised that soundings had indicated no water ingress. The pilot asked for the tanks to be sounded again after 30 minutes.
At about 0303, the ship cleared beacons 15-16 (about 8.8 miles north-north-west of Hunt Point). Shortly after, FMG Dusky was cast off and dismissed and Iron Kestrel was made fast in its place on the starboard quarter.
At about 0327, the master reported that the latest tank soundings had confirmed no water ingress.
Shortly after 0430, the ship cleared the channel (beacons C1-C2) and all tugs, except RT Clerke, were dismissed. By 0530, the ship had anchored outside the port limits in a position 24 miles north-north-west of Hunt Point (Figure 2). Soon after, RT Clerke was cast off and dismissed and the pilots left the ship via helicopter.
Post incident actions
At 0530 on 9 April, the harbour master notified the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) about Hagen Oldendorff’s grounding and that the ship was at the anchorage. At 0600, AMSA issued the ship’s master a detention[12] order.
At about 1000, the master notified VTS that the ship was taking water in number 1 and 2 port double‑bottom water ballast tanks, had developed a trim by the head, and requested tug assistance. In response, the harbour master ordered 2 dive boats to the ship’s location. Shortly after, the master reported that one ballast pump was coping with pumping out the water from the breached tanks. Later that day, the master advised that all other compartments (ballast and fuel tanks) were intact.
On 11 April, an underwater hull inspection identified substantial damage on the ship’s port side and bottom shell plating in way of the breached tanks. The damage included holes in the shipside shell plating and the failure of the transverse bulkhead between the tanks, allowing flooding between them. Several frames and internal strength structures had also buckled or fractured.
On 18 May, following the temporary repairs at the anchorage, the ship’s flag State (Liberia) approved the ship to undertake a direct voyage to its discharge port in China before proceeding to the shipyard for permanent repairs.
At 2000 on 19 May, AMSA released Hagen Oldendorff from detention. At 2154, the ship departed for Lianyungang, China, to discharge its cargo. After discharging the cargo, the ship sailed to the shipyard in Zhoushan, China, for permanent repairs to be carried out.
Context
Hagen Oldendorff
Hagen Oldendorff was a Liberian registered, 208,588 deadweight (DWT) cape size[13] bulk carrier built in 2020 by Cosco Shipping Heavy Industry (Yangzhou, China). At the time of the grounding, the ship was managed and operated by Wah Kwong Ship Management Hongkong and classed with Lloyd’s Register (LR).
At the time of the incident, Hagen Oldendorff was crewed by 20 Chinese nationals, including the master. The bridge team comprised the master, third mate, helmsman, and the pilot. The engine room was manned by the chief engineer, second engineer and duty oiler.
Steering gear
Hagen Oldendorff was fitted with a Kawasaki electro-hydraulic 4 ram steering gear. The steering gear had 2 identical hydraulic systems; each system powered by one hydraulic pump.
The steering gear could be operated in auto or manual steering (follow‑up mode) from the bridge. Manual steering in non follow‑up (NFU) mode was also available in case follow-up mode malfunctioned. In an emergency, the steering gear could also be operated locally from the steering gear room.
In auto mode, the ship could be set up to follow the set heading. In this mode, the rudder follows the helm orders provided by the autopilot. The feedback signal from the rudder maintains the rudder at the ordered position.
Similarly, in hand steering mode, when the helm is moved (manually), the feedback signal maintains the rudder at that commanded position.
In the NFU mode, when the spring-loaded lever (Figure 5) is moved in one direction, the rudder continues to move in that direction until the lever is released (or the mechanical rudder limit is reached). When the lever is released, the rudder angle reached will be maintained. Changing the rudder angle requires the lever to be operated in the required direction.
Rudder angle indicators
The ship was fitted with a Yokogawa RAIS 100 rudder angle indicator system which included a rudder angle transmitter (in steering gear room) and 6 rudder angle indicators. The system had a common power supply with one circuit breaker provided at the junction box located in the cabinet on the bridge. A 3-face rudder angle (omnidirectional) indicator was mounted on the deckhead of the bridge, along the ship’s fore and aft centreline, above the manoeuvring console. An additional rudder angle indicator was provided in the bridge front instrument cluster. The bridgewings (port and starboard), engine control room and steering gear room were also fitted with a rudder angle indicator.
The autopilot display unit had an electronic rudder angle indication available (Figure 5) with its own independent power supply. The rudder (helm) order and feedback could be viewed on the display.
Figure 5: Hagen Oldendorff's bridge console layout showing the control and display unit
Source: Wah Kwong ship management, annotated by the ATSB
The post-incident shipboard investigation identified that the tracking motor of the omnidirectional rudder angle indicator (Figure 6) had burnt out, causing a short circuit. This short circuit tripped the common circuit breaker in the bridge cabinet. Hence, all rudder angle indicators lost power and stopped functioning at the time of the incident. Light and dimmers for the rudder angle indicators were also supplied from the same circuitry, resulting in the loss of all indicator illumination. When the omnidirectional indicator was isolated post‑incident, all other rudder angle indicators were found to be functional.
Figure 6: Bridge omnidirectional rudder indicator (isolated and partly dismantled)
Source: Australian Maritime Safety Authority, annotated by the ATSB
Port Hedland
Port Hedland, located in the Pilbara region of Western Australia, is the world’s largest bulk export port. The port has 19 operational berths and a 22-mile dredged, channel that allows a single ship to traverse it at any given time. This unidirectional channel is also tidally restricted for most laden ships. More than 6,000 shipping movements (in and outbound) take place annually, facilitating an annual throughput of more than 500 million tonnes of cargo (mainly iron ore).
The port’s unidirectional channel is divided into 6 zones to mitigate channel blockage risk. Zones 1 and 2 form part of the inner harbour, while zone 3 extends from Hunt Point to beacons 36-37 and features a 110° turn, lining up with the Goldsworthy leads. Zone 4 extends from beacons 36-37 to 30-31 (Figure 2). Both zones 3 and 4 have steep channel batters, which become shallower from zone 5 onwards. Zone 5 extends from beacons 30-31 to beacons 15-16. Zone 6 extends from beacons 15-16 to beacons C1-C2 (Figure 2 and Figure 3). The channel has a minimum width of about 162 m in the Goldsworthy and Newman sections of the channel (zones 4 and 5). Hagen Oldendorff grounded on the western side of the channel in zone 4, between beacons 37 and 35.
Pilbara Ports Authority
Port Hedland is managed by the Pilbara Ports Authority (PPA), which has overarching responsibility for safe and efficient port operations under the Western Australia state legislation.
Port Hedland Pilots
Port Hedland Pilots (PHP) was contracted by PPA to provide pilotage services in Port Hedland. The individual pilots were employed by PHP and licensed by PPA.
The pilot onboard Hagen Oldendorff hadabout 14 years sea going experience prior taking up the role of a pilot in 2004. They had worked as a pilot in several ports around Australia, before joining PHP in 2016. At the time of the occurrence, the pilot held an unrestricted pilot’s licence for Port Hedland and had conducted a total of about 4,000 shipping movements.
Tug services
The tugs in Port Hedland were operated under licences granted by PPA to Broken Hill Proprietary Towage Services (BHPTS) and Pilbara Marine by the PPA (Table 2). Rivtow operated tugs under the BHPTS licence, while Kotug operated under the Pilbara Marine towage licence.
Table 2: Tugs in Port Hedland
Licensee
Type of Tug
Bollard Pull (tonnes)
Number of Tugs
BHPTS
Z-Tech
63
2
BHPTS
RT80-32
80
5
BHPTS
ART80-32
80
4
BHPTS
RAstar85
85
6
Pilbara Marine
RT80-32
80
1
Pilbara Marine
ART85-32W
85
8
Safety action
Following this incident, PPA issued a marine notice requiring that a suitably qualified and competent person stands by in the steering gear room during a ship’s transit of the Port Hedland channel.
Further investigation
Initial formal notifications of the incident in April 2022 reported that Hagen Oldendorff had an issue with its steering due to faulty rudder indicators during its outbound transit of the Port Hedland channel. A few weeks later (in May), BHP reported to ATSB (via telephone) that the ship had grounded and sustained substantial damage. In late July, BHP presented the ATSB additional information, including recorded data.
The ATSB then reassessed the available information, obtained further information from PPA and PHP, and commenced an investigation into this serious incident. Subsequently, ATSB investigators attended the offices of PPA, PHP and BHP in Port Hedland to interview relevant persons and collect available evidence. The ATSB also obtained VDR and other relevant digital and documentary evidence from the ship’s mangers, PPA, PHP and BHP.
The investigation is continuing and will include:
a review of PHP’s operating procedures, practices, and training regime
analysis of the conduct of the pilotage and the effectiveness of bridge resource management
a review of PPA’s policies, procedures and their application
a review of towage practices and procedures in Port Hedland
assessment of Hagen Oldendorff’s steering gear arrangement, controls and indicators
a review of the ship’s procedures and emergency readiness.
Should a critical safety issue be identified during the course of the investigation, the ATSB will immediately notify relevant parties so appropriate and timely safety action can be taken.
A final report will be released at the conclusion of the investigation.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this publication is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia licence.
Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Australia Licence is a standard form licence agreement that allows you to copy, distribute, transmit and adapt this publication provided that you attribute the work.
The ATSB’s preference is that you attribute this publication (and any material sourced from it) using the following wording: Source: Australian Transport Safety Bureau
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1] The part of the ship where the curve of the bow meets the middle parallel body.
[2] Surface of the of the ship’s hull aft of midship and forward of the stern on either side.
[3] One cable equals one tenth of a nautical mile or 185.2 m.
[4] In indirect towing, the tug uses its thrust to maintain a sheered position relative to the ship’s heading. Towing forces are generated by drag forces on the tug’s hull and transmitted via the towline. This method can generate substantially higher bollard pull at speeds through the water of greater than 6 knots.
[5] All speeds referred to in this report are ‘made good/over the ground’.
[6] One knot, or one nautical mile per hour equals 1.852 kilometres per hour.
[7] A tug that follows a ship closely but is not connected via a towline.
[8] Rate of turn (RoT) is the instantaneous rate of change of the ship’s heading) , expressed in degrees per minute.
[9] Direction of bow of a vessel expressed in degrees, either true or magnetic. All ship’s headings in this report are in degrees by gyro compass with negligible error.
[10] Non follow‑up (NFU) is a backup method for steering the ship. In the NFU mode, the rudder turns while the lever is held to port or starboard and remains at this angle when lever is released.
[11] An event that poses significant risk to the safe or continued operation of the port by affecting safety of personnel in the port area, shipping channel, port assets or infrastructure
[12] A detention is an intervention action taken by the port state when the condition of the ship or its crew does not correspond substantially with the applicable conventions. The action is taken to ensure that the ship will not sail until it can proceed to sea without presenting a danger to the ship or persons onboard, or without presenting an unreasonable threat of harm to the marine environment, whether or not such action will affect the scheduled departure of the ship.
[13] Dimension larger than that allowable for transit of Panama Canal
Section 21 (2) of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003 (TSI Act) empowers the ATSB to discontinue an investigation into a transport safety matter at any time. Section 21 (3) of the TSI Act requires the ATSB to publish a statement setting out the reasons for discontinuing an investigation. The statement is published as a report in accordance with section 25 of the TSI Act, capturing information from the investigation up to the time of discontinuance.
Overview of the investigation
On 9 August 2022, the ATSB commenced an investigation into a level crossing collision between a truck and an Aurizon freight train (68A3) at Carrington near Goondiwindi, Queensland.
The truck was a 1996 Ford Louisville prime mover, coupled to a tipping semi-trailer. The combined unladed weight of the truck and trailer combination was 15.8 t. At the time of the collision, the truck was empty and on a return trip from the removal and disposal of waste from a cotton gin on the same property. The truck driver was an experienced driver that reported living locally and being familiar with the area.
Train 68A3 was an Aurizon bulk grain service, crewed by 2 drivers, that was scheduled to travel from Thallon to Fisherman Island, near Brisbane. Train 68A3 consisted of 2 locomotives with 38 loaded grain wagons. The train was 627 m in length, with a total weight of 2,371 t. The train crew involved in the collision had commenced their driving shift at Goondiwindi about 20 minutes before the collision.
At approximately 1448 local time, the truck crossed into the path of train 68A3 at occupation crossing[1] ID 2044 at Carrington. The train collided with the truck, resulting in the derailment of the train’s leading and trailing locomotives and 8 wagons. The truck, locomotives and wagons were substantially damaged in the collision. The truck driver and both train drivers received minor injuries.
The level crossing was located about 13 km east-south-east of Goondiwindi at the 186.97 km mark. It was an unsealed occupation crossing that was not a public road and it was only intended for the exclusive use of the occupier of the private land or by people with the knowledge and agreement of the occupier. The road traffic control devices installed at the crossing consisted of ‘Stop’ signs. At the time of the accident, the signs were in a clean and serviceable condition.
The rail infrastructure at the level crossing was tangent track[2] with minimal gradient (1 in 1,320). The track speed for train 68A3 at the level crossing was 60 km/h.
The ATSB attended the accident site, interviewed relevant parties and reviewed recorded information from the lead locomotive’s event recorder and the network control centre. The ATSB’s review of the preliminary evidence collected revealed:
Although the truck driver likely stopped at the level crossing, they did not identify the approaching train and proceeded across the crossing into the path of the train.
The sighting distances from both sides of the level crossing provided time for safe crossing.
There was no evidence of the level crossing being poorly maintained.
There were no mechanical issues, overspeed, or mishandling identified with the train.
There was no evidence of health problems, fatigue or drug/alcohol impairment of either the train drivers or truck driver.
The lead locomotive event recording confirmed that the head and ditch lights was turned on.
At about 6 seconds prior to the collision, the train horn was sounded for a sustained time (about 4 seconds). The truck driver reported not hearing the train’s horn.[3]
The train was travelling at about 55 km/h at the time of collision.
Reasons for the discontinuation
It is uncommon for a level crossing collision where a train collides with a vehicle on a crossing for there to be a significant derailment of the train. However, based on a review of the available evidence, the ATSB considered it was unlikely that further investigation would identify any systemic safety issues or important safety lessons related to the level crossing or the vehicles involved in this collision.
On 12 August 2021, the ATSB commenced a safety study (RS-2021-001) to examine level crossing collisions involving trains and heavy road vehicles in Australia. Evidence obtained from the 9 August 2022 accident, and other related occurrences, will be examined as part of that safety study. Consequently, the ATSB has discontinued this investigation.
[1] An occupation crossing is a level crossing provided for a private roadway, generally between 2 parcels of land with the same landowner.
[3] Research and previous accident investigations have shown that train horns, although an important safety device, are not always heard by drivers involved in level crossing accidents due to a variety of factors (for example, US National Transportation Safety Board 1998, Safety at passive grade crossings, Volume 1: Analysis, Safety study NTSB/SS-98/02).
On 20 July 2022, during planned track maintenance work, a track mounted excavator toppled when lifting an infrastructure trailer off the track near the Evandale Road level crossing, Evandale, Tasmania. The operator of the excavator was fatally injured and the spotter working with the excavator received minor injuries.
What the ATSB found
The ATSB found that, while conducting maintenance work, a track mounted excavator was being used to lift an infrastructure trailer when it became unstable and toppled laterally onto the adjacent ground. The operator, who was the site supervisor, was subsequently fatally injured by the excavator.
It was also identified that the total load being lifted, in combination with the configuration of the excavator, meant that the lift was overweight for the displayed civil and hi-rail modes.
While the site supervisor was trained and qualified to operate the excavator, it was likely that they had limited experience and familiarity with this specific excavator. This, combined with a perceived sense of urgency with the work task, resulted in the incorrect configuration being selected for the lift.
During the lift, the spotter placed themselves in a dangerous location between the excavator and infrastructure trailer. When the excavator toppled, the spotter was glanced by the boom on their back. The position of the spotter increased the risk of a more serious injury.
Further, based on the available signage within the excavator being used, it was very likely that the excavator was regularly exceeding the working load limit in both civil and high-rail mode for the planned maintenance work, increasing the risk of instability.
What has been done as a result
TasRail, as the infrastructure manager with oversight of the principal contractor Global Rail, has taken several safety actions in response to concerns regarding the use of road rail vehicle excavators in rail mode. It immediately implemented an embargo on such usage across its entire network. Subsequently, it convened an industry forum to devise a safe approach for the resumption of excavator operations. This resulted in the creation of a process flow chart for using earth-moving equipment as a lifting device, accompanied by a compliance checklist. TasRail also shared the forum's outcomes with other rail infrastructure managers across Australia and New Zealand.
Safety message
It is critical that equipment is operated by qualified, competent, and experienced operators who actively validate the working load limits before commencing a task. Further, selecting appropriate equipment, fit for purpose, reduces the risk of administrative risk controls becoming a last line of defence.
The investigation
Decisions regarding the scope of an investigation are based on many factors, including the level of safety benefit likely to be obtained from an investigation and the associated resources required. For this occurrence, a limited-scope investigation was conducted in order to produce a short investigation report, and allow for greater industry awareness of findings that affect safety and potential learning opportunities.
The occurrence
On the morning of 20 July 2022, track maintenance work, to be conducted by Global Rail, was planned to commence in the TasRail rail corridor between Leighlands Road and Evandale Road, Evandale, Tasmania (Figure 1). At about 0700 local time, prior to commencing work, the work team attended a pre-start safety briefing meeting about the day’s activities, including staying clear of working excavators. The work team consisted of a track protection officer, superintendent, site supervisor, 2 primary excavator operators (using a Doosan and a Hitachi excavator), and general labourers. The pre-start meeting was described by some of the work team as being tense between the supervisor and the primary Doosan excavator operator based on an incident that occurred the previous day.
Following the pre-start safety briefing, planned track maintenance work commenced. The planned track work involved replacing sleepers and rail, using 2 rail mounted excavators with infrastructure trailers, interchangeable excavator head tools, and various other tools and supplies. The Hitachi ZX135US excavator was operating on track near the site meeting point/office at Leighlands Road. The Doosan DX140W excavator was ferrying tools, equipment and supplies using 2 infrastructure trailers coupled by draw bars between the main site staging area at Leighlands Road and throughout the worksite. At some point before the rail ferrying was completed, the work team had begun to unclip the old rail from the sleepers, restricting the excavator’s access to the main site staging area at Leighlands Road.
At about 1005, the primary operator of the Doosan excavator unexpectedly parked the excavator at the secondary site area near the Evandale Road level crossing and departed the worksite. The excavator was parked on the track, with the rail wheels disengaged and retracted, and 2 rail mounted infrastructure trailers attached with draw bars.
Figure 1: Location overview
Source: Google Earth, annotated by the ATSB
The superintendent reported that the site supervisor was concerned about the excavator and 2 trailers remaining on the track, and the limitations it would place on the progress of the ongoing work. Following a short discussion, and before the superintendent could complete that discussion, the site supervisor walked off towards the excavator, asking a labourer to act as spotter on the way.
On arrival at the Doosan excavator, the site supervisor climbed into the cabin and began preparing the machine, including lowering the rail wheels to place the excavator into the hi-rail mode, mounting it on the rails. The spotter disconnected the infrastructure trailer draw bars between the excavator and trailers and placed the draw bar on the trailer.
Based on the previous process used, the spotter explained the lifting process to the site supervisor via the cabin door, which was locked in the open position. Following this, the site supervisor positioned the excavator boom arm above the first infrastructure trailer and tried to hook the lifting chain with the rail threader head (Figure 4). Failing this, the spotter attached the lifting chain to a hook located on the tilt rotator head (Figure 4).
At about 1035, while stationary, the site supervisor used the excavator boom, at or near full extension, to lift the infrastructure trailer loaded with the infrastructure trailer draw bar and timber dunnage. The spotter was positioned between the excavator and infrastructure trailer being lifted. The infrastructure trailer was lifted just above rail level before the load gradually slewed laterally.
The spotter reported that, at some point during the lift and slew, the excavator operator realised that the lift was out of control and immediately lowered the boom arm in an effort to stabilise the excavator and/or to avoid striking the spotter. The spotter recalled the rail threader attachment ramming the infrastructure trailer at this time. The spotter, standing between the excavator and the trailer, immediately evacuated the area as the excavator toppled onto its side (Figure 2). The spotter did not directly witness the topple. The excavator boom arm scraped down the back of the spotter as they evacuated the area, resulting in minor injury.
Figure 2: Accident site
Note: Track curvature is 650 m with an average track cant of about 8 mm.
Source: Tasmania Police, annotated by the ATSB
Following the topple, the spotter walked around the excavator looking for the site supervisor, assuming they had escaped from the cabin as the cabin was empty. A short time later, the remaining work team responded, and the site supervisor was found under the excavator towards the rear, fatally injured. The accident was reported to TasRail, with emergency services attending the site shortly thereafter.
Context
Personnel information
Site supervisor
A review of the Global Rail personnel records identified that the site supervisor was experienced with work on and around the track, held the appropriate and up-to-date qualifications and competencies, and was assessed as medically fit.
The site supervisor received the Doosan DX140W excavator operator competency assessment on 21 February 2022. Based on reports from work colleagues, the site supervisor had operated excavators on-site on an ad hoc basis when required. A work colleague suggested that the site supervisor had about 5-8 hours experience operating the Doosan excavator. It could not be determined if the site supervisor had lifted infrastructure trailers before.
Based on the working roster, information from colleagues, and the post-mortem toxicology results, there was no evidence that fatigue, illicit or prescription drugs, or alcohol likely affected their performance on the day.
Spotter
A review of the Global Rail personnel records identified that the labourer, acting as spotter, had about 2-3 years of experience working on or near the track, held the appropriate and up-to-date qualifications and competencies (including a valid construction white card), and had been assessed as medically fit. The labourer had attended a Global Rail safety briefing for the work and had been used as spotter when lifting infrastructure trailers on many occasions during this work.
Excavator information
The Doosan DX140W wheeled excavator was purchased new by Global Rail with an understanding that the working load limit was sufficient for rail infrastructure works. The excavator was subsequently modified by Melrose Mobile Hydraulics to include the addition of road-rail components and systems. This allowed the excavator to travel on both rails and road. It typically consisted of flanged wheels that engaged the rails, rubber tires for road travel, and a lifting system to raise and lower the excavator between rail and road (civil) modes. The rail wheels provided a longer, but narrower footprint compared to the rubber wheels. As result of the modification, the Doosan working load limits were revised using the Australian Standards, consequently reducing the limits.
The excavator was also equipped with a suspension oscillation lock system, which was designed to secure the upper structure (the part that houses the cabin, engine, and hydraulic systems) in a fixed position during a lift, providing stability and preventing unintended movement. It was also fitted with a red safety lock lever on the driver’s seat, which, when engaged in the horizontal position, activated the controls for operation. It was not fitted with a dynamic weighing system or overweight interlocked controls.
An operation and maintenance procedure document was supplied as part of the delivery process in early 2022, along with a training and competency assessment for operators, which included the site supervisor. The training and competency assessment included use of the road-rail system, narrow gauge operation, and use of the oscillation lock system when lifting. The operation and maintenance documented noted:
The Hi-Rail is designed for travel only on rail lines, if any operation of the boom, arm or attachment is to be performed outside of the rolling stock outline the hi-rail WLL [working load limit] chart must be strictly adhered to.
When the Hi-Rail is deployed the maximum allowable boom load is 1900kg. However, depending on the load centre distance from the excavator, this may need to be reduced so that the rail axle capacities are not exceeded. The front & rear hi-rail capacities are 12500 kg. Extreme care should be applied whenever slewing the machine with consideration given to the mass of any boom load or attachment fitted and the radius of boom/dipper arm, see Appendix A for the Hi-Rail W.L.L chart.
The working load limit chart shows how much weight can be safely lifted at various distances from the centreline (pivot point) of the machine, referred to as the lift point radius. Appendix A from that document, shown below in Figure 3, replicated the working load limit chart sticker located inside the cabin for operator reference.
When in the hi-rail mode, with the boom arm (the lift point radius) fully extended, the maximum weight that could be lifted when stationary was 381 kg. This weight increased to 904 kg with a reduction in the boom arm length to 6 m. When in the civil mode, the lifting capacity was 1,214 kg at any boom arm length. These weight limits reduced when the excavator was moving (mobile) with the load. For both modes, these weights were based on 75% (stationary) and 66% (moving) of the tipping capacity respectively, which is the point at which the machine will begin to tip or lift off the ground.
The capacities presented in the chart are based on the excavator having a standard boom arm and a tilt rotator weight of 407 kg. Therefore, the tilt rotator was excluded from the working load limit weights. The tilt rotator and rail threader are shown in Figure 4.
Figure 3: Hi-rail and civil mode working load limit chart
Source: Melrose Mobile Hydraulics Doosan DX140W Excavator Hi-Rail Operation and Maintenance Procedure, 7878 – DX140W HROP – REV 0
Figure 4: Tilt rotator and rail threader
Source: ATSB
Wreckage and site information
Following the accident, TasRail, Global Rail, the Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator (ONRSR), Tasmania Police, WorkSafe Tasmania, and the ATSB attended the site to collect evidence and conduct investigations. The following on-site observations were made by those parties:
there was evidence of lateral wheel movement (teetering) on the rail head over about 4 m, which correlated with the excavator rear rail wheels (Figure 5)
the excavator rail wheels were fully lowered in high rail mode
the suspension oscillation lock was disengaged and selected off in the cabin (Figure 6)
the boom arm was at or near full extension
the excavator was fitted with tilt rotator and rail threader attachments
the infrastructure trailer was connected to the tilt rotator hook via the lifting chain
the infrastructure trailer had timber dunnage and a draw bar on top
the cabin door was locked open
the seat belt was unlatched and retracted
the red safety lock lever was in the operational (horizontal) position
there was no evidence of an equipment failure
the accident occurred on slightly curved track with a post-accident cant measurement of about 17 mm
the primary Doosan excavator operator and site supervisor had not signed the pre-start briefing sheet, as required
the other excavator being used, the Hitachi ZX135US (tracked), did not have a working load limit chart sticker in the cabin.
Figure 5: Teetering evidence on the rail head
Source: Tasmania Police, annotated by the ATSB
Figure 6: Oscillation lock disengaged and off
Source: Tasmania Police, WorkSafe Tasmania, ONRSR, annotated by the ATSB
The excavator and associated equipment were further inspected at an off-site Police facility following recovery. The following observations were made by the ATSB:
The excavator was fitted with a working load limit lift chart sticker, along with other operational stickers, on the boom-side cabin window.
Other current compliance labels (Global Rail, TasRail) were also identified.
The boom was labelled ‘W.L.L. [working load limit] 1068KG’ (civil mode, mobile pick and carry).
The rail infrastructure trailer, draw bar, and lifting chains, were fitted with compliance plates.
The excavator was not fitted with a rail data recorder or similar, nor was it required to be.
The ATSB also took various measurements that were recorded between the tilt rotator, rail wheels, rubber road wheels, and pivot point.
On 26 July 2022, an ONRSR rail safety officer inspected the excavator at the storage facility, and the accident site. The officer concluded that, aside from accident damage, the excavator was in a good condition with no signs of poor maintenance. It was noted that the excavator’s front rail axle was in travelling mode during the inspection, suggesting it was pivoting rather than locked (suspension oscillation locking system).
The ONRSR officer noted that the accident happened on curved track, where the excavator would have leaned towards the inside due to the track's cant. Evidence such as flange marks and paint scratches indicated that the excavator likely rolled over towards the inside of the curve at a very low speed. ONRSR static overturning calculations indicated that the combination of factors such as the axle mode, track cant, and wheel position alone would not have led to the rollover. However, a significant lateral shift in the excavator centre of gravity, possibly resulting from the operator (site supervisor) rotating the boom, contributed to the rollover.
Stationary load limit calculations
Equipment weights
Table 1 below shows the equipment being used and their individual weights as shown on the respective compliance plates.
Table 1: Equipment weights
Equipment
Weight (kg)
Infrastructure trailer
1,780
Rail threader
330
Tilt rotator
407 (already included in the base weight of the excavator)
Draw bar long
176
Draw bar short
156
Actual working load limit
The excavator was lifting a combined equipment weight of at least 2,266 kg, consisting of the infrastructure trailer, rail threader, and short draw bar. This calculation did not include the timber dunnage or lifting chains.
On-site observations indicated the excavator boom arm was at near or full extension. Referring to the lift chart for the stationary hi-rail mode (Figure 3), the maximum working load limit was between 904 kg at 6 m and 381 kg at maximum extension. Given the items being lifted from the track, the excavator was lifting between 1,362 kg (150%) and 1,885 kg (495%) over the working load limit (Figure 7).
The primary operators of both excavators recalled that, when lifting infrastructure trailers, they would normally be in the civil mode, with the boom arm close to the excavator, and without the rail threader being attached. It was reported that the lifting of the infrastructure trailers on and off the track would take place at the main site at Leighlands Road. In this configuration, the excavator would be lifting a combined equipment weight of at least 1,936 kg, consisting of the infrastructure trailer and short draw bar. Based on a working load limit when in the stationary civil mode (1,214 kg), the limit would also have been overweight by 722 kg (61%) without the rail threader installed or 1,052 kg (87%) in the accident configuration (with a rail threader installed).
Practical working load limit
Noting that the working load limit weight reduced as the boom arm was extended, for the Doosan excavator, the ATSB estimated the minimum possible lift point radius that could be achieved when lifting an infrastructure trailer. The ATSB measured between the pivot point and the leading edge of the hi-rail wheels to be about 3 m. The infrastructure trailer was 4 m long, meaning the lift point (in the centre) was 2 m from the trailer edge. This meant that the minimum possible distance from the pivot point to the lift point was about 5 m.
Using the stationary hi-rail mode working load limit chart (Figure 3), the ATSB linearly extrapolated an indicative limit for a 5 m extension or lift radius as 1,568 kg.[1] This meant that, at the closest possible distance, the excavator would be lifting 698 kg (45%) above the working load limit (with an empty trailer, rail threader and short draw bar, similar to the accident (Figure 7).
Figure 7: Combined equipment weight, working load limit, lift point radius (boom arm extension), and tipping capacity for hi-rail mode
Source: ATSB
For comparison, and as noted above, the civil working load limits remained the same irrespective of the boom arm extension. Therefore, for the normal operating configuration as reported by the primary operators, it would be 722 kg (61%) overweight (Figure 8).
Figure 8: Combined equipment weight, working load limit, lift point radius (boom arm extension), and tipping capacity for civil mode]
Source: ATSB
TasRail comment
In response to this draft report, TasRail noted that thought should be given to having a separate industry standard or guidance regarding the use of road-rail vehicle equipment as a lifting device. This could include consideration of:
the risk profiles of different track gauges
the requirement for operators to conduct a detailed risk assessment and calculations prior to the deployment of such equipment where its capacities change depending on the task or environment, for example, when used in civil or hi-rail modes
the human factors associated with swapping between modes of operation
the possible control measures of limiters and alarms, for example, overlimit interlocking systems or overlimit alarms.
TasRail also noted the importance of conducting a risk assessment to ensure fit for purpose equipment is procured and/or used.
Track work
The rail work being conducted at Leighlands Road was part of a larger scope of work in that rail corridor, and included replacing sleepers and rail, and removal of fouled ballast (mudholes) and associated re-railing and re-sleepering. TasRail, the rail infrastructure manager, had tendered the work, and Global Rail was awarded the contract. To enable the work to be completed efficiently and safely, elements of the work, such as rail and sleeper handling, were mechanised.
As part of the scope of work, a risk assessment was developed, which identified risks associated with the planned work. To address these risks, a safe work method statement (SWMS 044 dated 07-03-2022, issue 7.0) was developed for the removal and installation of rail and sleepers. In that statement, a plant (such as excavators) hazard risk of rollover was identified. The risk control measures were:
Plant operator must be ticketed and competent for his item of plant.
All plant to be fitted with flashing lights and reversing alarms.
When moving around plant and equipment eye or verbal contact with the operator must be made prior to any personnel entering the danger zone or changing locations.
Plant operators must not use mobile phones at any time they are operating machinery on the site.
Visually inspect the terrain to ensure there is no chance of tipping due to potentially hazardous surfaces uneven ground / embankments.
Furthermore, a plant sliding/tipping event during lifting operations was identified, and included the following control measures:
Ensure level platform before commencing any lifting operations.
Only operate to the OEM [Original Equipment Manufacturer] of the machine.
Machine may need to be de rated when used to lift.
A lift chart must be in the cabin for the operator to refer to.
In addition, lifting outside of the safe working limit (SWL) of plant was identified, and included the following control measures:
Before commencing a lift check, Max load to be lifted (Delivery docket or Lift Study) SWL of plant and SWL of lifting equipment to ensure lift is within the SWL of all the plant and equipment.
All plant including chains to display WWL (Working Weight Limit) / SWL (Safe Work Load) signage.
Plant and lifting equipment used not to exceed registered WWL/ SWL- Only plant rated to load capacities to be used.
The above risks were identified as high inherent 16 (moderate consequence, likely likelihood) with a residual risk of low 5 (minor consequence, unlikely likelihood) after control measures were effectively applied by the site supervisor and operator (Figure 9).
Furthermore, safe work method statement (SWMS006 Operating an excavator, dated 29-04-2022, issue 5.0) was developed for the operation of excavators. The following control measures were identified:
Working or traversing on sloping ground - No plant or equipment is to work or traverse on slope over designated gradient as outlined in manufacturers user manual. If traversing slope use low gear and ensure that attachments are slewed to the uphill side of the plant and packed in the travel position.
Working excavator as a crane - Use dogman/rigger if required. Ensure all lifting equipment is inspected prior to use, is appropriate for the task and is within test dates. Check safe working load and condition of equipment prior to activity being undertaken. Safe working load of plant must be identified and load chart referred to for any variances. Inspect excavator and approved lifting lug. Check burst protection fitted for any loads in excess of 1 tonne. At no time will a suspended load be lifted over any persons. Ensure that all workers are outside the extended height and maximum radius of the plant.
The above risks were identified as high inherent 14 with a residual risk of high 10 after control measures were effectively applied. This meant that works could proceed on the basis that all controls were implemented, and workers onsite undertook a task hazard analysis where required. Global Rail advised that the task hazard analysis was contained in the pre-start briefing conducted on the day by the work site supervisor. Excavator operating duties were also assigned to specific individuals at that meeting, however, this was not recorded on the pre‑start briefing form. Global Rail further advised that there was an expectation that any change to those specific assignments would require a new pre-start briefing to be conducted, however, there was no documented evidence provided to support how this expectation was conveyed to the work team.
Figure 9: Risk scores used in Global Rail safe work method statements
Source: Global Rail
Safety analysis
Introduction
On 20 July 2022, a track mounted excavator became unstable and toppled laterally, fatally injuring the operator (the site supervisor). There was no evidence to suggest the site supervisor’s performance was influenced by drugs or alcohol, nor was there any indication of equipment failure that may have contributed to the instability or topple of the excavator.
This analysis will examine the accident sequence and the weight of the load being lifted on this and previous occasions. It will also discuss the position of the spotter during the lift.
Instability and toppling of the excavator
Evidence found on-site showed the rear wheels of the excavator teetered along the rail head, leading up to the excavator toppling. The spotter observed that the site supervisor was in the cabin, with the door latched open, immediately before the excavator toppled. Following the topple, the spotter had assumed that the site supervisor had evacuated as the cabin was found empty. However, the site supervisor was found under the excavator. As the spotter did not witness the evacuation, it could not be determined if the site supervisor either evacuated the cabin during the topple sequence, or was ejected from the cabin during the topple, and subsequently received fatal injuries.
It was also noted that the seatbelt was found unlatched following the accident, but there was insufficient evidence to determine if the operator was wearing the seatbelt at the time.
Lifting overweight and configurations
Based on weight information available within the cabin and on the equipment, and operating at near full boom extension in hi-rail mode, the total weight being lifted was significantly over the working load limits (between 150% and 495% above). This condition very likely contributed to the rear rail wheels of the excavator unloading and teetering along the rail head leading up to the topple. Consequently, the front rail wheels carried the total load, significantly affecting the lateral stability of the excavator and its ability to control the load, shifting the centre of gravity, and pivot point. Further, the suspension oscillation lock on the front axle was disengaged, further reducing lateral stability, and inducing more teetering and lateral load swing. In combination, these conditions resulted in the excavator becoming unstable. This was supported by the ONRSR review of the static rollover calculations, which demonstrated significant lateral shift in the centre of gravity, likely resulting from the slewing of the boom, was required to cause a topple.
Experience, familiarity, and sense of urgency
The superintendent on-site recalled speaking with the site supervisor to solve the issue with the parked Doosan excavator and infrastructure trailers. However, before the superintendent could complete the discussion, the site supervisor had walked off towards the excavator without considering alternative options for removing the trailer. Therefore, it was likely the site supervisor had a sense of urgency to resolve the issue so that they were not delayed.
The training records showed the site supervisor was deemed competent to operate an excavator having completed competency training for the Doosan about 5 months prior to the accident. However, based on information supplied by witnesses, it was likely that the site supervisor had limited practical experience using the excavator and required some advice from the spotter in its lifting operation on the day of the accident. In addition, while the site supervisor had observed the other excavator operators performing similar lifting operations, it was possible that they would not have known the exact lifting configuration, or the weight of the trailers being lifted, on those occasions. Changing the excavator to hi-rail mode demonstrated that the site supervisor had some knowledge of how to operate the excavator, but also showed limited familiarity and experience as this configuration was not appropriate for the lift to be conducted.
Therefore, it was likely that the site-supervisor’s limited experience and familiarity with the Doosan excavator, and a perceived sense of urgency to progress the work task, set up the condition of being in the incorrect configuration, lifting overweight, inducing teetering, and eventually toppling.
Spotter location
The spotter was suitability qualified, trained and had experience with spotting. Further, the spotter had attended a Global Rail safety briefing for the work as well as a pre-start briefing on the day of the accident, which included information about operating near the excavators. Regardless, to communicate with the site supervisor, the spotter had positioned themselves between the excavator and infrastructure trailer. Consequently, this placed the spotter in a dangerous location within the swing radius of the boom. This increased the risk of the spotter receiving more serious injuries.
Working load limits and the planned track work
The Doosan excavator was acquired by Global Rail to assist fulfilling the track work contract with TasRail. Based on local information (stickers and compliance plates) available, there was sufficient information to determine that lifting infrastructure trailers exceeded the working load limit of the Doosan excavator in both civil and hi-rail modes. Further, the use of this equipment was known and planned for during the scoping stage, however, the working load limit exceedance was not identified. Consequently, the Doosan excavator was very likely routinely lifting infrastructure trailers that exceeded the working load limit.
It was possible that the working load limit exceedance had not been identified previously due to the skill and experience of the primary operator, who configured the excavator to maximise its capability. This included lifting in civil mode, with the load as close as possible to the excavator and without the rail threader attached.
It was important, and a requirement of the safe work method statement, that the equipment load was calculated and compared to the working load limit declared in the machine cabin via the load chart. This was to ensure that lifting operations were not outside the safe working load limit, thereby increasing the risk of instability. If the working load limit cannot be determined, then the lift should not occur.
Findings
ATSB investigation report findings focus on safety factors (that is, events and conditions that increase risk). Safety factors include ‘contributing factors’ and ‘other factors that increased risk’ (that is, factors that did not meet the definition of a contributing factor for this occurrence but were still considered important to include in the report for the purpose of increasing awareness and enhancing safety). In addition ‘other findings’ may be included to provide important information about topics other than safety factors.
These findings should not be read as apportioning blame or liability to any particular organisation or individual.
From the evidence available, the following findings are made with respect to the fatality involving a track mounted excavator, Evandale, Tasmania, on 20 July 2022.
Contributing factors
During lifting operations, a track mounted excavator became unstable and toppled laterally onto the adjacent ground. The operator (site supervisor) was subsequently fatally injured by the excavator.
The total load being lifted, in combination with the configuration, meant that the lift was overweight for the displayed civil and hi-rail modes. This resulted in the rear rail wheels lifting and the excavator becoming unstable.
While trained and qualified, it was likely that the site supervisor’s limited experience and familiarity with this specific excavator, combined with a perceived sense of urgency with the work task, resulted in the incorrect configuration being selected.
During the lift, the spotter was situated in a location between the excavator and infrastructure trailer, which increased the risk of a more serious injury.
Other factors that increased risk
Based on the available signage within the excavator being used, which was one of the control measures for managing the risk of tipping and/or lifting equipment beyond the working load limits, it was very likely that lifting infrastructure trailers exceeded the working load limit in both civil and high-rail mode, increasing the risk of instability.
Safety actions
Whether or not the ATSB identifies safety issues in the course of an investigation, relevant organisations may proactively initiate safety action in order to reduce their safety risk. The ATSB has been advised of the following proactive safety action in response to this occurrence.
Safety action by TasRail
Since the occurrence, TasRail has undertaken a number of proactive safety actions, including:
TasRail immediately implemented a self-imposed embargo on all RRV [rail road vehicle] excavator use whilst in rail mode across the entire network.
Conducted an industry forum to determine a path forward for the safe return of excavator operations, and a process was developed to ensure that contractors /operators could assure themselves of the safety of their employees and equipment.
The output of the forum was the development of a process flow chart for the use of “Earth Moving Equipment Being used as a Lifting Device”. A supporting checklist was also developed to allow monitoring of compliance.
TasRail has proactively shared the outcomes of the industry forum with other rail infrastructure managers throughout Australia and New Zealand.
Sources and submissions
Sources of information
The sources of information during the investigation included:
witnesses
Global Rail
Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator
TasRail
Tasmania Police
WorkSafe Tasmania.
Submissions
Under section 26 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003, the ATSB may provide a draft report, on a confidential basis, to any person whom the ATSB considers appropriate. That section allows a person receiving a draft report to make submissions to the ATSB about the draft report.
A draft of this report was provided to the following directly involved parties:
Global Rail
TasRail
Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator
labourer acting as spotter.
Submissions were received from:
Global Rail
TasRail
Office of the National Rail Safety Regulator.
The submissions were reviewed and, where considered appropriate, the text of the report was amended accordingly.
Purpose of safety investigations
The objective of a safety investigation is to enhance transport safety. This is done through:
identifying safety issues and facilitating safety action to address those issues
providing information about occurrences and their associated safety factors to facilitate learning within the transport industry.
It is not a function of the ATSB to apportion blame or provide a means for determining liability. At the same time, an investigation report must include factual material of sufficient weight to support the analysis and findings. At all times the ATSB endeavours to balance the use of material that could imply adverse comment with the need to properly explain what happened, and why, in a fair and unbiased manner. The ATSB does not investigate for the purpose of taking administrative, regulatory or criminal action.
Terminology
An explanation of terminology used in ATSB investigation reports is available here. This includes terms such as occurrence, contributing factor, other factor that increased risk, and safety issue.
Publishing information
Released in accordance with section 25 of the Transport Safety Investigation Act 2003
Ownership of intellectual property rights in this publication
Unless otherwise noted, copyright (and any other intellectual property rights, if any) in this report publication is owned by the Commonwealth of Australia.
Creative Commons licence
With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, ATSB logo, and photos and graphics in which a third party holds copyright, this report is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International licence.
The CC BY 4.0 licence enables you to distribute, remix, adapt, and build upon our material in any medium or format, so long as attribution is given to the Australian Transport Safety Bureau.
Copyright in material obtained from other agencies, private individuals or organisations, belongs to those agencies, individuals or organisations. Where you wish to use their material, you will need to contact them directly.
[1]This calculation assumed that there was a linear reduction in the working load limit with an increasing lift point radius.